WO2023162574A1 - Composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, infrared sensor, camera module, and compound - Google Patents

Composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, infrared sensor, camera module, and compound Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023162574A1
WO2023162574A1 PCT/JP2023/002599 JP2023002599W WO2023162574A1 WO 2023162574 A1 WO2023162574 A1 WO 2023162574A1 JP 2023002599 W JP2023002599 W JP 2023002599W WO 2023162574 A1 WO2023162574 A1 WO 2023162574A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
independently represent
ring
compounds
compound
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2023/002599
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
賢 鮫島
Original Assignee
富士フイルム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士フイルム株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルム株式会社
Publication of WO2023162574A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023162574A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B57/00Other synthetic dyes of known constitution
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B67/00Influencing the physical, e.g. the dyeing or printing properties of dyestuffs without chemical reactions, e.g. by treating with solvents grinding or grinding assistants, coating of pigments or dyes; Process features in the making of dyestuff preparations; Dyestuff preparations of a special physical nature, e.g. tablets, films
    • C09B67/0071Process features in the making of dyestuff preparations; Dehydrating agents; Dispersing agents; Dustfree compositions
    • C09B67/0084Dispersions of dyes
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • G02B5/22Absorbing filters
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to compositions containing squarylium dyes.
  • the present invention also relates to films, optical filters, solid-state imaging devices, image display devices, infrared sensors, camera modules and compounds using the composition.
  • CCDs charge-coupled devices
  • CMOSs complementary metal-oxide semiconductors
  • CCDs charge-coupled devices
  • CMOSs complementary metal-oxide semiconductors
  • These solid-state imaging devices use silicon photodiodes that are sensitive to infrared rays in their light receiving portions. For this reason, an infrared cut filter may be provided to correct visibility.
  • the infrared cut filter is manufactured using a composition containing infrared absorbing pigments.
  • Squarylium dyes and the like are known as infrared absorbing dyes.
  • Patent Documents 1 and 2 describe the production of an infrared cut filter or the like using a composition containing a specific squarylium dye.
  • compositions containing infrared-absorbing dyes are required to have excellent storage stability, and the films obtained are required to have excellent light resistance and moisture resistance.
  • an object of the present invention is to provide a composition that has excellent storage stability, excellent spectral characteristics, and can form a film that is excellent in light resistance and moisture resistance.
  • Another object of the present invention is to provide a film, an optical filter, a solid-state imaging device, an image display device, an infrared sensor, a camera module, and a compound.
  • ⁇ 4> The composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 3>, wherein both Y 1 and Y 2 are -C( O)-.
  • Ra 1 and Ra 2 each independently represent an electron-withdrawing group
  • Rb 1 and Rb 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent
  • X 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group
  • R 2 , R 3 , R 8 and R 9 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an
  • composition according to ⁇ 7> wherein the dye represented by formula (1-1) is a dye represented by formula (2);
  • Ra 1 and Ra 2 each independently represent an electron-withdrawing group,
  • Rb 1 and Rb 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent,
  • X 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group
  • R 1 , R 5 , R 6 and R 10 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, a halogen atom or a hydroxy group
  • R 11 and R 16 each independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group;
  • R 12 , R 13 , R 14 , R 15 , R 17 , R 18 , R 19 and R 20 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group or an ary
  • ⁇ 9> A film obtained using the composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 8>.
  • An optical filter including the film according to ⁇ 9>.
  • ⁇ 11> A solid-state imaging device including the film according to ⁇ 9>.
  • ⁇ 12> An image display device comprising the film according to ⁇ 9>.
  • ⁇ 13> An infrared sensor including the film according to ⁇ 9>.
  • ⁇ 14> A camera module including the film according to ⁇ 9>.
  • Ra 1 and Ra 2 each independently represent an electron-withdrawing group
  • Rb 1 and Rb 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent
  • X 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group
  • R 2 , R 3 , R 8 and R 9 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group
  • R 1 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 and R 10 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, a halogen atom or a hydroxy group
  • R 1 and R 2 may be linked together to form a ring
  • R 2 and R 3 may be linked together to form a ring
  • R 3 and R 4 may be linked together to form a ring
  • R 7 and R 8 may be linked together to form
  • the present invention it is possible to provide a composition capable of forming a film having excellent storage stability, excellent spectral characteristics, and excellent light resistance and moisture resistance.
  • the present invention can also provide films, optical filters, solid-state imaging devices, image display devices, infrared sensors, camera modules, and compounds.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram illustrating one embodiment of an infrared sensor
  • is used to include the numerical values before and after it as lower and upper limits.
  • a description that does not describe substitution or unsubstituted includes a group (atomic group) having no substituent as well as a group (atomic group) having a substituent.
  • an "alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
  • exposure includes not only exposure using light but also drawing using particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams, unless otherwise specified.
  • Light used for exposure includes actinic rays or radiation such as emission line spectra of mercury lamps, far ultraviolet rays represented by excimer lasers, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), X-rays, and electron beams.
  • EUV light extreme ultraviolet rays
  • (meth)acrylate” represents both or either acrylate and methacrylate
  • (meth)acryl represents both or either acrylic and methacrylic
  • (meth) ) acryloyl refers to acryloyl and/or methacryloyl.
  • the weight average molecular weight and number average molecular weight are defined as polystyrene equivalent values in gel permeation chromatography (GPC) measurement.
  • GPC gel permeation chromatography
  • Me in the chemical formulas represents a methyl group
  • Et represents an ethyl group
  • Bu represents a butyl group
  • Ph represents a phenyl group.
  • infrared light refers to light (electromagnetic waves) with a wavelength of 700 to 2500 nm.
  • total solid content refers to the total mass of all components of the composition excluding the solvent.
  • the term "process” includes not only an independent process, but also when the intended action of the process is achieved even if it cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes. .
  • composition of the present invention is characterized by containing a dye represented by Formula (1), a curable compound, and a solvent.
  • the composition of the present invention has excellent storage stability. By using the composition of the present invention, it is possible to form a film having excellent spectral characteristics and excellent light resistance and humidity resistance. Although the detailed reason why such an effect is obtained is unknown, it is presumed to be due to the following.
  • the two rings directly connected to the squaric acid moiety are -NH-Y 1 -CRa 1 Rb 1 -X 1 -CRa 2 Rb 2 It has a structure linked by -Y 2 -NH-. where Ra 1 and Ra 2 are electron withdrawing groups.
  • the dye represented by formula (1) has such a structure improves the stability of the chromosomal nucleus against nucleophilic attack by nucleophilic compounds, water, and the like. Furthermore, since Ra 1 and Ra 2 are electron-withdrawing groups, the solubility in solvents is increased. For this reason, it is presumed that the decomposition, denaturation, aggregation, etc. of the dye represented by formula (1) during storage of the composition could be suppressed, and a composition excellent in storage stability could be obtained. In addition, since the composition has excellent storage stability, it is possible to form a film in which defects are suppressed even when the composition is used after storage.
  • the dye represented by the formula (1) since the dye represented by the formula (1) has high stability of the dye mother nucleus against nucleophilic attack by nucleophilic compounds and water, the use of the composition of the present invention improves light resistance and moisture resistance. A film having excellent properties can be formed. Further, in the dye represented by formula (1), Ra 1 and Ra 2 are electron-withdrawing groups, so that the oscillator strength of absorption in the visible region is reduced, or the absorption in the visible region is shortened. It is presumed that by doing so, the visible transparency of the pigment could be further improved. Therefore, by using the composition of the present invention, a film having excellent spectral characteristics can be formed.
  • the composition of the present invention can be used as a composition for optical filters.
  • Types of optical filters include infrared cut filters and infrared transmission filters. Since the dye represented by the formula (1) has excellent visible transparency, an infrared cut filter having excellent visible transparency can be formed by using the composition of the present invention. Further, in the infrared transmission filter, the dye represented by the formula (1) has a role of limiting transmitted light (infrared rays) to a longer wavelength side. Since the dye represented by the formula (1) is excellent in visible transparency, it is easy to control the spectrum in the visible region to be shielded and the spectrum in the infrared region to be transmitted within an appropriate range.
  • composition of the present invention contains a dye represented by formula (1) (hereinafter also referred to as a specific dye).
  • Ra 1 and Ra 2 each independently represent an electron-withdrawing group
  • Rb 1 and Rb 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent
  • X 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group
  • R 2 , R 3 , R 8 and R 9 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group
  • R 1 and R 10 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, a halogen atom or a hydroxy group
  • R L1 and R L2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, a halogen atom or a hydroxy
  • both Y 1 and Y 2 are more preferably -SO 2 -.
  • Ra 1 and Ra 2 in formula (1) each independently represent an electron-withdrawing group.
  • the electron-withdrawing group include substituents having a positive Hammett's substituent constant ⁇ p value.
  • Specific examples of electron-withdrawing groups include halogen atoms, cyano groups, nitro groups, halogenated alkyl groups, acyl groups, sulfonyl groups, etc., and halogen atoms, cyano groups, nitro groups, and halogenated alkyl groups. is more preferred, and a halogen atom is even more preferred.
  • a halogenated alkyl group is a group in which one or more hydrogen atoms of an alkyl group are substituted with a halogen atom.
  • the halogen atom includes a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom, preferably a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom and a bromine atom, more preferably a fluorine atom.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the halogenated alkyl group is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 5, still more preferably 1 to 3, even more preferably 1 or 2, and 1 is particularly preferred.
  • the halogenated alkyl group is preferably linear or branched, more preferably linear.
  • the halogenated alkyl group is preferably a fluoroalkyl group or a chloroalkyl group, more preferably a fluoroalkyl group.
  • Rb 1 and Rb 2 in formula (1) each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • substituents include the electron-withdrawing group described above and the substituent T described later, and the electron-withdrawing group is preferable.
  • Ra 1 , Ra 2 , Rb 1 and Rb 2 in formula (1) are each independently preferably an electron-withdrawing group, more preferably a halogen atom, and still more preferably a fluorine atom. .
  • X 1 in formula (1) represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, preferably a divalent linking group.
  • the halogenated alkylene group is a group in which one or more hydrogen atoms of an alkyl group are substituted with halogen atoms.
  • the alkylene group and the halogenated alkylene group preferably have 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • the alkylene group and the halogenated alkylene group are preferably linear or branched, more preferably linear.
  • the halogenated alkylene group is preferably a fluoroalkylene group or a chloroalkylene group, more preferably a fluoroalkylene group.
  • X 1 in formula (1) is preferably an alkylene group or a group containing a halogenated alkylene group, more preferably a group containing a halogenated alkylene group.
  • Specific examples of X 1 include the following ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 4> aspects, with ⁇ 2> or ⁇ 4> aspects being preferred.
  • X 1 is an alkylene group
  • X 2 is a mode in which X 1 is a halogenated alkylene group
  • X 3 An embodiment in which X 1 is a group in which two or more alkylene groups are linked by -O-, -CO- or -S-, ⁇ 4> An embodiment in which X 1 is a group in which two or more halogenated alkylene groups are linked by —O—, —CO— or —S—
  • R 2 , R 3 , R 8 and R 9 in formula (1) each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, preferably an alkyl group or an aryl group, preferably an alkyl group. more preferred.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 8 and R 9 is preferably 1-30, more preferably 1-20, even more preferably 1-10.
  • the alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic, and more preferably linear or branched.
  • the alkyl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the groups exemplified for the substituent T described later, and it is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, a halogen atom and an alkoxy group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aryl group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 8 and R 9 is preferably 6-40, more preferably 6-30, even more preferably 6-20.
  • the aryl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the groups exemplified for the substituent T described later, and it is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of an alkyl group, a heteroaryl group, a halogen atom and an alkoxy group.
  • R 1 and R 10 in formula (1) each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, a halogen atom or a hydroxy group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group represented by R 1 and R 10 is preferably 1-30, more preferably 1-20, even more preferably 1-10.
  • the alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic, and more preferably linear or branched.
  • the alkyl group may have a substituent. Examples of substituents include the groups exemplified for the substituent T described later, aryl groups, heteroaryl groups, halogen atoms, alkoxy groups, amino groups, hydroxy groups, cyano groups, nitro groups, sulfonyl groups, carboxyl groups, acyl groups, It is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of groups and sulfonamide groups.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkoxy group represented by R 1 and R 10 is preferably 1-30, more preferably 1-20, even more preferably 1-10.
  • Alkoxy groups are preferably straight-chain or branched.
  • An alkoxy group may have a substituent. Examples of substituents include the groups exemplified for Substituent T described later, including aryl groups, heteroaryl groups, halogen atoms, amino groups, hydroxy groups, cyano groups, nitro groups, sulfonyl groups, carboxyl groups, acyl groups and sulfone groups. It is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of amide groups.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aryl group represented by R 1 and R 10 is preferably 6-40, more preferably 6-30, even more preferably 6-20.
  • the aryl group may have a substituent.
  • substituents include the groups exemplified for the substituent T described later, such as an alkyl group, a heteroaryl group, a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, an amino group, a hydroxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, a sulfonyl group, a carboxyl group, and an acyl group. It is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of groups and sulfonamide groups.
  • R 1 and R 2 in formula (1) may be linked together to form a ring
  • R 2 and R 3 may be linked together to form a ring
  • R 3 and L 1 may be linked together may be linked to form a ring
  • R 9 and R 10 may be linked to each other to form a ring
  • R 8 and R 9 may be linked to each other to form a ring
  • R 8 and L 2 may be linked together to form a ring.
  • the ring formed may be an aromatic ring or a non-aromatic ring.
  • the ring to be formed may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring.
  • the ring formed is preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring.
  • the formed ring may have a substituent.
  • substituents include substituents T described later, which consist of an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, a halogen atom, a sulfo group, a hydroxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carboxyl group, a phosphate group, and an amino group. It is preferably at least one selected from the group.
  • R L1 and R L2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, a halogen atom or a hydroxy group;
  • R L3 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group;
  • alkyl group, alkoxy group, aryl group and halogen atom represented by R L1 and R L2 are synonymous with the alkyl group, alkoxy group, aryl group and halogen atom represented by R 1 and R 10 , and the preferred ranges are also the same.
  • alkyl group and aryl group represented by R L3 are synonymous with the alkyl group and aryl group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 8 and R 9 , and the preferred ranges are also the same.
  • Substituent T includes the following groups.
  • Halogen atom e.g., fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, iodine atom
  • alkyl group preferably alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms
  • alkenyl group preferably alkenyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms
  • alkynyl group preferably an alkynyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms
  • an aryl group preferably an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms
  • a heteroaryl group preferably a heteroaryl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms
  • an amino group preferably amino group having 0 to 30 carbon atoms
  • alkoxy group preferably alkoxy group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms
  • aryloxy group preferably aryloxy group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms
  • heteroaryloxy group preferably carbon 1 to 30 heteroaryloxy groups
  • acyl groups preferably acyl groups having 2 to 30 carbon
  • the dye represented by formula (1) is preferably a dye represented by formula (1-1).
  • the dye represented by formula (1-1) is also the compound of the present invention.
  • Ra 1 and Ra 2 each independently represent an electron-withdrawing group
  • Rb 1 and Rb 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent
  • X 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group
  • R 2 , R 3 , R 8 and R 9 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group
  • R 1 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 and R 10 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, a halogen atom or a hydroxy group
  • R 1 and R 2 may be linked together to form a ring
  • R 2 and R 3 may be
  • Y 1 , Y 2 , Ra 1 , Ra 2 , Rb 1 , Rb 2 , X 1 , R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 8 , R 9 and R 10 in formula (1-1) are represented by formula ( In 1), Y 1 , Y 2 , Ra 1 , Ra 2 , Rb 1 , Rb 2 , X 1 , R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 8 , R 9 and R 10 , and the preferred ranges are also It is the same.
  • the alkyl group, alkoxy group, aryl group and halogen atom represented by R 4 , R 5 , R 6 and R 7 in formula (1-1) are the alkyl groups and alkoxy groups represented by R 1 and R 10 in formula (1). , aryl group and halogen atom, and the preferred ranges are also the same.
  • R 1 and R 2 may be linked together to form a ring
  • R 2 and R 3 may be linked together to form a ring
  • R 3 and R 4 may be linked together to form a ring
  • R 7 and R 8 may be linked together to form a ring
  • R 8 and R 9 may be linked together to form a ring or
  • R 9 and R 10 may be linked together to form a ring.
  • the ring formed may be an aromatic ring or a non-aromatic ring.
  • the ring to be formed may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring.
  • the ring formed is preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring.
  • the formed ring may have a substituent.
  • substituents include substituents T described later, which consist of an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, a halogen atom, a sulfo group, a hydroxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carboxyl group, a phosphate group and an amino group. It is preferably at least one selected from the group.
  • R 3 and R 4 and R 7 and R 8 are preferably linked to form a ring, and form a 5- or 6-membered ring. is more preferred.
  • the dye represented by formula (1-1) is preferably a dye represented by formula (2).
  • the dye represented by formula (2) is also the compound of the present invention.
  • Ra 1 and Ra 2 each independently represent an electron-withdrawing group,
  • Rb 1 and Rb 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent,
  • X 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group,
  • R 1 , R 5 , R 6 and R 10 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, a halogen atom or a hydroxy group;
  • R 11 and R 16 each independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group;
  • R 12 , R 13 , R 14 , R 15 , R 17 , R 18 , R 19 and R 20 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alky
  • Y 1 , Y 2 , Ra 1 , Ra 2 , Rb 1 , Rb 2 , X 1 , R 1 , R 5 , R 6 and R 10 in formula (2) are Y 1 in formula (1-1) , Y 2 , Ra 1 , Ra 2 , Rb 1 , Rb 2 , X 1 , R 1 , R 5 , R 6 and R 10 , and the preferred ranges are also the same.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group represented by R 11 to R 20 in formula (2) is preferably 1-30, more preferably 1-20, even more preferably 1-10.
  • the alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic, and more preferably linear or branched.
  • the alkyl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the groups exemplified for the substituent T described above, and include an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, an amino group, a hydroxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, a sulfonyl group, a carboxyl group, and an acyl group. It is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of groups and sulfonamide groups.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aryl group represented by R 11 to R 20 in formula (2) is preferably 6-40, more preferably 6-30, even more preferably 6-20.
  • the aryl group may have a substituent.
  • the substituent include the groups exemplified for the substituent T described above, and include an alkyl group, a heteroaryl group, a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, an amino group, a hydroxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, a sulfonyl group, a carboxyl group, and an acyl group. It is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of groups and sulfonamide groups.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkoxy group represented by R 12 , R 13 , R 14 , R 15 , R 17 , R 18 , R 19 and R 20 in formula (2) is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, 1 to 10 are more preferred.
  • Alkoxy groups are preferably straight-chain or branched.
  • An alkoxy group may have a substituent. Examples of substituents include the groups exemplified for the substituent T described above, including aryl groups, heteroaryl groups, halogen atoms, amino groups, hydroxy groups, cyano groups, nitro groups, sulfonyl groups, carboxyl groups, acyl groups and sulfone groups. It is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of amide groups.
  • R 13 and R 14 may be linked together to form a ring, and R 18 and R 19 may be linked together to form a ring.
  • the ring formed may be an aromatic ring or a non-aromatic ring.
  • the ring to be formed may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring.
  • the ring formed is preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring.
  • the formed ring may have a substituent.
  • Substituents include the above-mentioned substituents T, consisting of alkyl groups, aryl groups, heteroaryl groups, halogen atoms, sulfo groups, hydroxy groups, cyano groups, nitro groups, carboxy groups, phosphate groups and amino groups. It is preferably at least one selected from the group.
  • the dye represented by formula (1) may contain a compound having a resonance relationship.
  • the dye represented by formula (1) includes the resonance structure. be That is, the compound having the resonance structure of formula (1) is also included in the specific dye of the present invention.
  • Examples of compounds having a resonance relationship with the dye represented by formula (1) include compounds represented by the following formulas (1a) and (1b).
  • the maximum absorption wavelength of the specific dye preferably exists at a wavelength of 650 nm or more, more preferably in the wavelength range of 650 to 1500 nm, even more preferably in the wavelength range of 660 to 1200 nm, and a wavelength of 660 to 1000 nm. is particularly preferred.
  • the specific dye has an average absorbance value of 0.00 in the wavelength range of 440 to 475 nm when the absorbance value at the wavelength ( ⁇ max) showing the maximum absorbance value in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 1200 nm is 1. 007, more preferably less than 0.005, and even more preferably less than 0.0035.
  • the absorbance and maximum absorption wavelength of a specific dye can be obtained by dissolving the specific dye in a solvent to prepare a dye solution and measuring the absorbance of the dye solution.
  • Solvents used for preparing the dye solution include chloroform, dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO), tetrahydrofuran (THF) and the like.
  • DMSO dimethylsulfoxide
  • THF tetrahydrofuran
  • the specific dye is a compound that dissolves in chloroform
  • chloroform is used as the solvent.
  • dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO) or tetrahydrofuran (THF) dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO) or tetrahydrofuran (THF) is used as the solvent.
  • the specific dye it is also preferable that it is a compound with a structure that does not contain a fluorine atom when considering environmental friendliness.
  • Specific examples of specific dyes include dyes SQ-1 to SQ-19 described in the examples described later.
  • the content of the specific pigment is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, more preferably 3% by mass or more, and even more preferably 5% by mass or more, based on the total solid content of the composition.
  • the upper limit of the content of the specific dye is preferably 50% by mass or less, more preferably 40% by mass or less, and even more preferably 30% by mass or less.
  • the composition may contain only one type of specific dye, or may contain two or more types. When two or more kinds are included, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
  • composition of the present invention may contain decomposition products of specific dyes, impurities during synthesis, and the like.
  • examples of such compounds include compounds represented by formula (100) and compounds represented by formula (101).
  • Y 1a and Y 1b in formula (100) are synonymous with Y 1 in formula (1).
  • Y 2a and Y 2b in formula (100) are synonymous with Y 2 in formula (1).
  • Ra 1a , Ra 1b , Ra 2a and Ra 2b in formula (100) are synonymous with Ra 1 and Ra 2 in formula (1).
  • Rb 1a , Rb 1b , Rb 2a and Rb 2b in formula (100) are synonymous with Rb 1 and Rb 2 in formula (1).
  • R 1a and R 1b in formula (100) are synonymous with R 1 in formula (1).
  • R 2a and R 2b in formula (100) are synonymous with R 2 in formula (1).
  • R 3a and R 3b in formula (100) are synonymous with R 3 in formula (1).
  • R 8a and R 8b in formula (100) are synonymous with R 8 in formula (1).
  • R 9a and R 9b in formula (100) are synonymous with R 9 in formula (1).
  • R 10a and R 10b in formula (100) are synonymous with R 10 in formula (1).
  • L 1a and L 1b in formula (100) are synonymous with L 1 in formula (1).
  • L 2a and L 2b in formula (100) are synonymous with L 2 in formula (1).
  • Y 1c in formula (101) has the same meaning as Y 1 in formula (1).
  • Y 2c in formula (101) has the same meaning as Y 2 in formula (1).
  • Ra 1c and Ra 2c in formula (101) are synonymous with Ra 1 and Ra 2 in formula (1).
  • Rb 1c and Rb 2c in formula (101) are synonymous with Rb 1 and Rb 2 in formula (1).
  • R 1c and R 1d in formula (101) are synonymous with R 1 in formula (1).
  • R 2c and R 2d in formula (101) are synonymous with R 2 in formula (1).
  • R 3c and R 3d in formula (101) are synonymous with R 3 in formula (1).
  • L 1c and L 1c in formula (101) are synonymous with L 1 in formula (1).
  • the composition of the invention contains a curable compound.
  • curable compounds include polymerizable compounds and resins.
  • the resin may be a non-polymerizable resin (a resin having no polymerizable group) or a polymerizable resin (a resin having a polymerizable group).
  • the polymerizable group includes an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group, a cyclic ether group, a methylol group, an alkoxymethyl group and the like.
  • Examples of ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups include vinyl groups, vinylphenyl groups, (meth)allyl groups, (meth)acryloyl groups, (meth)acryloyloxy groups, (meth)acryloylamide groups, and the like. Allyl group, (meth)acryloyl group and (meth)acryloyloxy group are preferred, and (meth)acryloyloxy group is more preferred.
  • Examples of the cyclic ether group include an epoxy group and an oxetanyl group, with the epoxy group being preferred.
  • the curable compound it is preferable to use one containing at least a resin. Further, when the composition of the present invention is used as a composition for photolithography, it is preferable to use a resin and a polymerizable monomer (monomer-type polymerizable compound) as the curable compound. It is more preferable to use a polymerizable monomer (monomer-type polymerizable compound) having an unsaturated bond-containing group.
  • polymerizable compound examples include compounds having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group, compounds having a cyclic ether group, compounds having a methylol group, and compounds having an alkoxymethyl group.
  • a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group can be preferably used as a radically polymerizable compound.
  • a compound having a cyclic ether group can also be preferably used as a cationically polymerizable compound.
  • resin-type polymerizable compounds include resins containing repeating units having polymerizable groups.
  • the molecular weight of the monomer type polymerizable compound is preferably less than 2000, more preferably 1500 or less.
  • the lower limit of the molecular weight of the polymerizable monomer is preferably 100 or more, more preferably 200 or more.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin-type polymerizable compound is preferably 2,000 to 2,000,000.
  • the upper limit of the weight average molecular weight is preferably 1,000,000 or less, more preferably 500,000 or less.
  • the lower limit of the weight average molecular weight is preferably 3000 or more, more preferably 5000 or more.
  • the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group as a polymerizable monomer is preferably a 3- to 15-functional (meth)acrylate compound, more preferably a 3- to 6-functional (meth)acrylate compound.
  • Specific examples include paragraph numbers 0095 to 0108 of JP-A-2009-288705, paragraph 0227 of JP-A-2013-029760, paragraph numbers 0254-0257 of JP-A-2008-292970, and JP-A-2013-253224.
  • Examples of compounds having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group include dipentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate (commercially available as KAYARAD D-330; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate (commercially available).
  • KAYARAD D-320 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.
  • dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate commercially available KAYARAD D-310; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.
  • dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate ) Acrylate commercially available as KAYARAD DPHA; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., NK Ester A-DPH-12E; manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • the (meth)acryloyl groups of these compounds are ethylene glycol and / Or a compound having a structure linked via a propylene glycol residue (for example, SR454 and SR499 commercially available from Sartomer).
  • Examples of compounds having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group include diglycerin EO (ethylene oxide)-modified (meth)acrylate (commercially available as M-460; manufactured by Toagosei), pentaerythritol tetraacrylate (Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry ( Ltd., NK Ester A-TMMT), 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., KAYARAD HDDA), RP-1040 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), Aronix TO-2349 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) Toagosei Co., Ltd.), NK Oligo UA-7200 (Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), 8UH-1006, 8UH-1012 (Taisei Fine Chemical Co., Ltd.), Light acrylate POB-A0 (Kyoeish
  • Examples of compounds having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group include trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane propylene oxide-modified tri(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane ethylene oxide-modified tri(meth)acrylate, and ethylene oxide isocyanurate. It is also preferable to use trifunctional (meth)acrylate compounds such as modified tri(meth)acrylate and pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate. Commercial products of trifunctional (meth)acrylate compounds include Aronix M-309, M-310, M-321, M-350, M-360, M-313, M-315, M-306 and M-305.
  • M-303, M-452, M-450 manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.
  • a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group may further have an acid group such as a carboxy group, a sulfo group, or a phosphoric acid group.
  • an acid group such as a carboxy group, a sulfo group, or a phosphoric acid group.
  • Commercially available products of such compounds include Aronix M-305, M-510, M-520 and Aronix TO-2349 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.).
  • a compound having a caprolactone structure can also be used as the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group.
  • the descriptions in paragraphs 0042 to 0045 of JP-A-2013-253224 can be referred to, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • Compounds having a caprolactone structure include, for example, DPCA-20, DPCA-30, DPCA-60, DPCA-120, etc., which are commercially available as a series from Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.
  • a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group and an alkyleneoxy group can also be used as the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group.
  • Such a compound is preferably a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group and an ethyleneoxy group and/or a propyleneoxy group, and is a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group and an ethyleneoxy group. More preferably, it is a tri- to hexa-functional (meth)acrylate compound having 4 to 20 ethyleneoxy groups.
  • a polymerizable compound having a fluorene skeleton can also be used as the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group.
  • Commercially available products include Ogsol EA-0200 and EA-0300 (manufactured by Osaka Gas Chemicals Co., Ltd., (meth)acrylate monomer having a fluorene skeleton).
  • the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group it is also preferable to use a compound such as toluene that does not substantially contain environmentally regulated substances.
  • Commercially available products of such compounds include KAYARAD DPHA LT and KAYARAD DPEA-12 LT (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.).
  • Compounds having a cyclic ether group include compounds having an epoxy group, compounds having an oxetanyl group, and the like, and compounds having an epoxy group are preferred.
  • Compounds having an epoxy group include compounds having 1 to 100 epoxy groups in one molecule.
  • the upper limit of the number of epoxy groups can be, for example, 10 or less, or 5 or less.
  • the lower limit of the number of epoxy groups is preferably two or more.
  • a compound having a cyclic ether group may be a low-molecular compound (for example, a molecular weight of less than 1000) or a macromolecule (for example, a molecular weight of 1000 or more, and in the case of a polymer, a weight-average molecular weight of 1000 or more).
  • the weight average molecular weight of the cyclic ether group is preferably from 200 to 100,000, more preferably from 500 to 50,000.
  • the upper limit of the weight average molecular weight is preferably 10,000 or less, more preferably 5,000 or less, and even more preferably 3,000 or less.
  • methylol compounds include compounds in which a methylol group is bonded to a nitrogen atom or a carbon atom forming an aromatic ring.
  • compounds having an alkoxymethyl group include compounds in which an alkoxymethyl group is bonded to a nitrogen atom or a carbon atom forming an aromatic ring.
  • Compounds having an alkoxymethyl or methylol group attached to the nitrogen atom include alkoxymethylated melamine, methylolated melamine, alkoxymethylated benzoguanamine, methylolated benzoguanamine, alkoxymethylated glycoluril, methylolated glycoluril, alkoxymethylated Urea and methylolated urea are preferred. Further, the compounds described in paragraphs 0134 to 0147 of JP-A-2004-295116 and paragraphs 0095-0126 of JP-A-2014-089408 can also be used.
  • the composition of the present invention can use a resin as a curable compound. It is preferable to use a curable compound containing at least a resin.
  • the resin is blended, for example, for dispersing a pigment or the like in the composition or for a binder.
  • a resin mainly used for dispersing a pigment or the like in a composition is also called a dispersant.
  • such uses of the resin are only examples, and the resin can be used for purposes other than such uses.
  • a resin having a polymerizable group also corresponds to a polymerizable compound.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the resin is preferably 3,000 to 2,000,000.
  • the upper limit is preferably 1,000,000 or less, more preferably 500,000 or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 4000 or more, more preferably 5000 or more.
  • resins include (meth)acrylic resins, epoxy resins, ene-thiol resins, polycarbonate resins, polyether resins, polyarylate resins, polysulfone resins, polyethersulfone resins, polyphenylene resins, polyarylene ether phosphine oxide resins, polyimide resins, Polyamide resins, polyamideimide resins, polyolefin resins, cyclic olefin resins, polyester resins, styrene resins, vinyl acetate resins, polyvinyl alcohol resins, polyvinyl acetal resins, polyurethane resins, polyurea resins, and the like.
  • norbornene resin is preferable from the viewpoint of improving heat resistance.
  • Commercially available norbornene resins include, for example, the ARTON series manufactured by JSR Corporation (for example, ARTON F4520). Further, as the resin, the resin described in the examples of International Publication No.
  • a resin having a fluorene skeleton can also be preferably used.
  • the description of US Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0102610 can be referred to, the content of which is incorporated herein.
  • the resin the resin described in paragraphs 0199 to 0233 of JP-A-2020-186373, the alkali-soluble resin described in JP-A-2020-186325, and the Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0078339.
  • a resin represented by the formula 1 can also be used.
  • a resin having an acid group As the resin.
  • acid groups include carboxy groups, phosphoric acid groups, sulfo groups, and phenolic hydroxy groups. Only one kind of these acid groups may be used, or two or more kinds thereof may be used. Resins with acid groups can also be used as dispersants.
  • the acid value of the resin having acid groups is preferably 30-500 mgKOH/g.
  • the lower limit is preferably 50 mgKOH/g or more, more preferably 70 mgKOH/g or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 400 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 200 mgKOH/g or less, still more preferably 150 mgKOH/g or less, and most preferably 120 mgKOH/g or less.
  • a resin containing a repeating unit derived from a compound represented by the formula (ED1) and/or a compound represented by the formula (ED2) (hereinafter, these compounds may be referred to as an "ether dimer"). It is also preferred to include
  • R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
  • R represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • the description in JP-A-2010-168539 can be referred to.
  • paragraph number 0317 of JP-A-2013-029760 can be referred to, the content of which is incorporated herein.
  • the resin it is also preferable to use a resin having a polymerizable group.
  • the polymerizable group is preferably an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group and a cyclic ether group, more preferably an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group.
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • R 21 and R 22 each independently represent an alkylene group
  • n represents an integer of 0-15.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group represented by R 21 and R 22 is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 5, even more preferably 1 to 3, particularly 2 or 3.
  • n represents an integer of 0 to 15, preferably an integer of 0 to 5, more preferably an integer of 0 to 4, and even more preferably an integer of 0 to 3.
  • Examples of the compound represented by formula (X) include ethylene oxide- or propylene oxide-modified (meth)acrylate of paracumylphenol.
  • Commercially available products include Aronix M-110 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.).
  • the resin preferably contains a resin as a dispersant.
  • Dispersants include acidic dispersants (acidic resins) and basic dispersants (basic resins).
  • the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) represents a resin in which the amount of acid groups is greater than the amount of basic groups.
  • the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) a resin having an acid group content of 70 mol % or more is preferable when the total amount of the acid group and the basic group is 100 mol %.
  • the acid group possessed by the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably a carboxy group.
  • the acid value of the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably 10-105 mgKOH/g.
  • a basic dispersant represents a resin in which the amount of basic groups is greater than the amount of acid groups.
  • a resin containing more than 50 mol % of basic groups is preferable when the total amount of acid groups and basic groups is 100 mol %.
  • the basic group possessed by the basic dispersant is preferably an amino group.
  • the resin used as the dispersant is also preferably a graft resin.
  • graft resin for details of the graft resin, reference can be made to paragraphs 0025 to 0094 of JP-A-2012-255128, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • the resin used as the dispersant is also preferably a polyimine-based dispersant containing nitrogen atoms in at least one of its main chain and side chains.
  • the polyimine-based dispersant has a main chain having a partial structure having a functional group with a pKa of 14 or less and a side chain having 40 to 10,000 atoms, and at least one of the main chain and the side chain has a basic nitrogen atom.
  • a resin having The basic nitrogen atom is not particularly limited as long as it is a nitrogen atom exhibiting basicity.
  • the description in paragraphs 0102 to 0166 of JP-A-2012-255128 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated herein.
  • the resin used as the dispersant is also preferably a resin having a structure in which a plurality of polymer chains are bonded to the core.
  • resins include, for example, dendrimers (including star polymers). Further, specific examples of dendrimers include polymer compounds C-1 to C-31 described in paragraphs 0196 to 0209 of JP-A-2013-043962.
  • the resin used as the dispersant is also preferably a resin containing a repeating unit having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group in its side chain.
  • the content of repeating units having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group in the side chain is preferably 10 mol% or more, more preferably 10 to 80 mol%, more preferably 20 to 70, of the total repeating units of the resin. More preferably, it is mol %.
  • resins described in JP-A-2018-087939, block copolymers (EB-1) to (EB-9) described in paragraphs 0219 to 0221 of Japanese Patent No. 6432077, Polyethyleneimine having a polyester side chain described in International Publication No. 2016/104803, a block copolymer described in International Publication No. 2019/125940, a block polymer having an acrylamide structural unit described in JP-A-2020-066687 , a block polymer having an acrylamide structural unit described in JP-A-2020-066688 can also be used.
  • Dispersants are also commercially available, and specific examples thereof include DISPERBYK series manufactured by BYK Chemie, SOLSPERSE series manufactured by Lubrizol Japan, Efka series manufactured by BASF, and Ajinomoto Fine-Techno Co., Ltd. Ajisper series manufactured by.
  • the product described in paragraph number 0129 of JP-A-2012-137564 and the product described in paragraph number 0235 of JP-A-2017-194662 can also be used as a dispersant.
  • the content of the curable compound is preferably 1 to 95% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition.
  • the lower limit is preferably 2% by mass or more, more preferably 5% by mass or more, still more preferably 7% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 10% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 94% by mass or less, more preferably 90% by mass or less, still more preferably 85% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 80% by mass or less.
  • the content of the polymerizable compound is preferably 1 to 85% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition.
  • the lower limit is preferably 2% by mass or more, more preferably 3% by mass or more, and even more preferably 5% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 80% by mass or less, more preferably 70% by mass or less.
  • the content of the polymerizable monomer is preferably 1 to 50% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition.
  • the lower limit is preferably 2% by mass or more, more preferably 3% by mass or more, and even more preferably 5% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 30% by mass or less, more preferably 20% by mass or less.
  • the content of the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group is 1 to 70 mass in the total solid content of the composition. % is preferred.
  • the lower limit is preferably 2% by mass or more, more preferably 3% by mass or more, and even more preferably 5% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 65% by mass or less, more preferably 60% by mass or less.
  • the content of the resin is preferably 1 to 85% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition.
  • the lower limit is preferably 2% by mass or more, more preferably 5% by mass or more, still more preferably 7% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 10% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 80% by mass or less, more preferably 75% by mass or less, even more preferably 70% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 40% by mass or less.
  • the content of the resin as a dispersant is preferably 0.1 to 40% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition.
  • the upper limit is preferably 25% by mass or less, more preferably 20% by mass or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, more preferably 1% by mass or more.
  • the content of the resin as a dispersant is preferably 1 to 100 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the above specific dye.
  • the upper limit is preferably 80 parts by mass or less, more preferably 75 parts by mass or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 2.5 parts by mass or more, more preferably 5 parts by mass or more.
  • composition of the present invention may contain only one type of curable compound, or may contain two or more types. When two or more curable compounds are included, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
  • the composition of the present invention can contain infrared absorbing agents (other infrared absorbing agents) other than the specific dyes described above. Furthermore, by containing other infrared absorbing agents, it is possible to form a film capable of shielding infrared rays in a wider wavelength range.
  • Other infrared absorbers may be dyes or pigments (particles).
  • infrared absorbers include pyrrolopyrrole compounds, cyanine compounds, squarylium compounds, phthalocyanine compounds, naphthalocyanine compounds, quaterrylene compounds, merocyanine compounds, croconium compounds, oxonol compounds, iminium compounds, dithiol compounds, triarylmethane compounds, and pyrromethene compounds. , azomethine compounds, anthraquinone compounds, dibenzofuranone compounds, dithiolene metal complexes, metal oxides, metal borides, and the like.
  • pyrrolopyrrole compound compounds described in paragraph numbers 0016 to 0058 of JP-A-2009-263614, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0037-0052 of JP-A-2011-068731, WO 2015/166873 Compounds described in Paragraph Nos. 0010 to 0033 and the like.
  • examples of the squarylium compound include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0044 to 0049 of JP-A-2011-208101, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0060 to 0061 of Japanese Patent No. 6065169, and paragraph number 0040 of WO 2016/181987.
  • Examples of croconium compounds include compounds described in JP-A-2017-082029.
  • As the iminium compound for example, compounds described in JP-A-2008-528706, compounds described in JP-A-2012-012399, compounds described in JP-A-2007-092060, International Publication No. 2018/043564 and the compounds described in paragraphs 0048 to 0063 of.
  • phthalocyanine compound examples include compounds described in paragraph number 0093 of JP-A-2012-077153, oxytitanium phthalocyanine described in JP-A-2006-343631, and paragraph numbers 0013 to 0029 of JP-A-2013-195480. compounds, vanadium phthalocyanine compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 6081771, and compounds described in International Publication No. 2020/071470. Examples of naphthalocyanine compounds include compounds described in paragraph number 0093 of JP-A-2012-077153. Dithiolene metal complexes include compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 5733804.
  • metal oxides include indium tin oxide, antimony tin oxide, zinc oxide, Al-doped zinc oxide, fluorine-doped tin dioxide, niobium-doped titanium dioxide, and tungsten oxide.
  • metal borides include lanthanum boride.
  • Commercially available lanthanum boride products include LaB 6 -F (manufactured by Nippon New Metal Co., Ltd.).
  • a metal boride the compound as described in international publication 2017/119394 can also be used.
  • commercially available products of indium tin oxide include F-ITO (manufactured by DOWA Hitech Co., Ltd.).
  • the infrared absorbing agent the squarylium compound described in JP-A-2017-197437, the squarylium compound described in JP-A-2017-025311, the squarylium compound described in WO 2016/154782, and the patent No. 5884953. No. 6036689, squarylium compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 5810604, squarylium compounds described in paragraphs 0090 to 0107 of International Publication No.
  • the content of the other infrared absorbing agent is preferably 1 to 100 parts by mass, more preferably 3 to 60 parts by mass, and 5 to 40 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the specific dye described above. is more preferred.
  • the total content of the specific dye and other infrared absorbing agent described above is preferably 1% by mass or more, more preferably 3% by mass or more, based on the total solid content of the composition, and 5% by mass % or more is more preferable.
  • the upper limit of the total content is preferably 50% by mass or less, more preferably 40% by mass or less, and even more preferably 30% by mass or less.
  • composition of the present invention can further contain a dye derivative in addition to the specific dye described above.
  • Dye derivatives are used as dispersing aids.
  • Examples of dye derivatives include compounds having a structure in which an acid group or a basic group is bonded to a dye skeleton.
  • the dye skeleton constituting the dye derivative includes a squarylium dye skeleton, a pyrrolopyrrole dye skeleton, a diketopyrrolopyrrole dye skeleton, a quinacridone dye skeleton, an anthraquinone dye skeleton, a dianthraquinone dye skeleton, a benzoisoindole dye skeleton, and a thiazineindigo dye skeleton.
  • a squarylium dye skeleton, a pyrrolopyrrole dye skeleton, a diketopyrrolopyrrole dye skeleton, a phthalocyanine dye skeleton, a quinacridone dye skeleton and a benzimidazolone dye skeleton are preferred, and a squarylium dye skeleton and a pyrrolopyrrole dye skeleton are more preferred.
  • the acid group includes a carboxy group, a sulfo group, a phosphoric acid group, a boronic acid group, a carboxylic acid amide group, a sulfonamide group, an imidic acid group and salts thereof.
  • Atoms or atomic groups constituting the salt include alkali metal ions (Li + , Na + , K + etc.), alkaline earth metal ions (Ca 2+ , Mg 2+ etc.), ammonium ions, imidazolium ions, pyridinium ions, phosphonium ion and the like.
  • the carboxylic acid amide group a group represented by —NHCOR A1 is preferable.
  • a group represented by —NHSO 2 R A2 is preferable.
  • the imidic acid group is preferably a group represented by -SO 2 NHSO 2 R A3 , -CONHSO 2 R A4 , -CONHCOR A5 or -SO 2 NHCOR A6 , more preferably -SO 2 NHSO 2 R A3 .
  • R A1 to R A6 each independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group.
  • the alkyl groups and aryl groups represented by R A1 to R A6 may have substituents.
  • the substituent is preferably a halogen atom, more preferably a fluorine atom.
  • Basic groups include amino groups, pyridinyl groups and salts thereof, salts of ammonium groups, and phthalimidomethyl groups.
  • Atoms or atomic groups constituting salts include hydroxide ions, halogen ions, carboxylate ions, sulfonate ions, and phenoxide ions.
  • dye derivatives include the compounds described in the examples below.
  • JP-A-56-118462, JP-A-63-264674, JP-A-01-217077, JP-A-03-009961, JP-A-03-026767, JP-A-03-153780 Publications, JP-A-03-045662, JP-A-04-285669, JP-A-06-145546, JP-A-06-212088, JP-A-06-240158, JP-A-10-030063, JP-A-10-195326, paragraph numbers 0086 to 0098 of International Publication No. 2011/024896, and compounds described in paragraph numbers 0063 to 0094 of International Publication No. 2012/102399, the contents of which are herein incorporated into.
  • the content of the dye derivative is preferably 1 to 50 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the specific dye described above.
  • the lower limit is preferably 3 parts by mass or more, more preferably 5 parts by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 40 parts by mass or less, more preferably 30 parts by mass or less. Only one dye derivative may be used, or two or more dye derivatives may be used. When two or more kinds are used, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
  • the composition of the invention preferably contains a solvent.
  • the solvent include water and organic solvents, and organic solvents are preferred.
  • Organic solvents include ester-based solvents, ketone-based solvents, alcohol-based solvents, amide-based solvents, ether-based solvents, and hydrocarbon-based solvents.
  • Ester-based solvents substituted with cyclic alkyl groups and ketone-based solvents substituted with cyclic alkyl groups can also be preferably used.
  • organic solvents include polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether, dichloromethane, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2 -heptanone, 2-pentanone, 3-pentanone, 4-heptanone, cyclohexanone, 2-methylcyclohexanone, 3-methylcyclohexanone, 4-methylcyclohexanone, cycloheptanone, cyclooctanone, cyclohexyl acetate, cyclopentanone, ethylcarbitol Acetate, butyl carbitol acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, 3-methoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide, 3-butoxy-N
  • aromatic hydrocarbons (benzene, toluene, xylene, ethylbenzene, etc.) as organic solvents may be better reduced for environmental reasons (e.g., 50 mass ppm (parts per million), 10 ppm by mass or less, or 1 ppm by mass or less).
  • an organic solvent with a low metal content it is preferable to use an organic solvent with a low metal content, and the metal content of the organic solvent is preferably, for example, 10 mass ppb (parts per billion) or less. If necessary, an organic solvent with a ppt (parts per trillion) mass level may be used, and such an organic solvent is provided by, for example, Toyo Gosei Co., Ltd. (Chemical Daily, November 13, 2015).
  • Examples of methods for removing impurities such as metals from organic solvents include distillation (molecular distillation, thin film distillation, etc.) and filtration using a filter.
  • the filter pore size of the filter used for filtration is preferably 10 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 5 ⁇ m or less, and even more preferably 3 ⁇ m or less.
  • the material of the filter is preferably polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene or nylon.
  • the organic solvent may contain isomers (compounds with the same number of atoms but different structures). Moreover, only one isomer may be contained, or a plurality of isomers may be contained.
  • the content of peroxide in the organic solvent is preferably 0.8 mmol/L or less, and more preferably substantially free of peroxide.
  • the content of the solvent in the composition is preferably 10-97% by mass.
  • the lower limit is preferably 30% by mass or more, more preferably 40% by mass or more, still more preferably 50% by mass or more, even more preferably 60% by mass or more, and 70% by mass. It is particularly preferable that it is above.
  • the upper limit is preferably 96% by mass or less, more preferably 95% by mass or less.
  • the composition may contain only one type of solvent, or may contain two or more types. When two or more kinds are included, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
  • the composition of the invention preferably further contains a photopolymerization initiator.
  • the photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected from known photopolymerization initiators. For example, compounds having photosensitivity to light in the ultraviolet range to the visible range are preferred.
  • the photopolymerization initiator is preferably a photoradical polymerization initiator.
  • photopolymerization initiators include halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives (e.g., compounds having a triazine skeleton, compounds having an oxadiazole skeleton, etc.), acylphosphine compounds, hexaarylbiimidazole compounds, oxime compounds, organic peroxides, thio compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, ⁇ -hydroxyketone compounds, ⁇ -aminoketone compounds and the like.
  • halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives e.g., compounds having a triazine skeleton, compounds having an oxadiazole skeleton, etc.
  • acylphosphine compounds e.g., acylphosphine compounds, hexaarylbiimidazole compounds, oxime compounds, organic peroxides, thio compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, ⁇ -hydroxyketone compounds, ⁇ -aminoketone compounds and the like.
  • photopolymerization initiators include trihalomethyltriazine compounds, benzyldimethylketal compounds, ⁇ -hydroxyketone compounds, ⁇ -aminoketone compounds, acylphosphine compounds, phosphine oxide compounds, metallocene compounds, oxime compounds, hexaarylbi imidazole compounds, onium compounds, benzothiazole compounds, benzophenone compounds, acetophenone compounds, cyclopentadiene-benzene-iron complexes, halomethyloxadiazole compounds and 3-aryl-substituted coumarin compounds, oxime compounds, ⁇ -hydroxyketones compounds, ⁇ -aminoketone compounds, and acylphosphine compounds, more preferably oxime compounds.
  • hexaarylbiimidazole compounds include 2,2′,4-tris(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-4,5-diphenyl-1,1′-biimidazole, etc. is mentioned.
  • ⁇ -hydroxyketone compounds include Omnirad 184, Omnirad 1173, Omnirad 2959, Omnirad 127 (manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), Irgacure 184, Irgacure 1173, Irgacure 2959, Irgacure 127 (above, BASF company) and the like.
  • Commercially available ⁇ -aminoketone compounds include Omnirad 907, Omnirad 369, Omnirad 369E, Omnirad 379EG (manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), Irgacure 907, Irgacure 369, Irgacure 369E, and Irgacure 3.
  • acylphosphine compounds include Omnirad 819, Omnirad TPO (manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), Irgacure 819 and Irgacure TPO (manufactured by BASF).
  • Examples of oxime compounds include compounds described in JP-A-2001-233842, compounds described in JP-A-2000-080068, compounds described in JP-A-2006-342166, J. Am. C. S. Compounds described in Perkin II (1979, pp.1653-1660); C. S. Compounds described in Perkin II (1979, pp.156-162), compounds described in Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology (1995, pp.202-232), compounds described in JP-A-2000-066385, Compounds described in JP-A-2004-534797, compounds described in JP-A-2017-019766, compounds described in Patent No.
  • oxime compounds include 3-benzoyloxyiminobutane-2-one, 3-acetoxyiminobutane-2-one, 3-propionyloxyiminobutane-2-one, 2-acetoxyiminopentane-3-one, 2-acetoxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 2-benzoyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 3-(4-toluenesulfonyloxy)iminobutan-2-one, 2-ethoxycarbonyloxyimino -1-phenylpropane-1-one, 1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl]-3-cyclohexyl-propane-1,2-dione-2-(O-acetyloxime) and the like.
  • An oxime compound having a fluorene ring can also be used as the photopolymerization initiator.
  • Specific examples of the oxime compound having a fluorene ring include compounds described in JP-A-2014-137466, compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 6636081, and compounds described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2016-0109444. be done.
  • an oxime compound having a skeleton in which at least one benzene ring of the carbazole ring is a naphthalene ring can also be used.
  • Specific examples of such oxime compounds include compounds described in WO2013/083505.
  • An oxime compound having a fluorine atom can also be used as the photopolymerization initiator.
  • Specific examples of the oxime compound having a fluorine atom include compounds described in JP-A-2010-262028, compounds 24, 36 to 40 described in JP-A-2014-500852, and JP-A-2013-164471. and the compound (C-3) of.
  • An oxime compound having a nitro group can be used as the photopolymerization initiator.
  • the oxime compound having a nitro group is also preferably a dimer.
  • Specific examples of the oxime compound having a nitro group include the compounds described in paragraph numbers 0031 to 0047 of JP-A-2013-114249 and paragraph numbers 0008-0012 and 0070-0079 of JP-A-2014-137466; Compounds described in paragraphs 0007 to 0025 of Japanese Patent No. 4223071 and ADEKA Arkles NCI-831 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation) can be mentioned.
  • An oxime compound having a benzofuran skeleton can also be used as the photopolymerization initiator.
  • Specific examples include OE-01 to OE-75 described in WO 2015/036910.
  • an oxime compound in which a substituent having a hydroxyl group is bonded to the carbazole skeleton can also be used.
  • Examples of such a photopolymerization initiator include the compounds described in International Publication No. 2019/088055.
  • oxime compounds preferably used in the present invention are shown below, but the present invention is not limited to these.
  • the oxime compound is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 350 to 500 nm, more preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 360 to 480 nm.
  • the molar extinction coefficient of the oxime compound at a wavelength of 365 nm or a wavelength of 405 nm is preferably high from the viewpoint of sensitivity, more preferably 1000 to 300000, further preferably 2000 to 300000, even more preferably 5000 to 200000. It is particularly preferred to have
  • the molar extinction coefficient of a compound can be measured using known methods. For example, it is preferably measured at a concentration of 0.01 g/L using an ethyl acetate solvent with a spectrophotometer (Cary-5 spectrophotometer manufactured by Varian).
  • a bifunctional or trifunctional or higher functional photoradical polymerization initiator may be used as the photopolymerization initiator.
  • a radical photopolymerization initiator two or more radicals are generated from one molecule of the radical photopolymerization initiator, so good sensitivity can be obtained.
  • the crystallinity is lowered, the solubility in a solvent or the like is improved, the precipitation becomes difficult over time, and the stability over time of the composition can be improved.
  • Specific examples of bifunctional or trifunctional or higher photoradical polymerization initiators include Japanese Patent Publication No. 2010-527339, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2011-524436, International Publication No.
  • the content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 0.1 to 40% by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 35% by mass, even more preferably 1 to 30% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition.
  • the composition may contain only one type of photopolymerization initiator, or may contain two or more types. When two or more kinds are included, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
  • composition of the present invention contains a compound having a cyclic ether group, it preferably further contains a curing agent.
  • curing agents include amine compounds, acid anhydride compounds, amide compounds, phenol compounds, polyvalent carboxylic acids, and thiol compounds.
  • specific examples of curing agents include succinic acid, trimellitic acid, pyromellitic acid, N,N-dimethyl-4-aminopyridine, pentaerythritol tetrakis(3-mercaptopropionate) and the like.
  • the content of the curing agent is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 10 parts by mass, and 0.1 to 6.0 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the compound having a cyclic ether group. is more preferred.
  • the composition of the invention may contain chromatic colorants.
  • a chromatic colorant means a colorant other than a white colorant and a black colorant.
  • the chromatic colorant is preferably a colorant that absorbs in a wavelength range of 400 nm or more and less than 650 nm.
  • the chromatic colorants include red colorants, green colorants, blue colorants, yellow colorants, purple colorants and orange colorants.
  • a chromatic colorant may be a pigment or a dye.
  • a pigment and a dye may be used in combination.
  • the pigment may be either an inorganic pigment or an organic pigment.
  • an inorganic pigment or a material in which a part of an organic-inorganic pigment is replaced with an organic chromophore can also be used. By replacing inorganic pigments or organic-inorganic pigments with organic chromophores, hue design can be facilitated.
  • the average primary particle size of the pigment is preferably 1 to 200 nm.
  • the lower limit is preferably 5 nm or more, more preferably 10 nm or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 180 nm or less, more preferably 150 nm or less, and even more preferably 100 nm or less.
  • the average primary particle size of the pigment can be determined from the image photograph obtained by observing the primary particles of the pigment with a transmission electron microscope. Specifically, the projected area of the primary particles of the pigment is obtained, and the corresponding circle equivalent diameter is calculated as the primary particle diameter of the pigment.
  • the average primary particle size in the present invention is the arithmetic mean value of the primary particle sizes of 400 primary particles of the pigment.
  • the primary particles of the pigment refer to independent particles without agglomeration.
  • the chromatic colorant preferably contains a pigment.
  • the content of the pigment in the chromatic colorant is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 70% by mass or more, still more preferably 80% by mass or more, and 90% by mass or more. is particularly preferred. Examples of pigments include those shown below.
  • a halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment having an average number of halogen atoms of 10 to 14, an average number of bromine atoms of 8 to 12, and an average number of chlorine atoms of 2 to 5 per molecule.
  • Specific examples include compounds described in International Publication No. 2015/118720.
  • Phthalocyanine compounds phthalocyanine compounds described in JP-A-2018-180023, compounds described in JP-A-2019-038958, core-shell type dyes described in JP-A-2020-076995, and the like can also be used.
  • An aluminum phthalocyanine compound having a phosphorus atom can also be used as a blue pigment.
  • Specific examples include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0022 to 0030 of JP-A-2012-247591 and paragraph number 0047 of JP-A-2011-157478.
  • red pigments diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds in which at least one bromine atom is substituted in the structure described in JP-A-2017-201384, diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds described in paragraphs 0016 to 0022 of Japanese Patent No. 6248838, Diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds described in WO 2012/102399, diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds described in WO 2012/117965, naphthol azo compounds described in JP 2012-229344, Patent No. 6516119 Red pigment described in the publication, red pigment described in Patent No. 6525101, brominated diketopyrrolopyrrole compound described in paragraph number 0229 of JP 2020-090632, Korean Patent No.
  • 10-2019-0140741 Anthraquinone compounds described in publications, anthraquinone compounds described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2019-0140744, perylene compounds described in JP-A-2020-079396, and the like can also be used. Also, as a red pigment, a compound having a structure in which an aromatic ring group in which a group having an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or a nitrogen atom is bonded to an aromatic ring is bonded to a diketopyrrolopyrrole skeleton may be used. can.
  • the pyrrolopyrrole-based pigment has a crystallite size of 140 ⁇ or less in the plane direction corresponding to the maximum peak in the X-ray diffraction pattern among the eight planes of ( ⁇ 1 ⁇ 1 ⁇ 1) among the crystal lattice planes. It is also preferred to use one. Further, the physical properties of the pyrrolopyrrole pigment are preferably set as described in paragraphs 0028 to 0073 of JP-A-2020-097744.
  • Dyes can also be used as chromatic colorants.
  • the dye is not particularly limited, and known dyes can be used.
  • pyrazole azo dyes anilinoazo dyes, triarylmethane dyes, anthraquinone dyes, anthrapyridone dyes, benzylidene dyes, oxonol dyes, pyrazolotriazole azo dyes, pyridone azo dyes, cyanine dyes, phenothiazine dyes, pyrrolopyrazole azomethine dyes, xanthene dyes, phthalocyanine dyes, benzopyran dyes, indigo dyes, pyrromethene dyes, and the like.
  • a pigment multimer can also be used as a chromatic colorant.
  • the dye multimer is preferably a dye dissolved in a solvent and used. Further, the dye multimer may form particles. When the dye multimer is particles, it is usually used in a state of being dispersed in a solvent.
  • the particulate dye multimer can be obtained, for example, by emulsion polymerization, and specific examples include the compounds and production methods described in JP-A-2015-214682.
  • a dye multimer has two or more dye structures in one molecule, and preferably has three or more dye structures. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but may be 100 or less.
  • a plurality of dye structures in one molecule may be the same dye structure or different dye structures.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the dye multimer is preferably 2,000 to 50,000.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 3000 or more, and even more preferably 6000 or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 30,000 or less, and even more preferably 20,000 or less.
  • Dye multimers are described in JP-A-2011-213925, JP-A-2013-041097, JP-A-2015-028144, JP-A-2015-030742, WO 2016/031442, etc. Compounds can also be used.
  • the chromatic colorant the thiazole compound described in JP-A-2012-158649, the azo compound described in JP-A-2011-184493, the azo compound described in JP-A-2011-145540, published in Korea Triarylmethane dye polymer described in Patent No. 10-2020-0028160, xanthene compound described in JP-A-2020-117638, phthalocyanine compound described in WO2020/174991, JP-A-2020-160279
  • An isoindoline compound or a salt thereof described in the publication can be used.
  • the content of the chromatic colorant is preferably 1 to 50% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition of the present invention.
  • the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
  • the composition of the present invention when used as an infrared cut filter, it is preferred that the composition of the present invention does not substantially contain a chromatic colorant.
  • the content of the chromatic colorant in the total solid content of the composition of the present invention is 0.5% by mass or less. That is, it is preferably 0.1% by mass or less, and more preferably contains no chromatic colorant.
  • the composition of the present invention can also contain a coloring material that transmits infrared rays and blocks visible light (hereinafter also referred to as a coloring material that blocks visible light).
  • a composition containing a coloring material that blocks visible light is preferably used as a composition for forming an infrared transmission filter.
  • the colorant that blocks visible light is preferably a colorant that absorbs light in the wavelength range from violet to red. Further, the coloring material that blocks visible light is preferably a coloring material that blocks light in the wavelength range of 450 to 650 nm. Further, the coloring material that blocks visible light is preferably a coloring material that transmits light with a wavelength of 900 to 1500 nm.
  • the colorant that blocks visible light preferably satisfies at least one of the following requirements (A) and (B).
  • B Contains an organic black colorant.
  • organic black colorants include bisbenzofuranone compounds, azomethine compounds, perylene compounds, and azo compounds, with bisbenzofuranone compounds and perylene compounds being preferred.
  • bisbenzofuranone compounds include compounds described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2010-534726, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2012-515233, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2012-515234, etc.
  • perylene compounds include compounds described in paragraphs 0016 to 0020 of JP-A-2017-226821, C.I. I. Pigment Black 31, 32 and the like.
  • the azomethine compound include compounds described in JP-A-01-170601, JP-A-02-034664, and the like.
  • examples of the combination of chromatic colorants include the following aspects (1) to (8).
  • the content of the coloring material that blocks visible light is preferably 1 to 50 mass% of the total solid content of the composition.
  • the lower limit is preferably 5% by mass or more, more preferably 10% by mass or more, still more preferably 20% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 30% by mass or more.
  • the composition of the present invention does not substantially contain a coloring material that blocks visible light.
  • the content of the coloring material that blocks visible light in the total solid content of the composition of the present invention is 0.5. It means that it is 5% by mass or less, preferably 0.1% by mass or less, and more preferably does not contain a coloring material that blocks visible light.
  • the composition of the invention preferably contains a surfactant.
  • a surfactant various surfactants such as fluorine-based surfactants, nonionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, anionic surfactants and silicone surfactants can be used.
  • the surfactant is preferably a silicone-based surfactant or a fluorine-based surfactant.
  • Surfactants include those described in paragraphs 0238-0245 of WO2015/166779, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • JP 2014-041318 Paragraph Nos. 0060 to 0064 (corresponding International Publication No. 2014/017669 Paragraph Nos. 0060 to 0064) surfactants described in, JP 2011- Examples include surfactants described in paragraphs 0117 to 0132 of JP-A-132503 and surfactants described in JP-A-2020-008634, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • Commercially available fluorosurfactants include Megafac F-171, F-172, F-173, F-176, F-177, F-141, F-142, F-143, and F-144.
  • fluorine-based surfactant there is also an acrylic compound that has a molecular structure with a functional group containing a fluorine atom, and when heat is applied, the portion of the functional group containing the fluorine atom is cleaved and the fluorine atom volatilizes. It can be used preferably.
  • fluorine-based surfactants include Megafac DS series manufactured by DIC Corporation (The Chemical Daily (February 22, 2016), Nikkei Sangyo Shimbun (February 23, 2016)), for example, Megafac and DS-21.
  • fluorosurfactant it is also preferable to use a polymer of a fluorine atom-containing vinyl ether compound having a fluorinated alkyl group or a fluorinated alkylene ether group and a hydrophilic vinyl ether compound as the fluorosurfactant.
  • fluorosurfactants include fluorosurfactants described in JP-A-2016-216602, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • a block polymer can also be used as the fluorosurfactant.
  • a fluorosurfactant a repeating unit derived from a (meth)acrylate compound having a fluorine atom and 2 or more (preferably 5 or more) alkyleneoxy groups (preferably ethyleneoxy groups and propyleneoxy groups) (meta)
  • a fluorine-containing polymer compound containing a repeating unit derived from an acrylate compound can also be preferably used.
  • the fluorine-containing surfactants described in paragraphs 0016 to 0037 of JP-A-2010-032698 and the following compounds are also exemplified as fluorine-based surfactants used in the present invention.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the above compound is preferably 3000-50000, for example 14000. In the above compounds, % indicating the ratio of repeating units is mol %.
  • a fluorine-containing polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group in a side chain can also be used as the fluorine-based surfactant.
  • Specific examples include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0050 to 0090 and paragraph numbers 0289 to 0295 of JP-A-2010-164965, MEGAFACE RS-101, RS-102 and RS-718K manufactured by DIC Corporation, and RS-72-K. Further, compounds described in paragraphs 0015 to 0158 of JP-A-2015-117327 can also be used as the fluorosurfactant.
  • a fluorine-containing imide salt compound represented by formula (fi-1) is also preferable to use as a surfactant.
  • m represents 1 or 2
  • n represents an integer of 1 to 4
  • a represents 1 or 2
  • X a+ is an a-valent metal ion, primary ammonium ion, Represents secondary ammonium ion, tertiary ammonium ion, quaternary ammonium ion or NH 4 + .
  • Nonionic surfactants include glycerol, trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane and their ethoxylates and propoxylates (e.g., glycerol propoxylate, glycerol ethoxylate, etc.), polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, Polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene octylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether, polyethylene glycol dilaurate, polyethylene glycol distearate, sorbitan fatty acid ester, Pluronic L10, L31, L61, L62, 10R5, 17R2, 25R2 (BASF company), Tetronic 304, 701, 704, 901, 904, 150R1 (manufactured by BASF), Solsperse 20000 (manufactured by Nippon Lubrizol Co., Ltd.), NCW-101, NCW-1001, NCW-1002 (Wako Pure
  • Cationic surfactants include tetraalkylammonium salts, alkylamine salts, benzalkonium salts, alkylpyridium salts, imidazolium salts, and the like. Specific examples include dihydroxyethylstearylamine, 2-heptadecenyl-hydroxyethylimidazoline, lauryldimethylbenzylammonium chloride, cetylpyridinium chloride, stearamidomethylpyridinium chloride and the like.
  • Anionic surfactants include dodecylbenzenesulfonic acid, sodium dodecylbenzenesulfonate, sodium lauryl sulfate, sodium alkyldiphenyletherdisulfonate, sodium alkylnaphthalenesulfonate, sodium dialkylsulfosuccinate, sodium stearate, potassium oleate, sodium dioctyl Sulfosuccinate, sodium polyoxyethylene alkyl ether sulfate, sodium polyoxyethylene alkyl ether sulfate, sodium polyoxyethylene alkylphenyl ether sulfate, sodium dialkyl sulfosuccinate, sodium stearate, sodium oleate, t-octylphenoxyethoxypolyethoxyethyl sodium sulfate and the like.
  • silicone surfactants examples include SH8400, SH8400 FLUID, FZ-2122, 67 Additive, 74 Additive, M Additive, SF 8419 OIL (manufactured by Dow Toray Industries, Inc.), TSF-4440, and TSF-4300. , TSF-4445, TSF-4460, TSF-4452 (manufactured by Momentive Performance Materials), KP-341, KF-6000, KF-6001, KF-6002, KF-6003 (Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. Co., Ltd.), BYK-307, BYK-322, BYK-323, BYK-330, BYK-3760, BYK-UV3510 (manufactured by BYK-Chemie) and the like.
  • a compound having the following structure can also be used as the silicone-based surfactant.
  • the content of the surfactant is preferably 0.001 to 1% by mass, more preferably 0.001 to 0.5% by mass, and still more preferably 0.001 to 0.2% by mass of the total solid content of the composition.
  • the composition may contain only one type of surfactant, or may contain two or more types. When two or more kinds are included, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
  • the composition of the invention may contain a polymerization inhibitor.
  • Polymerization inhibitors include hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, pyrogallol, tert-butylcatechol, benzoquinone, 4,4′-thiobis(3-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), 2,2′-methylenebis(4-methyl-6-t-butylphenol), N-nitrosophenylhydroxyamine salts (ammonium salts, cerous salts, etc.), and p-methoxyphenol is preferred.
  • the content of the polymerization inhibitor is preferably 0.0001 to 5% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition.
  • the composition may contain only one type of polymerization inhibitor, or may contain two or more types. When two or more kinds are included, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
  • the composition of the invention can contain a silane coupling agent.
  • a silane coupling agent means a silane compound having a hydrolyzable group and other functional groups.
  • the hydrolyzable group refers to a substituent that is directly bonded to a silicon atom and capable of forming a siloxane bond by at least one of hydrolysis reaction and condensation reaction.
  • Hydrolyzable groups include, for example, halogen atoms, alkoxy groups, acyloxy groups and the like, with alkoxy groups being preferred. That is, the silane coupling agent is preferably a compound having an alkoxysilyl group.
  • Examples of functional groups other than hydrolyzable groups include vinyl group, (meth)acryloyl group, mercapto group, epoxy group, oxetanyl group, amino group, ureido group, sulfide group, isocyanate group, and phenyl group. with (meth)acryloyl groups and epoxy groups being preferred.
  • the silane coupling agent includes compounds described in paragraph numbers 0018 to 0036 of JP-A-2009-288703, and compounds described in paragraph numbers 0056-0066 of JP-A-2009-242604. incorporated into the specification.
  • the content of the silane coupling agent is preferably 0.01 to 15.0% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 10.0% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition.
  • the composition may contain only one type of silane coupling agent, or may contain two or more types. When two or more kinds are included, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
  • the composition of the invention may contain an ultraviolet absorber.
  • ultraviolet absorbers include conjugated diene compounds, aminodiene compounds, salicylate compounds, benzophenone compounds, benzotriazole compounds, acrylonitrile compounds, hydroxyphenyltriazine compounds, indole compounds, triazine compounds, and dibenzoyl compounds. Specific examples of such compounds include paragraph numbers 0038 to 0052 of JP-A-2009-217221, paragraph numbers 0052-0072 of JP-A-2012-208374, and paragraph numbers 0317-0317 of JP-A-2013-068814.
  • UV absorbers include Tinuvin series and Uvinul series manufactured by BASF.
  • Benzotriazole compounds include the MYUA series manufactured by Miyoshi Oil (Kagaku Kogyo Nippo, February 1, 2016).
  • the content of the ultraviolet absorber is preferably 0.01 to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 25% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition.
  • the composition may contain only one type of UV absorber, or may contain two or more types. When two or more kinds are included, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
  • the compositions of the invention may contain antioxidants.
  • Antioxidants include phenol antioxidants, amine antioxidants, phosphorus antioxidants, sulfur antioxidants, and the like.
  • Phenolic antioxidants include hindered phenol compounds.
  • the phenolic antioxidant is preferably a compound having a substituent at a site (ortho position) adjacent to the phenolic hydroxy group. As the aforementioned substituent, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms is preferred.
  • the antioxidant is also preferably a compound having a phenol group and a phosphite ester group in the same molecule.
  • Phosphorus-based antioxidants include tris[2-[[2,4,8,10-tetrakis(1,1-dimethylethyl)dibenzo[d,f][1,3,2]dioxaphosphepin- 6-yl]oxy]ethyl]amine, tris[2-[(4,6,9,11-tetra-tert-butyldibenzo[d,f][1,3,2]dioxaphosphepin-2- yl)oxy]ethyl]amine, ethylbis(2,4-di-tert-butyl-6-methylphenyl)phosphite, tris(2,4-di-tert-butylphenyl)phosphite and the like.
  • antioxidants examples include Adekastab AO-20, Adekastab AO-30, Adekastab AO-40, Adekastab AO-50, Adekastab AO-50F, Adekastab AO-60, Adekastab AO-60G, Adekastab AO-80. , ADEKA STAB AO-330, ADEKA STAB AO-412S, ADEKA STAB 2112, ADEKA STAB PEP-36, ADEKA STAB HP-10 (manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd.), JP-650 (manufactured by Johoku Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), and the like. Antioxidants are compounds described in paragraph numbers 0023 to 0048 of Patent No.
  • the content of the antioxidant is preferably 0.01 to 20% by mass, more preferably 0.3 to 15% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition.
  • the composition may contain only one kind of antioxidant, or may contain two or more kinds. When two or more kinds are included, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
  • composition of the present invention may optionally contain sensitizers, curing accelerators, fillers, thermosetting accelerators, plasticizers and other auxiliary agents (e.g., conductive particles, antifoaming agents, flame retardants, leveling agents, etc.). agents, release accelerators, fragrances, surface tension modifiers, chain transfer agents, etc.). Properties such as film physical properties can be adjusted by appropriately containing these components. These components are, for example, described in JP 2012-003225, paragraph number 0183 and later (corresponding US Patent Application Publication No. 2013/0034812, paragraph number 0237), JP 2008-250074 paragraph The descriptions of numbers 0101 to 0104, 0107 to 0109, etc.
  • the composition of the present invention may also contain latent antioxidants, if desired.
  • the latent antioxidant is a compound in which the site functioning as an antioxidant is protected with a protecting group, and is heated at 100 to 250°C, or heated at 80 to 200°C in the presence of an acid/base catalyst.
  • a compound that functions as an antioxidant by removing the protective group by the reaction is exemplified.
  • Examples of latent antioxidants include compounds described in International Publication No. 2014/021023, International Publication No. 2017/030005, and JP-A-2017-008219.
  • Commercially available latent antioxidants include ADEKA Arkles GPA-5001 (manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd.).
  • the storage container for the composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, and known storage containers can be used.
  • a storage container a multi-layer bottle whose inner wall is composed of 6 types and 6 layers of resin and a bottle with a 7-layer structure of 6 types of resin are used for the purpose of suppressing the contamination of raw materials and compositions with impurities. It is also preferred to use Examples of such a container include the container described in JP-A-2015-123351.
  • the inner wall of the container is preferably made of glass or stainless steel for the purpose of preventing metal elution from the inner wall of the container, enhancing the stability of the composition over time, and suppressing deterioration of components.
  • compositions of the present invention can be prepared by mixing the aforementioned ingredients.
  • all the components may be dissolved or dispersed in a solvent at the same time to prepare the composition, or if necessary, two or more solutions or dispersions in which each component is appropriately mixed may be prepared in advance. They may be prepared and mixed at the time of use (at the time of application) to prepare a composition.
  • the preparation of the composition may include a process of dispersing the pigment.
  • mechanical forces used for dispersing pigments include compression, squeezing, impact, shearing, cavitation, and the like.
  • Specific examples of these processes include bead mills, sand mills, roll mills, ball mills, paint shakers, microfluidizers, high speed impellers, sand grinders, flow jet mixers, high pressure wet atomization, ultrasonic dispersion, and the like.
  • pulverizing the pigment in a sand mill (bead mill) it is preferable to use beads with a small diameter or to increase the filling rate of the beads so as to increase the pulverization efficiency.
  • the process and dispersing machine for dispersing pigments are described in "Dispersion Technology Complete Works, Information Organization Co., Ltd., July 15, 2005” and "Dispersion technology centered on suspension (solid / liquid dispersion system) and industrial Practical Application General Documents, Published by Management Development Center Publishing Department, October 10, 1978", the process and dispersing machine described in paragraph number 0022 of JP-A-2015-157893 can be suitably used.
  • the pigment may be finely divided in the salt milling process. Materials, equipment, processing conditions, etc.
  • Bead materials used for dispersion include zirconia, agate, quartz, titania, tungsten carbide, silicon nitride, alumina, stainless steel and glass.
  • An inorganic compound having a Mohs hardness of 2 or more can also be used for the beads.
  • the composition may contain 1 to 10000 ppm of the beads.
  • any filter that has been conventionally used for filtration or the like can be used without particular limitation.
  • fluorine resin such as polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), polyamide resin such as nylon (eg nylon-6, nylon-6,6), polyolefin resin such as polyethylene, polypropylene (PP) (high density, ultra high molecular weight (including polyolefin resin).
  • PTFE polytetrafluoroethylene
  • nylon eg nylon-6, nylon-6,6)
  • polyolefin resin such as polyethylene
  • PP polypropylene
  • polypropylene including high density polypropylene
  • nylon are preferred.
  • the pore size of the filter is preferably 0.01-7.0 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.01-3.0 ⁇ m, and even more preferably 0.05-0.5 ⁇ m. If the pore diameter of the filter is within the above range, fine foreign matter can be removed more reliably.
  • the pore size value of the filter reference can be made to the filter manufacturer's nominal value.
  • Various filters provided by Nippon Pall Co., Ltd. (DFA4201NXEY, DFA4201NAEY, DFA4201J006P, etc.), Advantech Toyo Co., Ltd., Nihon Entegris Co., Ltd. (former Japan Microlith Co., Ltd.), Kitz Micro Filter Co., Ltd., etc. can be used as filters. .
  • fibrous filter media include polypropylene fibers, nylon fibers, and glass fibers.
  • Commercially available products include SBP type series (SBP008, etc.), TPR type series (TPR002, TPR005, etc.), and SHPX type series (SHPX003, etc.) manufactured by Roki Techno.
  • filters When using filters, different filters (eg, a first filter and a second filter, etc.) may be combined. At that time, filtration with each filter may be performed only once, or may be performed twice or more. Also, filters with different pore sizes within the range described above may be combined. Further, the filtration with the first filter may be performed only on the dispersion liquid, and after mixing other components, the filtration with the second filter may be performed.
  • filters eg, a first filter and a second filter, etc.
  • the membrane of the invention is obtained from the composition of the invention described above.
  • the film of the present invention can be preferably used as an optical filter.
  • Applications of the optical filter are not particularly limited, but include infrared cut filters, infrared transmission filters, and the like.
  • an infrared cut filter for example, an infrared cut filter on the light receiving side of the solid-state image sensor (for example, an infrared cut filter for a wafer level lens, etc.), an infrared cut filter on the back side of the solid-state image sensor (opposite to the light receiving side) , Infrared cut filters for ambient light sensors (for example, illuminance sensors that detect the illuminance and color tone of the environment in which the information terminal device is placed and adjust the color tone of the display, and color correction sensors that adjust the color tone) be done.
  • the infrared transmission filter include a filter capable of blocking visible light and selectively transmitting infrared light having a specific wavelength or longer.
  • the film of the present invention may have a pattern or may be a film without a pattern (flat film). Moreover, the film of the present invention may be used by laminating it on a support, or may be used by peeling the film of the present invention from the support. Examples of the support include semiconductor substrates such as silicon substrates and transparent substrates.
  • a charge-coupled device (CCD), a complementary metal-oxide semiconductor (CMOS), a transparent conductive film, or the like may be formed on the semiconductor substrate used as the support. Also, a black matrix that isolates each pixel may be formed on the semiconductor substrate. Further, if necessary, an undercoat layer may be provided on the semiconductor substrate for improving adhesion to the upper layer, preventing diffusion of substances, or flattening the surface of the substrate.
  • CCD charge-coupled device
  • CMOS complementary metal-oxide semiconductor
  • a transparent conductive film or the like
  • an undercoat layer may be provided on the semiconductor substrate for improving adhesion to the upper layer, preventing diffusion of substances, or flattening the surface of the substrate.
  • the transparent substrate used as the support is not particularly limited as long as it is composed of a material that can transmit at least visible light.
  • Examples thereof include base materials made of materials such as glass and resin.
  • resins include polyester resins such as polyethylene terephthalate and polybutylene terephthalate, polyolefin resins such as polyethylene, polypropylene, and ethylene vinyl acetate copolymer, acrylic resins such as norbornene resin, polyacrylate, and polymethyl methacrylate, urethane resins, and vinyl chloride resins. , fluororesin, polycarbonate resin, polyvinyl butyral resin, polyvinyl alcohol resin, and the like.
  • glass examples include soda-lime glass, borosilicate glass, alkali-free glass, quartz glass, glass containing copper, and the like.
  • Glass containing copper includes phosphate glass containing copper, fluorophosphate glass containing copper, and the like.
  • a commercially available glass containing copper can also be used.
  • Commercially available glass containing copper includes NF-50 (manufactured by AGC Techno Glass Co., Ltd.).
  • the thickness of the film of the present invention can be adjusted as appropriate according to the purpose.
  • the thickness of the film may be 200 ⁇ m or less, 150 ⁇ m or less, 120 ⁇ m or less, 20 ⁇ m or less, 10 ⁇ m or less, 5 ⁇ m or less.
  • the lower limit of the film thickness is preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 0.2 ⁇ m or more.
  • the film of the present invention When the film of the present invention is used as an infrared cut filter, the film of the present invention preferably has a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 650 to 1500 nm (preferably 660 to 1200 nm, more preferably 660 to 1000 nm). .
  • the average transmittance of light with a wavelength of 420 to 550 nm is preferably 50% or more, more preferably 70% or more, still more preferably 80% or more, and particularly 85% or more. preferable.
  • the transmittance in the entire wavelength range of 420 to 550 nm is preferably 50% or more, more preferably 70% or more, and even more preferably 80% or more.
  • the film of the present invention preferably has a transmittance of 15% or less at at least one point in the wavelength range of 650 to 1500 nm (preferably 660 to 1200 nm, more preferably 660 to 1000 nm). The following is more preferable, and 5% or less is even more preferable.
  • the film of the present invention preferably has an average absorbance of less than 0.030, more preferably less than 0.025 in the wavelength range of 420 to 550 nm when the absorbance at the maximum absorption wavelength is 1.
  • the film of the present invention preferably has, for example, any one of the following spectral characteristics (i1) to (i3).
  • a film having such spectral characteristics can block light in the wavelength range of 400 to 850 nm and transmit light in the wavelength range of 950 nm or more.
  • the maximum transmittance in the wavelength range of 400 to 950 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less), and the minimum transmittance in the wavelength range of 1100 to 1500 nm is A filter that is 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more).
  • a film having such spectral characteristics can block light in the wavelength range of 400 to 950 nm and transmit light in the wavelength range of 1050 nm or more.
  • the maximum transmittance in the wavelength range of 400 to 1050 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less), and the minimum transmittance in the wavelength range of 1200 to 1500 nm is A filter that is 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more).
  • a film having such spectral characteristics can block light in the wavelength range of 400 to 1050 nm and transmit light in the wavelength range of 1150 nm or more.
  • the film of the present invention can also be used in combination with a color filter containing a chromatic colorant.
  • a color filter can be produced using a coloring composition containing a chromatic colorant.
  • the color filter is preferably arranged on the optical path of the film of the present invention.
  • the film of the present invention may be formed on a support other than the support on which the color filter is formed.
  • Other members for example, a microlens, a planarization layer, etc. constituting the solid-state imaging device may be interposed between the film and the color filter.
  • the film of the present invention can be used in various devices such as solid-state imaging devices such as CCDs (charge-coupled devices) and CMOSs (complementary metal oxide semiconductors), infrared sensors, and image display devices.
  • solid-state imaging devices such as CCDs (charge-coupled devices) and CMOSs (complementary metal oxide semiconductors)
  • infrared sensors and image display devices.
  • the film of the present invention can be produced through the step of applying the composition of the present invention.
  • Examples of the support include those mentioned above.
  • a method for applying the composition a known method can be used. For example, drop method (drop cast); slit coating method; spray method; roll coating method; spin coating method (spin coating); methods described in publications); inkjet (e.g., on-demand method, piezo method, thermal method), ejection system printing such as nozzle jet, flexographic printing, screen printing, gravure printing, reverse offset printing, metal mask printing, etc. a printing method; a transfer method using a mold or the like; a nanoimprint method, and the like.
  • the application method for inkjet is not particularly limited.
  • the composition layer formed by applying the composition may be dried (pre-baked).
  • the pre-baking temperature is preferably 150° C. or lower, more preferably 120° C. or lower, and even more preferably 110° C. or lower.
  • the lower limit can be, for example, 50° C. or higher, and can also be 80° C. or higher.
  • the prebaking time is preferably 10 seconds to 3000 seconds, more preferably 40 seconds to 2500 seconds, and even more preferably 80 seconds to 220 seconds. Drying can be performed using a hot plate, an oven, or the like.
  • the film manufacturing method may further include a step of forming a pattern.
  • the pattern forming method include a pattern forming method using a photolithographic method and a pattern forming method using a dry etching method, and the pattern forming method using the photolithographic method is preferable.
  • the step of forming a pattern may not be performed. The process of forming the pattern will be described in detail below.
  • the pattern formation method by photolithography comprises a step of patternwise exposing the composition layer formed by coating the composition of the present invention (exposure step), and developing and removing the unexposed portion of the composition layer. and a step of forming a pattern (development step). If necessary, a step of baking the developed pattern (post-baking step) may be provided. Each step will be described below.
  • the composition layer is exposed in a pattern.
  • the composition layer can be exposed in a pattern by exposing through a mask having a predetermined mask pattern using a stepper exposure machine, a scanner exposure machine, or the like. Thereby, the exposed portion can be cured.
  • Radiation (light) that can be used for exposure includes g-line, i-line, and the like.
  • Light with a wavelength of 300 nm or less (preferably light with a wavelength of 180 to 300 nm) can also be used.
  • Light having a wavelength of 300 nm or less includes KrF rays (wavelength: 248 nm), ArF rays (wavelength: 193 nm), etc., and KrF rays (wavelength: 248 nm) are preferred.
  • a long-wave light source of 300 nm or more can also be used.
  • the light when exposing, the light may be continuously irradiated and exposed, or may be irradiated and exposed in pulses (pulse exposure).
  • pulse exposure is an exposure method in which light irradiation and pause are repeated in a cycle of short time (for example, less than millisecond level).
  • the dose is, for example, preferably 0.03 to 2.5 J/cm 2 , more preferably 0.05 to 1.0 J/cm 2 .
  • the oxygen concentration at the time of exposure can be selected as appropriate, and in addition to exposure in the atmosphere, for example, in a low oxygen atmosphere with an oxygen concentration of 19% by volume or less (e.g., 15% by volume, 5% by volume, or substantially oxygen-free) or in a high-oxygen atmosphere with an oxygen concentration exceeding 21% by volume (for example, 22% by volume, 30% by volume, or 50% by volume).
  • the exposure illuminance can be set as appropriate, and is usually selected from the range of 1000 W/m 2 to 100000 W/m 2 (eg, 5000 W/m 2 , 15000 W/m 2 or 35000 W/m 2 ). can be done.
  • the oxygen concentration and exposure illuminance may be appropriately combined.
  • the illuminance may be 10000 W/m 2 at an oxygen concentration of 10% by volume and 20000 W/m 2 at an oxygen concentration of 35% by volume.
  • an unexposed portion of the composition layer after exposure is removed by development to form a pattern.
  • the development and removal of the composition layer in the unexposed area can be carried out using a developer.
  • the unexposed portion of the composition layer in the exposure step is eluted into the developer, leaving only the photocured portion on the support.
  • the temperature of the developer is preferably 20 to 30° C., for example.
  • the development time is preferably 20 to 180 seconds. Further, in order to improve the residue removability, the step of shaking off the developer every 60 seconds and then supplying new developer may be repeated several times.
  • the developer includes an organic solvent, an alkaline developer, etc., and an alkaline developer is preferably used.
  • an alkaline developer an alkaline aqueous solution (alkali developer) obtained by diluting an alkaline agent with pure water is preferable.
  • alkaline agents include ammonia, ethylamine, diethylamine, dimethylethanolamine, diglycolamine, diethanolamine, hydroxylamine, ethylenediamine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, tetrapropylammonium hydroxide, and tetrabutylammonium hydroxide.
  • alkaline compounds and inorganic alkaline compounds such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate, sodium silicate and sodium metasilicate.
  • concentration of the alkaline agent in the alkaline aqueous solution is preferably 0.001 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 1% by mass.
  • the developer may further contain a surfactant.
  • a nonionic surfactant is preferable as the surfactant.
  • the developer may be produced once as a concentrated solution and then diluted to the required concentration when used. Although the dilution ratio is not particularly limited, it can be set, for example, in the range of 1.5 to 100 times.
  • wash (rinse) with pure water after development. Rinsing is preferably carried out by supplying a rinse liquid to the composition layer after development while rotating the support on which the composition layer after development is formed. It is also preferable to move the nozzle for discharging the rinsing liquid from the central portion of the support to the peripheral portion of the support.
  • the moving speed of the nozzle may be gradually decreased.
  • in-plane variations in rinsing can be suppressed.
  • a similar effect can be obtained by gradually decreasing the rotation speed of the support while moving the nozzle from the center of the support to the periphery.
  • Additional exposure processing and post-baking are post-development curing treatments for complete curing.
  • the heating temperature in post-baking is, for example, preferably 100 to 240.degree. C., more preferably 200 to 240.degree.
  • Post-baking can be performed continuously or batchwise using a heating means such as a hot plate, a convection oven (hot air circulating dryer), or a high-frequency heater so that the developed film satisfies the above conditions. .
  • the light used for exposure preferably has a wavelength of 400 nm or less. Further, the additional exposure process may be performed by the method described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2017-0122130.
  • Pattern formation by a dry etching method includes curing the composition layer formed by coating the composition on a support to form a cured product layer, and then forming a photoresist layer patterned on the cured product layer. is formed, and then dry etching is performed on the cured product layer using an etching gas using the patterned photoresist layer as a mask. In forming the photoresist layer, pre-baking is preferably performed.
  • description in paragraphs 0010 to 0067 of JP-A-2013-064993 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated herein.
  • optical filter of the present invention has the film of the present invention as described above.
  • Types of optical filters include infrared cut filters and infrared transmission filters.
  • the optical filter of the present invention may further have a layer containing copper, a dielectric multilayer film, an ultraviolet absorbing layer, etc., in addition to the film of the present invention described above.
  • the ultraviolet absorbing layer include the absorbing layers described in paragraphs 0040 to 0070 and 0119 to 0145 of International Publication No. 2015/099060.
  • Dielectric multilayer films include dielectric multilayer films described in paragraphs 0255 to 0259 of JP-A-2014-041318.
  • the layer containing copper a glass substrate made of glass containing copper (copper-containing glass substrate) or a layer containing a copper complex (copper complex-containing layer) can be used.
  • Copper-containing glass substrates include copper-containing phosphate glass, copper-containing fluorophosphate glass, and the like.
  • Commercially available copper-containing glasses include NF-50 (manufactured by AGC Techno Glass Co., Ltd.), BG-60, BG-61 (manufactured by Schott), CD5000 (manufactured by HOYA Corporation), and the like.
  • the solid-state imaging device of the present invention includes the film of the present invention described above.
  • the configuration of the solid-state imaging device is not particularly limited as long as it has the film of the present invention and functions as a solid-state imaging device. For example, the following configuration can be mentioned.
  • a plurality of photodiodes constituting the light receiving area of the solid-state imaging device and transfer electrodes made of polysilicon or the like are provided on the support, and light shielding made of tungsten or the like with only the light receiving portions of the photodiodes being opened on the photodiodes and the transfer electrodes.
  • a device protective film made of silicon nitride or the like is formed on the light shielding film so as to cover the entire surface of the light shielding film and the photodiode light receiving portion, and the film of the present invention is provided on the device protective film. be.
  • the color filter may have a structure in which a film forming each pixel is embedded in a space partitioned by partition walls, for example, in a grid pattern.
  • the partition in this case preferably has a lower refractive index than each pixel. Examples of imaging devices having such a structure include devices described in JP-A-2012-227478 and JP-A-2014-179577.
  • the image display device of the invention comprises the film of the invention.
  • image display devices include liquid crystal display devices and organic electroluminescence (organic EL) display devices.
  • organic EL organic electroluminescence
  • For the definition and details of the image display device see, for example, “Electronic Display Device (written by Akio Sasaki, Industrial Research Institute, 1990)", “Display Device (written by Junsho Ibuki, published by Sangyo Tosho Co., Ltd., 1989). issued)”, etc.
  • Liquid crystal display devices are described, for example, in “Next Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology (edited by Tatsuo Uchida, published by Kogyo Choukai Co., Ltd., 1994)". There is no particular limitation on the liquid crystal display device to which the present invention can be applied.
  • the image display device may have a white organic EL element.
  • a white organic EL device preferably has a tandem structure. Regarding the tandem structure of organic EL elements, see Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2003-045676, supervised by Akiyoshi Mikami, "Forefront of Organic EL Technology Development - High Brightness, High Precision, Long Life, Collection of Know-how -", Technical Information Association, 326-328, 2008, etc.
  • the spectrum of white light emitted by the organic EL element preferably has strong maximum emission peaks in the blue region (430-485 nm), green region (530-580 nm) and yellow region (580-620 nm). In addition to these emission peaks, those having a maximum emission peak in the red region (650 to 700 nm) are more preferred.
  • the infrared sensor of the present invention comprises the membrane of the present invention as described above.
  • the configuration of the infrared sensor is not particularly limited as long as it functions as an infrared sensor. An embodiment of the infrared sensor of the present invention will be described below with reference to the drawings.
  • reference numeral 110 is a solid-state imaging device.
  • An infrared cut filter 111 and an infrared transmission filter 114 are arranged on the imaging area of the solid-state imaging device 110 .
  • a color filter 112 is arranged on the infrared cut filter 111 .
  • a microlens 115 is arranged on the incident light h ⁇ side of the color filter 112 and the infrared transmission filter 114 .
  • a planarization layer 116 is formed to cover the microlens 115 .
  • the infrared cut filter 111 can be formed using the composition of the present invention.
  • the color filter 112 is a color filter formed with pixels that transmit and absorb light of a specific wavelength in the visible region, and is not particularly limited, and conventionally known color filters for forming pixels can be used. For example, a color filter having red (R), green (G), and blue (B) pixels is used. For example, paragraph numbers 0214 to 0263 of JP-A-2014-043556 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated herein.
  • the characteristics of the infrared transmission filter 114 are selected according to the emission wavelength of the infrared LED used. Infrared transmission filter 114 can be formed using the composition of the present invention.
  • an infrared cut filter (another infrared cut filter) different from the infrared cut filter 111 may be further arranged on the planarization layer 116 .
  • Other infrared cut filters include those having copper-containing layers and/or dielectric multilayers. These details are given above.
  • a dual bandpass filter may be used as another infrared cut filter.
  • a camera module of the present invention includes a solid-state imaging device and the film of the present invention described above.
  • the camera module further includes a lens and circuitry for processing the image obtained from the solid-state image sensor.
  • the solid-state imaging device used in the camera module may be the solid-state imaging device according to the present disclosure or a known solid-state imaging device.
  • the lens used in the camera module and the circuit for processing the image obtained from the solid-state imaging device known ones can be used.
  • the camera modules described in JP-A-2016-006476 and JP-A-2014-197190 can be considered, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • a compound (SQ-M1) was synthesized with reference to the method described in JP-A-2015-176046. Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 1.3 g (6.8 mmol) of the compound (SQ-M1), 1.1 mL (8.2 mmol) of triethylamine, and 200 mL of dichloromethane were added to a 500 mL eggplant flask, and under ice cooling, 2 , 2,3,3,4,4,5,5,6,6-decafluoroheptanediyl-dichloride in 50 mL of a dichloromethane solution of 1.17 g (3.1 mmol) was slowly added dropwise.
  • a dye solution was prepared by dissolving the dye described in the table below in the solvent described in the table below.
  • the absorbance of the obtained dye solution for light with a wavelength of 400 to 1200 nm was measured using a spectrophotometer (UH-4150, manufactured by Hitachi High-Tech Science Co., Ltd.).
  • the wavelength ( ⁇ max) at which the absorbance is the largest is measured, and when the absorbance value at ⁇ max is set to 1, the average absorbance value at a wavelength of 440 to 475 nm is calculated,
  • the visible transparency was evaluated according to the following criteria. It can be said that the smaller the average absorbance value, the higher the visible transparency.
  • Dyes SQ-1 through SQ-19 had better visible transparency than Dye SQ-B-1 and Dye SQ-B-2.
  • Dyes SQ-1 to SQ-19 are compounds (dyes represented by formula (1)) having the following structures.
  • Dye SQ-B-1 and Dye SQ-B-2 are compounds (comparative dyes) having the following structures.
  • composition ⁇ Production of composition> Each material was mixed in the ratio of prescription 1, prescription 2, prescription 3, or prescription 4 shown below, and filtered through a nylon filter (manufactured by Nippon Pall Co., Ltd.) with a pore size of 0.45 ⁇ m to produce each composition. .
  • dyes SQ-1 to SQ-19 are as follows.
  • pigment Z-1 to Z-16 Compounds with the following structures (shown together with the maximum absorption wavelength ( ⁇ max) in dichloromethane)
  • E-1 Copolymer resin of benzyl methacrylate, methacrylic acid and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate (weight average molecular weight 14000, acid value 77 mgKOH/g, alkali-soluble resin)
  • E-2 Resin having the following structure (weight average molecular weight: 137,000, number average molecular weight: 32,000, glass transition temperature: 165°C)
  • E-3 Resin having the following structure (values of repeating units are mass ratios, weight average molecular weight: 15,100, number average molecular weight: 7,000)
  • E-4 Resin having the following structure (the numerical value of the repeating unit is the mass ratio, weight average molecular weight 9700, number average molecular weight 5700)
  • E-5 Resin having the following structure (the numerical value of the repeating unit is the mass ratio, weight average molecular weight 9500, number average molecular weight 5800)
  • E-6 Resin having the following structure (weight average molecular weight: 188,000, number average molecular weight:
  • C-1 Irgacure OXE01 (manufactured by BASF, oxime compound)
  • C-2 A compound having the following structure
  • C-3 Omnirad 907 (manufactured by IGM Resins B.V., ⁇ -aminoketone compound)
  • C-4 a compound having the following structure
  • F-1 Resin having the following structure (values of repeating units are mass ratios, weight average molecular weight: 20000, number average molecular weight: 8300, epoxy equivalent: 284 g/eq, acid value: 130 mgKOH/g, glass transition temperature: 136°C)
  • F-2 Resin having the following structure (the numerical values of repeating units are mass ratios, weight average molecular weight: 26,100, number average molecular weight: 8,600, epoxy equivalent: 355 g/eq, acid value: 163 mgKOH/g, glass transition temperature: 133°C)
  • F-3 Resin having the following structure (the numerical values of repeating units are mass ratios, weight average molecular weight: 21,100, number average molecular weight: 8,500, epoxy equivalent: 355 g/eq, acid value: 130 mgKOH/g, glass transition temperature: 157°C)
  • F-4 Resin having the following structure (the numerical values of repeating units are mass ratios, weight average molecular weight: 18300, number
  • G-1 Trimellitic acid
  • G-2 Karenz MT PEI (manufactured by Showa Denko Co., Ltd.)
  • G-3 pentaerythritol tetrakis (3-mercaptopropionate)
  • H-1 FTX-218D (manufactured by Neos, fluorine-based surfactant)
  • H-2 A compound having the following structure (weight average molecular weight: 14,000, % indicating the ratio of repeating units is mol%)
  • AO-1 JP-650 (tris (2,4-di-tert-butylphenyl) phosphite, manufactured by Johoku Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)
  • AO-2 Adekastab AO-60 (pentaerythritol tetrakis[3-(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate, manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd.)
  • AO-3 a compound having the following structure
  • AO-4 Adekastab PEP-36 (3,9-bis(2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-methylphenoxy)-2,4,8,10-tetraoxa-3,9-diphosphaspiro [5.5 ] Undecane, manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd.)
  • AO-5 ADEKA STAB HP-10 (2,2′-methylenebis(4,6-di-tert-butylphenyl)2-ethylhexylphosphi
  • U-1 Uvinul 3050 (manufactured by BASF, compound with the following structure)
  • U-2 Tinuvin477 (manufactured by BASF, hydroxyphenyltriazine-based UV absorber)
  • U-3 Tinuvin326 (manufactured by BASF, compound with the following structure)
  • ⁇ Evaluation of light resistance> The transmittance of the resulting membrane was measured. Next, this film was set in a discoloration tester equipped with a super xenon lamp (100,000 lux), and a light resistance test was performed by irradiating it with light of 100,000 lux for 50 hours without using a UV cut filter. Ta. Next, the transmittance of the film after the lightfastness test was measured. For the film before and after the light resistance test, the amount of change in transmittance ( ⁇ T) at each wavelength in the wavelength range of 400 to 1200 nm is obtained. evaluated. The smaller the value of ⁇ T, the better the light resistance.
  • the transmittance of the film was measured using a spectrophotometer (UH-4150, manufactured by Hitachi High-Tech Science Co., Ltd.).
  • Amount of change in transmittance ( ⁇ T)
  • ⁇ Evaluation of moisture resistance> The transmittance of the resulting membrane was measured. Next, this film was placed in a constant temperature chamber at 85° C. and humidity of 95% and stored for 6 months to conduct a moisture resistance test. Next, the transmittance of the film after the moisture resistance test was measured. For the film before and after the moisture resistance test, the amount of change in transmittance ( ⁇ T) at each wavelength in the wavelength range of 400 to 1200 nm is obtained. evaluated. The smaller the value of ⁇ T, the better the moisture resistance. The transmittance of the film was measured using a spectrophotometer (UH-4150, manufactured by Hitachi High-Tech Science Co., Ltd.).
  • Amount of change in transmittance ( ⁇ T)
  • compositions of Examples had good storage stability, and the films obtained using the compositions of Examples had excellent light resistance and moisture resistance.
  • compositions of Examples 1 to 40, 101 to 140, 201 to 240 or 301 to 340. 67 parts by mass were mixed to prepare a composition for an infrared transmission filter.
  • the light resistance and humidity resistance were evaluated in the same manner as above, and all films were evaluated as A in light resistance and A in humidity resistance.
  • the films obtained using these compositions can block visible light and selectively transmit infrared rays of a specific wavelength or longer, and have spectral characteristics suitable for infrared transmission filters. .
  • 110 solid-state imaging device
  • 111 infrared cut filter
  • 112 color filter
  • 114 infrared transmission filter
  • 115 microlens
  • 116 flattening layer

Abstract

Provided are: a composition capable of forming a film that exhibits excellent storage stability, excellent spectral characteristics, and excellent light resistance and moisture resistance; a film; an optical filter; a solid-state imaging element; an image display device; an infrared sensor; a camera module; and a compound. The composition contains a dye expressed by formula (1), a curable compound, and a solvent.

Description

組成物、膜、光学フィルタ、固体撮像素子、画像表示装置、赤外線センサ、カメラモジュールおよび化合物Compositions, films, optical filters, solid-state imaging devices, image display devices, infrared sensors, camera modules and compounds
 本発明は、スクアリリウム色素を含む組成物に関する。また、本発明は、組成物を用いた膜、光学フィルタ、固体撮像素子、画像表示装置、赤外線センサ、カメラモジュールおよび化合物に関する。 The present invention relates to compositions containing squarylium dyes. The present invention also relates to films, optical filters, solid-state imaging devices, image display devices, infrared sensors, camera modules and compounds using the composition.
 ビデオカメラ、デジタルスチルカメラ、カメラ機能付き携帯電話などには、カラー画像の固体撮像素子である、CCD(電荷結合素子)や、CMOS(相補型金属酸化膜半導体)が用いられている。これら固体撮像素子は、その受光部において赤外線に感度を有するシリコンフォトダイオードを使用している。このため、赤外線カットフィルタを設けて視感度補正を行うことがある。 CCDs (charge-coupled devices) and CMOSs (complementary metal-oxide semiconductors), which are solid-state imaging devices for color images, are used in video cameras, digital still cameras, mobile phones with camera functions, and the like. These solid-state imaging devices use silicon photodiodes that are sensitive to infrared rays in their light receiving portions. For this reason, an infrared cut filter may be provided to correct visibility.
 赤外線カットフィルタは、赤外線吸収色素を含む組成物を用いて製造されている。赤外線吸収色素としては、スクアリリウム色素などが知られている。 The infrared cut filter is manufactured using a composition containing infrared absorbing pigments. Squarylium dyes and the like are known as infrared absorbing dyes.
 特許文献1、2には、特定のスクアリリウム色素を含む組成物を用いて赤外線カットフィルタなどを製造することが記載されている。 Patent Documents 1 and 2 describe the production of an infrared cut filter or the like using a composition containing a specific squarylium dye.
特開2015-176046号公報JP 2015-176046 A 特開2017-179131号公報JP 2017-179131 A
 近年、赤外線吸収色素を含む組成物を用いて得られる膜について、分光特性についての更なる改善が求められている。例えば、可視透明性に優れることなどが求められている。 In recent years, there has been a demand for further improvements in the spectral characteristics of films obtained using compositions containing infrared absorbing dyes. For example, it is required to be excellent in visible transparency.
 また、赤外線吸収色素を含む組成物については、保存安定性に優れること、得られる膜について耐光性や耐湿性に優れることも求められている。 In addition, compositions containing infrared-absorbing dyes are required to have excellent storage stability, and the films obtained are required to have excellent light resistance and moisture resistance.
 本発明者が特許文献1、2に開示されているスクアリリウム色素を含む組成物について検討を進めたところ、これらの性能についてさらなる改善の余地があることが分かった。 When the present inventor proceeded with the investigation of compositions containing squarylium dyes disclosed in Patent Documents 1 and 2, it was found that there was room for further improvement in these performances.
 よって、本発明の目的は、保存安定性に優れ、優れた分光特性を有し、かつ、耐光性および耐湿性に優れた膜を形成できる組成物を提供することにある。また、本発明は、膜、光学フィルタ、固体撮像素子、画像表示装置、赤外線センサ、カメラモジュールおよび化合物を提供することにある。 Therefore, an object of the present invention is to provide a composition that has excellent storage stability, excellent spectral characteristics, and can form a film that is excellent in light resistance and moisture resistance. Another object of the present invention is to provide a film, an optical filter, a solid-state imaging device, an image display device, an infrared sensor, a camera module, and a compound.
 本発明は以下を提供する。
 <1> 式(1)で表される色素と、硬化性化合物と、溶剤と、を含む組成物;
 式(1)中、YおよびYは、それぞれ独立して-C(=O)-、-SO-または-C(=S)NH-を表し、
 RaおよびRaは、それぞれ独立して電子求引性基を表し、
 RbおよびRbは、それぞれ独立して水素原子または置換基を表し、
 Xは、単結合または2価の連結基を表し、
 R、R、RおよびRは、それぞれ独立して水素原子、アルキル基またはアリール基を表し、
 RおよびR10はそれぞれ独立して、水素原子、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、ハロゲン原子またはヒドロキシ基を表し、
 LおよびLは、それぞれ独立して、-CRL1=CRL2-または-Z-NRL3-を表し、
 RL1およびRL2はそれぞれ独立して水素原子、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、ハロゲン原子またはヒドロキシ基を表し、
 RL3は水素原子、アルキル基またはアリール基を表し、
 Zは、-C(=O)-、-SO-または-C(=S)NH-を表し、
 RとRは互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、
 RとRは互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、
 RとLは互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、
 RとR10は互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、
 RとRは互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、
 RとLは互いに連結して環を形成していてもよい。
 <2> 上記RbおよびRbは、それぞれ独立して電子求引性基である、<1>に記載の組成物。
 <3> 上記Ra、Ra、RbおよびRbは、それぞれ独立してハロゲン原子である、<1>に記載の組成物。
 <4> 上記YおよびYがいずれも-C(=O)-である、<1>~<3>のいずれか1つに記載の組成物。
 <5> 上記YおよびYがいずれも-SO-である、<1>~<3>のいずれか1つに記載の組成物。
 <6> 上記Xは、アルキレン基、ハロゲン化アルキレン基、-O-、-CO-、-S-、-SO-、-NH-、-NR-、-C(=S)-またはこれらの基を2以上組み合わせた基である、<1>~<5>のいずれか1つに記載の組成物。
 <7> 上記式(1)で表される色素が、式(1-1)で表される色素である、<1>~<6>のいずれか1つに記載の組成物;
 式(1-1)中、YおよびYは、それぞれ独立して-C(=O)-、-SO-または-C(=S)NH-を表し、
 RaおよびRaは、それぞれ独立して電子求引性基を表し、
 RbおよびRbは、それぞれ独立して水素原子または置換基を表し、
 Xは、単結合または2価の連結基を表し、
 R、R、RおよびRは、それぞれ独立して水素原子、アルキル基またはアリール基を表し、
 R、R、R、R、RおよびR10はそれぞれ独立して、水素原子、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、ハロゲン原子またはヒドロキシ基を表し、
 RとRは互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、
 RとRは互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、
 RとRは互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、
 RとRは互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、
 RとRは互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、
 RとR10は互いに連結して環を形成していてもよい。
 <8> 上記式(1-1)で表される色素が式(2)で表される色素である、<7>に記載の組成物;
 式(2)中、YおよびYは、それぞれ独立して-C(=O)-、-SO-または-C(=S)NH-を表し、
 RaおよびRaは、それぞれ独立して電子求引性基を表し、
 RbおよびRbは、それぞれ独立して水素原子または置換基を表し、
 Xは単結合または2価の連結基を表し、
 R、R、RおよびR10は、それぞれ独立して水素原子、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、ハロゲン原子またはヒドロキシ基を表し、
 R11およびR16は、それぞれ独立してアルキル基またはアリール基を表し、
 R12、R13、R14、R15、R17、R18、R19およびR20は、それぞれ独立して水素原子、アルキル基、アルコキシ基またはアリール基を表し、
 R13とR14は互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、
 R18とR19は互いに連結して環を形成していてもよい。
 <9> <1>~<8>のいずれか1つに記載の組成物を用いて得られる膜。
 <10> <9>に記載の膜を含む光学フィルタ。
 <11> <9>に記載の膜を含む固体撮像素子。
 <12> <9>に記載の膜を含む画像表示装置。
 <13> <9>に記載の膜を含む赤外線センサ。
 <14> <9>に記載の膜を含むカメラモジュール。
 <15> 式(1-1)で表される化合物;
 式(1-1)中、YおよびYは、それぞれ独立して-C(=O)-、-SO-または-C(=S)NH-を表し、
 RaおよびRaは、それぞれ独立して電子求引性基を表し、
 RbおよびRbは、それぞれ独立して水素原子または置換基を表し、
 Xは、単結合または2価の連結基を表し、
 R、R、RおよびRは、それぞれ独立して水素原子、アルキル基またはアリール基を表し、
 R、R、R、R、RおよびR10はそれぞれ独立して、水素原子、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、ハロゲン原子またはヒドロキシ基を表し、
 RとRは互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、
 RとRは互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、
 RとRは互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、
 RとRは互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、
 RとRは互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、
 RとR10は互いに連結して環を形成していてもよい。
<16> 上記式(1-1)で表される化合物が式(2)で表される化合物である、<15>に記載の化合物;
 式(2)中、YおよびYは、それぞれ独立して-C(=O)-、-SO-または-C(=S)NH-を表し、
 RaおよびRaは、それぞれ独立して電子求引性基を表し、
 RbおよびRbは、それぞれ独立して水素原子または置換基を表し、
 Xは単結合または2価の連結基を表し、
 R、R、RおよびR10は、それぞれ独立して水素原子、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、ハロゲン原子またはヒドロキシ基を表し、
 R11およびR16は、それぞれ独立してアルキル基またはアリール基を表し、
 R12、R13、R14、R15、R17、R18、R19およびR20は、それぞれ独立して水素原子、アルキル基、アルコキシ基またはアリール基を表し、
 R13とR14は互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、
 R18とR19は互いに連結して環を形成していてもよい。
The present invention provides the following.
<1> A composition containing a dye represented by formula (1), a curable compound, and a solvent;
In formula (1), Y 1 and Y 2 each independently represent -C(=O)-, -SO 2 - or -C(=S)NH-,
Ra 1 and Ra 2 each independently represent an electron-withdrawing group,
Rb 1 and Rb 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent,
X 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group,
R 2 , R 3 , R 8 and R 9 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group;
R 1 and R 10 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, a halogen atom or a hydroxy group;
L 1 and L 2 each independently represent -CR L1 =CR L2 - or -Z 1 -NR L3 -;
R L1 and R L2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, a halogen atom or a hydroxy group;
R L3 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group;
Z 1 represents -C(=O)-, -SO 2 - or -C(=S)NH-,
R 1 and R 2 may be linked together to form a ring,
R 2 and R 3 may be linked together to form a ring,
R 3 and L 1 may be linked together to form a ring,
R 9 and R 10 may be linked together to form a ring,
R 8 and R 9 may be linked together to form a ring,
R 8 and L 2 may be linked together to form a ring.
<2> The composition according to <1>, wherein Rb 1 and Rb 2 are each independently an electron-withdrawing group.
<3> The composition according to <1>, wherein Ra 1 , Ra 2 , Rb 1 and Rb 2 are each independently a halogen atom.
<4> The composition according to any one of <1> to <3>, wherein both Y 1 and Y 2 are -C(=O)-.
<5> The composition according to any one of <1> to <3>, wherein both Y 1 and Y 2 are -SO 2 -.
<6> X 1 above is an alkylene group, a halogenated alkylene group, -O-, -CO-, -S-, -SO 2 -, -NH-, -NR-, -C(=S)- or these The composition according to any one of <1> to <5>, which is a group obtained by combining two or more groups of
<7> The composition according to any one of <1> to <6>, wherein the dye represented by formula (1) is a dye represented by formula (1-1);
In formula (1-1), Y 1 and Y 2 each independently represent -C(=O)-, -SO 2 - or -C(=S)NH-,
Ra 1 and Ra 2 each independently represent an electron-withdrawing group,
Rb 1 and Rb 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent,
X 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group,
R 2 , R 3 , R 8 and R 9 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group;
R 1 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 and R 10 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, a halogen atom or a hydroxy group;
R 1 and R 2 may be linked together to form a ring,
R 2 and R 3 may be linked together to form a ring,
R 3 and R 4 may be linked together to form a ring,
R 7 and R 8 may be linked together to form a ring,
R 8 and R 9 may be linked together to form a ring,
R 9 and R 10 may be linked together to form a ring.
<8> The composition according to <7>, wherein the dye represented by formula (1-1) is a dye represented by formula (2);
In formula (2), Y 1 and Y 2 each independently represent -C(=O)-, -SO 2 - or -C(=S)NH-;
Ra 1 and Ra 2 each independently represent an electron-withdrawing group,
Rb 1 and Rb 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent,
X 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group,
R 1 , R 5 , R 6 and R 10 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, a halogen atom or a hydroxy group;
R 11 and R 16 each independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group;
R 12 , R 13 , R 14 , R 15 , R 17 , R 18 , R 19 and R 20 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group or an aryl group;
R 13 and R 14 may be linked together to form a ring,
R 18 and R 19 may be linked together to form a ring.
<9> A film obtained using the composition according to any one of <1> to <8>.
<10> An optical filter including the film according to <9>.
<11> A solid-state imaging device including the film according to <9>.
<12> An image display device comprising the film according to <9>.
<13> An infrared sensor including the film according to <9>.
<14> A camera module including the film according to <9>.
<15> compound represented by formula (1-1);
In formula (1-1), Y 1 and Y 2 each independently represent -C(=O)-, -SO 2 - or -C(=S)NH-,
Ra 1 and Ra 2 each independently represent an electron-withdrawing group,
Rb 1 and Rb 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent,
X 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group,
R 2 , R 3 , R 8 and R 9 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group;
R 1 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 and R 10 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, a halogen atom or a hydroxy group;
R 1 and R 2 may be linked together to form a ring,
R 2 and R 3 may be linked together to form a ring,
R 3 and R 4 may be linked together to form a ring,
R 7 and R 8 may be linked together to form a ring,
R 8 and R 9 may be linked together to form a ring,
R 9 and R 10 may be linked together to form a ring.
<16> The compound according to <15>, wherein the compound represented by formula (1-1) is a compound represented by formula (2);
In formula (2), Y 1 and Y 2 each independently represent -C(=O)-, -SO 2 - or -C(=S)NH-;
Ra 1 and Ra 2 each independently represent an electron-withdrawing group,
Rb 1 and Rb 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent,
X 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group,
R 1 , R 5 , R 6 and R 10 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, a halogen atom or a hydroxy group;
R 11 and R 16 each independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group;
R 12 , R 13 , R 14 , R 15 , R 17 , R 18 , R 19 and R 20 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group or an aryl group;
R 13 and R 14 may be linked together to form a ring,
R 18 and R 19 may be linked together to form a ring.
 本発明によれば、保存安定性に優れ、優れた分光特性を有し、かつ、耐光性および耐湿性に優れた膜を形成できる組成物を提供することにあることができる。また、本発明は、膜、光学フィルタ、固体撮像素子、画像表示装置、赤外線センサ、カメラモジュールおよび化合物を提供することができる。 According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a composition capable of forming a film having excellent storage stability, excellent spectral characteristics, and excellent light resistance and moisture resistance. The present invention can also provide films, optical filters, solid-state imaging devices, image display devices, infrared sensors, camera modules, and compounds.
赤外線センサの一実施形態を示す概略図である。1 is a schematic diagram illustrating one embodiment of an infrared sensor; FIG.
 以下において、本発明の内容について詳細に説明する。
 本明細書において、「~」とはその前後に記載される数値を下限値および上限値として含む意味で使用される。
 本明細書における基(原子団)の表記において、置換および無置換を記していない表記は、置換基を有さない基(原子団)と共に置換基を有する基(原子団)をも包含する。例えば、「アルキル基」とは、置換基を有さないアルキル基(無置換アルキル基)のみならず、置換基を有するアルキル基(置換アルキル基)をも包含する。
 本明細書において「露光」とは、特に断らない限り、光を用いた露光のみならず、電子線、イオンビーム等の粒子線を用いた描画も露光に含める。また、露光に用いられる光としては、水銀灯の輝線スペクトル、エキシマレーザに代表される遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光)、X線、電子線等の活性光線または放射線が挙げられる。
 本明細書において、「(メタ)アクリレート」は、アクリレートおよびメタクリレートの双方、または、いずれかを表し、「(メタ)アクリル」は、アクリルおよびメタクリルの双方、または、いずれかを表し、「(メタ)アクリロイル」は、アクリロイルおよびメタクリロイルの双方、または、いずれかを表す。
 本明細書において、重量平均分子量および数平均分子量は、ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィ(GPC)測定でのポリスチレン換算値として定義される。
 本明細書において、化学式中のMeはメチル基を表し、Etはエチル基を表し、Buはブチル基を表し、Phはフェニル基を表す。
 本明細書において、赤外線とは、波長700~2500nmの光(電磁波)をいう。
 本明細書において、全固形分とは、組成物の全成分から溶剤を除いた成分の総質量をいう。
 本明細書において「工程」との語は、独立した工程だけではなく、他の工程と明確に区別できない場合であってもその工程の所期の作用が達成されれば、本用語に含まれる。
The contents of the present invention will be described in detail below.
In the present specification, the term "~" is used to include the numerical values before and after it as lower and upper limits.
In the description of a group (atomic group) in the present specification, a description that does not describe substitution or unsubstituted includes a group (atomic group) having no substituent as well as a group (atomic group) having a substituent. For example, an "alkyl group" includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
As used herein, the term "exposure" includes not only exposure using light but also drawing using particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams, unless otherwise specified. Light used for exposure includes actinic rays or radiation such as emission line spectra of mercury lamps, far ultraviolet rays represented by excimer lasers, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), X-rays, and electron beams.
In the present specification, "(meth)acrylate" represents both or either acrylate and methacrylate, "(meth)acryl" represents both or either acrylic and methacrylic, and "(meth) ) acryloyl” refers to acryloyl and/or methacryloyl.
In this specification, the weight average molecular weight and number average molecular weight are defined as polystyrene equivalent values in gel permeation chromatography (GPC) measurement.
In the present specification, Me in the chemical formulas represents a methyl group, Et represents an ethyl group, Bu represents a butyl group, and Ph represents a phenyl group.
As used herein, infrared light refers to light (electromagnetic waves) with a wavelength of 700 to 2500 nm.
As used herein, the term "total solid content" refers to the total mass of all components of the composition excluding the solvent.
As used herein, the term "process" includes not only an independent process, but also when the intended action of the process is achieved even if it cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes. .
<組成物>
 本発明の組成物は、式(1)で表される色素と、硬化性化合物と、溶剤と、を含むことを特徴とする。
<Composition>
The composition of the present invention is characterized by containing a dye represented by Formula (1), a curable compound, and a solvent.
 本発明の組成物は、保存安定性に優れている。そして、本発明の組成物を用いることで優れた分光特性を有し、かつ、耐光性および耐湿性に優れた膜を形成できる。このような効果が得られる詳細な理由は不明であるが、以下によるものであると推測される。
 本発明の組成物に含まれる式(1)で表される色素は、スクアリン酸部位に直結している二つの環が、-NH-Y-CRaRb-X-CRaRb-Y-NH-で連結されている構造を有している。ここで、RaおよびRaは電子求引性基である。式(1)で表される色素がこのような構造を有していることで、求核性化合物や水などの求核攻撃に対して色素母核の安定性が向上すると推測される。更には、RaおよびRaが電子求引性基であることにより、溶剤に対する溶解性が高くなる。このため、組成物の保管中における式(1)で表される色素の分解、変性、凝集などを抑制でき、保存安定性に優れた組成物とすることができたと推測される。そして、組成物の保存安定性に優れていることから、保管後の組成物を用いた場合であっても、欠陥の抑制された膜を形成することができる。
 また、式(1)で表される色素は求核性化合物や水などの求核攻撃に対して色素母核の安定性が高いため、本発明の組成物を用いることにより、耐光性や耐湿性に優れた膜を形成することができる。
 また、式(1)で表される色素は、RaおよびRaが電子求引性基であることにより、可視部の吸収の振動子強度が減少する、または、可視部の吸収が短波化することにより、色素の可視透明性をより向上させることができたと推測される。このため、本発明の組成物を用いることにより、分光特性に優れた膜を形成することができる。
The composition of the present invention has excellent storage stability. By using the composition of the present invention, it is possible to form a film having excellent spectral characteristics and excellent light resistance and humidity resistance. Although the detailed reason why such an effect is obtained is unknown, it is presumed to be due to the following.
In the dye represented by the formula (1) contained in the composition of the present invention, the two rings directly connected to the squaric acid moiety are -NH-Y 1 -CRa 1 Rb 1 -X 1 -CRa 2 Rb 2 It has a structure linked by -Y 2 -NH-. where Ra 1 and Ra 2 are electron withdrawing groups. It is speculated that the fact that the dye represented by formula (1) has such a structure improves the stability of the chromosomal nucleus against nucleophilic attack by nucleophilic compounds, water, and the like. Furthermore, since Ra 1 and Ra 2 are electron-withdrawing groups, the solubility in solvents is increased. For this reason, it is presumed that the decomposition, denaturation, aggregation, etc. of the dye represented by formula (1) during storage of the composition could be suppressed, and a composition excellent in storage stability could be obtained. In addition, since the composition has excellent storage stability, it is possible to form a film in which defects are suppressed even when the composition is used after storage.
In addition, since the dye represented by the formula (1) has high stability of the dye mother nucleus against nucleophilic attack by nucleophilic compounds and water, the use of the composition of the present invention improves light resistance and moisture resistance. A film having excellent properties can be formed.
Further, in the dye represented by formula (1), Ra 1 and Ra 2 are electron-withdrawing groups, so that the oscillator strength of absorption in the visible region is reduced, or the absorption in the visible region is shortened. It is presumed that by doing so, the visible transparency of the pigment could be further improved. Therefore, by using the composition of the present invention, a film having excellent spectral characteristics can be formed.
 本発明の組成物は、光学フィルタ用の組成物として用いることができる。光学フィルタの種類としては、赤外線カットフィルタおよび赤外線透過フィルタなどが挙げられる。式(1)で表される色素は、可視透明性に優れるので、本発明の組成物を用いることにより可視透明性に優れた赤外線カットフィルタを形成することができる。また、赤外線透過フィルタにおいて、式(1)で表される色素は、透過する光(赤外線)をより長波長側に限定する役割を有している。式(1)で表される色素は、可視透明性に優れるので、遮蔽する可視領域の分光や、透過させる赤外領域の分光を適切な範囲に制御しやすい。 The composition of the present invention can be used as a composition for optical filters. Types of optical filters include infrared cut filters and infrared transmission filters. Since the dye represented by the formula (1) has excellent visible transparency, an infrared cut filter having excellent visible transparency can be formed by using the composition of the present invention. Further, in the infrared transmission filter, the dye represented by the formula (1) has a role of limiting transmitted light (infrared rays) to a longer wavelength side. Since the dye represented by the formula (1) is excellent in visible transparency, it is easy to control the spectrum in the visible region to be shielded and the spectrum in the infrared region to be transmitted within an appropriate range.
 以下、本発明の組成物に用いられる各成分について説明する。 Each component used in the composition of the present invention will be described below.
<<式(1)で表される色素(特定色素)>>
 本発明の組成物は、式(1)で表される色素(以下、特定色素ともいう)を含む。
<<Dye represented by formula (1) (specific dye)>>
The composition of the present invention contains a dye represented by formula (1) (hereinafter also referred to as a specific dye).
 式(1)中、YおよびYは、それぞれ独立して-C(=O)-、-SO-または-C(=S)NH-を表し、
 RaおよびRaは、それぞれ独立して電子求引性基を表し、
 RbおよびRbは、それぞれ独立して水素原子または置換基を表し、
 Xは、単結合または2価の連結基を表し、
 R、R、RおよびRは、それぞれ独立して水素原子、アルキル基またはアリール基を表し、
 RおよびR10はそれぞれ独立して、水素原子、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、ハロゲン原子またはヒドロキシ基を表し、
 LおよびLは、それぞれ独立して、-CRL1=CRL2-または-Z-NRL3-を表し、
 RL1およびRL2はそれぞれ独立して水素原子、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、ハロゲン原子またはヒドロキシ基を表し、
 RL3は水素原子、アルキル基またはアリール基を表し、
 Zは、-C(=O)-、-SO-または-C(=S)NH-を表し、
 RとRは互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、
 RとRは互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、
 RとLは互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、
 RとR10は互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、
 RとRは互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、
 RとLは互いに連結して環を形成していてもよい。
In formula (1), Y 1 and Y 2 each independently represent -C(=O)-, -SO 2 - or -C(=S)NH-,
Ra 1 and Ra 2 each independently represent an electron-withdrawing group,
Rb 1 and Rb 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent,
X 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group,
R 2 , R 3 , R 8 and R 9 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group;
R 1 and R 10 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, a halogen atom or a hydroxy group;
L 1 and L 2 each independently represent -CR L1 =CR L2 - or -Z 1 -NR L3 -;
R L1 and R L2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, a halogen atom or a hydroxy group;
R L3 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group;
Z 1 represents -C(=O)-, -SO 2 - or -C(=S)NH-,
R 1 and R 2 may be linked together to form a ring,
R 2 and R 3 may be linked together to form a ring,
R 3 and L 1 may be linked together to form a ring,
R 9 and R 10 may be linked together to form a ring,
R 8 and R 9 may be linked together to form a ring,
R 8 and L 2 may be linked together to form a ring.
 式(1)のYおよびYは、それぞれ独立して-C(=O)-または-SO-であることが好ましい。なかでも、本発明の効果がより顕著に奏されるという理由から、YおよびYがいずれも-C(=O)-であるか、または、YおよびYがいずれも-SO-であることが好ましく、可視透明性の観点からYおよびYがいずれも-SO-であることがより好ましい。 Y 1 and Y 2 in formula (1) are each independently preferably -C(=O)- or -SO 2 -. Among others, both Y 1 and Y 2 are -C(=O)-, or both Y 1 and Y 2 are -SO 2 , because the effects of the present invention are exhibited more remarkably. -, and from the viewpoint of visible transparency, both Y 1 and Y 2 are more preferably -SO 2 -.
 式(1)のRaおよびRaは、それぞれ独立して電子求引性基を表す。電子求引性基としては、ハメットの置換基定数σp値が正の置換基が挙げられる。電子求引性基の具体例としては、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、ハロゲン化アルキル基、アシル基、スルホニル基などが挙げられ、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、ハロゲン化アルキル基であることがより好ましく、ハロゲン原子であることが更に好ましい。なお、ハロゲン化アルキル基とは、アルキル基の水素原子の1個以上がハロゲン原子で置換された基のことである。 Ra 1 and Ra 2 in formula (1) each independently represent an electron-withdrawing group. Examples of the electron-withdrawing group include substituents having a positive Hammett's substituent constant σp value. Specific examples of electron-withdrawing groups include halogen atoms, cyano groups, nitro groups, halogenated alkyl groups, acyl groups, sulfonyl groups, etc., and halogen atoms, cyano groups, nitro groups, and halogenated alkyl groups. is more preferred, and a halogen atom is even more preferred. A halogenated alkyl group is a group in which one or more hydrogen atoms of an alkyl group are substituted with a halogen atom.
 ハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子が挙げられ、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子であることが好ましく、フッ素原子であることがより好ましい。 The halogen atom includes a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom, preferably a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom and a bromine atom, more preferably a fluorine atom.
 ハロゲン化アルキル基の炭素数は、1~10であることが好ましく、1~5であることがより好ましく、1~3であることが更に好ましく、1または2であることがより一層好ましく、1であることが特に好ましい。ハロゲン化アルキル基は、直鎖または分岐であることが好ましく、直鎖であることがより好ましい。ハロゲン化アルキル基は、フルオロアルキル基またはクロロアルキル基であることが好ましく、フルオロアルキル基であることがより好ましい。 The number of carbon atoms in the halogenated alkyl group is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 5, still more preferably 1 to 3, even more preferably 1 or 2, and 1 is particularly preferred. The halogenated alkyl group is preferably linear or branched, more preferably linear. The halogenated alkyl group is preferably a fluoroalkyl group or a chloroalkyl group, more preferably a fluoroalkyl group.
 式(1)のRbおよびRbは、それぞれ独立して水素原子または置換基を表す。置換基としては、上述した電子求引性基、および、後述する置換基Tが挙げられ、電子求引性基であることが好ましい。 Rb 1 and Rb 2 in formula (1) each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the electron-withdrawing group described above and the substituent T described later, and the electron-withdrawing group is preferable.
 式(1)のRa、Ra、RbおよびRbは、それぞれ独立して電子求引性基であることが好ましく、ハロゲン原子であることがより好ましく、フッ素原子であることが更に好ましい。 Ra 1 , Ra 2 , Rb 1 and Rb 2 in formula (1) are each independently preferably an electron-withdrawing group, more preferably a halogen atom, and still more preferably a fluorine atom. .
 式(1)のXは、単結合または2価の連結基を表し、2価の連結基であることが好ましい。Xが表す2価の連結基としては、アルキレン基、ハロゲン化アルキレン基、-O-、-CO-、-S-、-SO-、-NH-、-NR-、-C(=S)-、および、これらの基を2以上組み合わせた基が挙げられる。ここで、ハロゲン化アルキレン基とは、アルキル基の水素原子の1個以上がハロゲン原子で置換された基のことである。 X 1 in formula (1) represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, preferably a divalent linking group. The divalent linking group represented by X 1 includes an alkylene group, a halogenated alkylene group, -O-, -CO-, -S-, -SO 2 -, -NH-, -NR-, -C (=S )—, and groups in which two or more of these groups are combined. Here, the halogenated alkylene group is a group in which one or more hydrogen atoms of an alkyl group are substituted with halogen atoms.
 アルキレン基およびハロゲン化アルキレン基の炭素数は、1~10であることが好ましく、1~5であることがより好ましい。アルキレン基およびハロゲン化アルキレン基は、直鎖または分岐であることが好ましく、直鎖であることがより好ましい。ハロゲン化アルキレン基は、フルオロアルキレン基またはクロロアルキレン基であることが好ましく、フルオロアルキレン基であることがより好ましい。 The alkylene group and the halogenated alkylene group preferably have 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms. The alkylene group and the halogenated alkylene group are preferably linear or branched, more preferably linear. The halogenated alkylene group is preferably a fluoroalkylene group or a chloroalkylene group, more preferably a fluoroalkylene group.
 式(1)のXは、アルキレン基またはハロゲン化アルキレン基を含む基であることが好ましく、ハロゲン化アルキレン基を含む基であることがより好ましい。Xの具体例としては、以下の<1>~<4>の態様が挙げられ、<2>または<4>の態様が好ましい。
 <1> Xがアルキレン基である態様、
 <2> Xがハロゲン化アルキレン基である態様、
 <3> Xが2以上のアルキレン基を、-O-、-CO-または-S-で連結した基である態様、
 <4> Xが2以上のハロゲン化アルキレン基を、-O-、-CO-または-S-で連結した基である態様
X 1 in formula (1) is preferably an alkylene group or a group containing a halogenated alkylene group, more preferably a group containing a halogenated alkylene group. Specific examples of X 1 include the following <1> to <4> aspects, with <2> or <4> aspects being preferred.
<1> A mode in which X 1 is an alkylene group,
<2> A mode in which X 1 is a halogenated alkylene group,
<3> An embodiment in which X 1 is a group in which two or more alkylene groups are linked by -O-, -CO- or -S-,
<4> An embodiment in which X 1 is a group in which two or more halogenated alkylene groups are linked by —O—, —CO— or —S—
 式(1)のR、R、RおよびRは、それぞれ独立して水素原子、アルキル基またはアリール基を表し、アルキル基またはアリール基であることが好ましく、アルキル基であることがより好ましい。 R 2 , R 3 , R 8 and R 9 in formula (1) each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, preferably an alkyl group or an aryl group, preferably an alkyl group. more preferred.
 R、R、RおよびRが表すアルキル基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~20がより好ましく、1~10が更に好ましい。アルキル基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよく、直鎖または分岐であることがより好ましい。アルキル基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、後述する置換基Tで挙げた基が挙げられ、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、ハロゲン原子およびアルコキシ基からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種であることが好ましい。 The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 8 and R 9 is preferably 1-30, more preferably 1-20, even more preferably 1-10. The alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic, and more preferably linear or branched. The alkyl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the groups exemplified for the substituent T described later, and it is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, a halogen atom and an alkoxy group.
 R、R、RおよびRが表すアリール基の炭素数は、6~40が好ましく、6~30がより好ましく、6~20が更に好ましい。アリール基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、後述する置換基Tで挙げた基が挙げられ、アルキル基、ヘテロアリール基、ハロゲン原子およびアルコキシ基からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種であることが好ましい。 The number of carbon atoms in the aryl group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 8 and R 9 is preferably 6-40, more preferably 6-30, even more preferably 6-20. The aryl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the groups exemplified for the substituent T described later, and it is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of an alkyl group, a heteroaryl group, a halogen atom and an alkoxy group.
 式(1)のRおよびR10はそれぞれ独立して、水素原子、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、ハロゲン原子またはヒドロキシ基を表す。 R 1 and R 10 in formula (1) each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, a halogen atom or a hydroxy group.
 RおよびR10が表すアルキル基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~20がより好ましく、1~10が更に好ましい。アルキル基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよく、直鎖または分岐であることがより好ましい。アルキル基は置換基を有していてもよい。
置換基としては、後述する置換基Tで挙げた基が挙げられ、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基、アミノ基、ヒドロキシ基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、スルホニル基、カルボキシル基、アシル基およびスルホンアミド基からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種であることが好ましい。
The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group represented by R 1 and R 10 is preferably 1-30, more preferably 1-20, even more preferably 1-10. The alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic, and more preferably linear or branched. The alkyl group may have a substituent.
Examples of substituents include the groups exemplified for the substituent T described later, aryl groups, heteroaryl groups, halogen atoms, alkoxy groups, amino groups, hydroxy groups, cyano groups, nitro groups, sulfonyl groups, carboxyl groups, acyl groups, It is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of groups and sulfonamide groups.
 RおよびR10が表すアルコキシ基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~20がより好ましく、1~10が更に好ましい。アルコキシ基は、直鎖または分岐であることが好ましい。アルコキシ基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、後述する置換基Tで挙げた基が挙げられ、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、ハロゲン原子、アミノ基、ヒドロキシ基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、スルホニル基、カルボキシル基、アシル基およびスルホンアミド基からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種であることが好ましい。 The number of carbon atoms in the alkoxy group represented by R 1 and R 10 is preferably 1-30, more preferably 1-20, even more preferably 1-10. Alkoxy groups are preferably straight-chain or branched. An alkoxy group may have a substituent. Examples of substituents include the groups exemplified for Substituent T described later, including aryl groups, heteroaryl groups, halogen atoms, amino groups, hydroxy groups, cyano groups, nitro groups, sulfonyl groups, carboxyl groups, acyl groups and sulfone groups. It is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of amide groups.
 RおよびR10が表すアリール基の炭素数は、6~40が好ましく、6~30がより好ましく、6~20が更に好ましい。アリール基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、後述する置換基Tで挙げた基が挙げられ、アルキル基、ヘテロアリール基、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基、アミノ基、ヒドロキシ基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、スルホニル基、カルボキシル基、アシル基およびスルホンアミド基からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種であることが好ましい。 The number of carbon atoms in the aryl group represented by R 1 and R 10 is preferably 6-40, more preferably 6-30, even more preferably 6-20. The aryl group may have a substituent. Examples of substituents include the groups exemplified for the substituent T described later, such as an alkyl group, a heteroaryl group, a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, an amino group, a hydroxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, a sulfonyl group, a carboxyl group, and an acyl group. It is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of groups and sulfonamide groups.
 式(1)のRとRは互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、RとRは互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、RとLは互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、RとR10は互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、RとRは互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、RとLは互いに連結して環を形成していてもよい。形成される環は、芳香族環であってもよく、非芳香族環であってもよい。また、形成される環は、単環であってもよく、縮合環であってもよい。形成される環は、5員環または6員環であることが好ましい。また、形成される環は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、後述する置換基Tが挙げられ、アルキル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、ハロゲン原子、スルホ基、ヒドロキシ基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、カルボキシ基、リン酸基およびアミノ基からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種であることが好ましい。 R 1 and R 2 in formula (1) may be linked together to form a ring, R 2 and R 3 may be linked together to form a ring, R 3 and L 1 may be linked together may be linked to form a ring, R 9 and R 10 may be linked to each other to form a ring, R 8 and R 9 may be linked to each other to form a ring, R 8 and L 2 may be linked together to form a ring. The ring formed may be an aromatic ring or a non-aromatic ring. Moreover, the ring to be formed may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring. The ring formed is preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring. Moreover, the formed ring may have a substituent. Examples of substituents include substituents T described later, which consist of an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, a halogen atom, a sulfo group, a hydroxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carboxyl group, a phosphate group, and an amino group. It is preferably at least one selected from the group.
 式(1)のLおよびLは、それぞれ独立して、-CRL1=CRL2-または-Z-NRL3-を表し、
 RL1およびRL2はそれぞれ独立して水素原子、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、ハロゲン原子またはヒドロキシ基を表し、
 RL3は水素原子、アルキル基またはアリール基を表し、
 Zは、-C(=O)-、-SO-または-C(=S)NH-を表す。
L 1 and L 2 in formula (1) each independently represent -CR L1 =CR L2 - or -Z 1 -NR L3 -;
R L1 and R L2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, a halogen atom or a hydroxy group;
R L3 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group;
Z 1 represents -C(=O)-, -SO 2 - or -C(=S)NH-.
 RL1およびRL2が表すアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基およびハロゲン原子は、RおよびR10が表すアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基およびハロゲン原子と同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。 The alkyl group, alkoxy group, aryl group and halogen atom represented by R L1 and R L2 are synonymous with the alkyl group, alkoxy group, aryl group and halogen atom represented by R 1 and R 10 , and the preferred ranges are also the same.
 RL3が表すアルキル基およびアリール基は、R、R、RおよびRが表すアルキル基およびアリール基と同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。 The alkyl group and aryl group represented by R L3 are synonymous with the alkyl group and aryl group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 8 and R 9 , and the preferred ranges are also the same.
 Zは、-C(=O)-であることが好ましい。 Z 1 is preferably -C(=O)-.
 式(1)のLおよびLは、それぞれ独立して-CRL1=CRL2-または-C(=O)-NRL3-であることが好ましく、-CRL1=CRL2-であることがより好ましい。 L 1 and L 2 in formula (1) are each independently preferably -CR L1 =CR L2 - or -C(=O)-NR L3 -, and -CR L1 =CR L2 - is more preferred.
 式(1)においては、LおよびLがそれぞれ独立して-CRL1=CRL2-であり、かつ、RとL、および、RとLは互いに連結して環を形成していることが好ましく、5員環または6員環を形成していることがより好ましい。 In formula (1), L 1 and L 2 are each independently -CR L1 =CR L2 -, and R 3 and L 1 and R 8 and L 2 are linked to form a ring preferably, and more preferably forming a 5- or 6-membered ring.
(置換基T)
 置換基Tとして、次の基が挙げられる。ハロゲン原子(例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子)、アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のアルキル基)、アルケニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~30のアルケニル基)、アルキニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~30のアルキニル基)、アリール基(好ましくは炭素数6~30のアリール基)、ヘテロアリール基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のヘテロアリール基)、アミノ基(好ましくは炭素数0~30のアミノ基)、アルコキシ基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のアルコキシ基)、アリールオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数6~30のアリールオキシ基)、ヘテロアリールオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のヘテロアリールオキシ基)、アシル基(好ましくは炭素数2~30のアシル基)、アルコキシカルボニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~30のアルコキシカルボニル基)、アリールオキシカルボニル基(好ましくは炭素数7~30のアリールオキシカルボニル基)、ヘテロアリールオキシカルボニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~30のヘテロアリールオキシカルボニル基)、アシルオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数2~30のアシルオキシ基)、アシルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素数2~30のアシルアミノ基)、アミノカルボニルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素数2~30のアミノカルボニルアミノ基)、アルコキシカルボニルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素数2~30のアルコキシカルボニルアミノ基)、アリールオキシカルボニルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素数7~30のアリールオキシカルボニルアミノ基)、スルファモイル基(好ましくは炭素数0~30のスルファモイル基)、スルファモイルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素数0~30のスルファモイルアミノ基)、カルバモイル基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のカルバモイル基)、アルキルチオ基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のアルキルチオ基)、アリールチオ基(好ましくは炭素数6~30のアリールチオ基)、ヘテロアリールチオ基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のヘテロアリールチオ基)、アルキルスルホニル基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のアルキルスルホニル基)、アルキルスルホニルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のアルキルスルホニルアミノ基)、アリールスルホニル基(好ましくは炭素数6~30のアリールスルホニル基)、アリールスルホニルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素数6~30のアリールスルホニルアミノ基)、ヘテロアリールスルホニル基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のヘテロアリールスルホニル基)、ヘテロアリールスルホニルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のヘテロアリールスルホニルアミノ基)、アルキルスルフィニル基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のアルキルスルフィニル基)、アリールスルフィニル基(好ましくは炭素数6~30のアリールスルフィニル基)、ヘテロアリールスルフィニル基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のヘテロアリールスルフィニル基)、ウレイド基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のウレイド基)、ヒドロキシ基、ニトロ基、カルボキシ基、スルホ基、リン酸基、カルボン酸アミド基、スルホンアミド基、イミド基、ホスフィノ基、メルカプト基、シアノ基、アルキルスルフィノ基、アリールスルフィノ基、アリールアゾ基、ヘテロアリールアゾ基、ホスフィニル基、ホスフィニルオキシ基、ホスフィニルアミノ基、シリル基、ヒドラジノ基、イミノ基。これらの基は、更に置換可能な基である場合、更に置換基を有してもよい。置換基としては、上述した置換基Tで説明した基が挙げられる。
(substituent T)
Substituent T includes the following groups. Halogen atom (e.g., fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, iodine atom), alkyl group (preferably alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), alkenyl group (preferably alkenyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms), alkynyl group (preferably an alkynyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms), a heteroaryl group (preferably a heteroaryl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), an amino group (preferably amino group having 0 to 30 carbon atoms), alkoxy group (preferably alkoxy group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), aryloxy group (preferably aryloxy group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms), heteroaryloxy group (preferably carbon 1 to 30 heteroaryloxy groups), acyl groups (preferably acyl groups having 2 to 30 carbon atoms), alkoxycarbonyl groups (preferably alkoxycarbonyl groups having 2 to 30 carbon atoms), aryloxycarbonyl groups (preferably aryloxycarbonyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms), heteroaryloxycarbonyl group (preferably heteroaryloxycarbonyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms), acyloxy group (preferably acyloxy group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms), acylamino group (preferably acylamino group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms), aminocarbonylamino group (preferably aminocarbonylamino group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms), alkoxycarbonylamino group (preferably alkoxycarbonylamino group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms) , aryloxycarbonylamino group (preferably aryloxycarbonylamino group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms), sulfamoyl group (preferably sulfamoyl group having 0 to 30 carbon atoms), sulfamoylamino group (preferably 0 to 30 carbon atoms sulfamoylamino group), carbamoyl group (preferably carbamoyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), alkylthio group (preferably alkylthio group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), arylthio group (preferably arylthio group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms) group), heteroarylthio group (preferably heteroarylthio group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), alkylsulfonyl group (preferably alkylsulfonyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), alkylsulfonylamino group (preferably 1 to 30 alkylsulfonylamino groups), arylsulfonyl groups (preferably arylsulfonyl groups having 6 to 30 carbon atoms), arylsulfonylamino groups (preferably arylsulfonylamino groups having 6 to 30 carbon atoms), heteroarylsulfonyl groups (preferably is a heteroarylsulfonyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), a heteroarylsulfonylamino group (preferably a heteroarylsulfonylamino group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), an alkylsulfinyl group (preferably an alkylsulfinyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms) , an arylsulfinyl group (preferably an arylsulfinyl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms), a heteroarylsulfinyl group (preferably a heteroarylsulfinyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms), a ureido group (preferably a ureido group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms) ), hydroxy group, nitro group, carboxy group, sulfo group, phosphoric acid group, carboxylic acid amide group, sulfonamide group, imide group, phosphino group, mercapto group, cyano group, alkylsulfino group, arylsulfino group, arylazo group, heteroaryl azo group, phosphinyl group, phosphinyloxy group, phosphinylamino group, silyl group, hydrazino group, imino group. These groups may further have substituents if they are substitutable groups. Examples of the substituent include the groups described for the substituent T described above.
 式(1)で表される色素は、式(1-1)で表される色素であることが好ましい。式(1-1)で表される色素は、本発明の化合物でもある。
 式(1-1)中、YおよびYは、それぞれ独立して-C(=O)-、-SO-または-C(=S)NH-を表し、
 RaおよびRaは、それぞれ独立して電子求引性基を表し、
 RbおよびRbは、それぞれ独立して水素原子または置換基を表し、
 Xは、単結合または2価の連結基を表し、
 R、R、RおよびRは、それぞれ独立して水素原子、アルキル基またはアリール基を表し、
 R、R、R、R、RおよびR10はそれぞれ独立して、水素原子、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、ハロゲン原子またはヒドロキシ基を表し、
 RとRは互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、
 RとRは互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、
 RとRは互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、
 RとRは互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、
 RとRは互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、
 RとR10は互いに連結して環を形成していてもよい。
The dye represented by formula (1) is preferably a dye represented by formula (1-1). The dye represented by formula (1-1) is also the compound of the present invention.
In formula (1-1), Y 1 and Y 2 each independently represent -C(=O)-, -SO 2 - or -C(=S)NH-,
Ra 1 and Ra 2 each independently represent an electron-withdrawing group,
Rb 1 and Rb 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent,
X 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group,
R 2 , R 3 , R 8 and R 9 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group;
R 1 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 and R 10 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, a halogen atom or a hydroxy group;
R 1 and R 2 may be linked together to form a ring,
R 2 and R 3 may be linked together to form a ring,
R 3 and R 4 may be linked together to form a ring,
R 7 and R 8 may be linked together to form a ring,
R 8 and R 9 may be linked together to form a ring,
R 9 and R 10 may be linked together to form a ring.
 式(1-1)の、Y、Y、Ra、Ra、Rb、Rb、X、R、R、R、R、R、R10は、式(1)の、Y、Y、Ra、Ra、Rb、Rb、X、R、R、R、R、R、R10と同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。 Y 1 , Y 2 , Ra 1 , Ra 2 , Rb 1 , Rb 2 , X 1 , R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 8 , R 9 and R 10 in formula (1-1) are represented by formula ( In 1), Y 1 , Y 2 , Ra 1 , Ra 2 , Rb 1 , Rb 2 , X 1 , R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 8 , R 9 , and R 10 , and the preferred ranges are also It is the same.
 式(1-1)のR、R、RおよびRが表すアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基およびハロゲン原子は、式(1)のRおよびR10が表すアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基およびハロゲン原子と同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。 The alkyl group, alkoxy group, aryl group and halogen atom represented by R 4 , R 5 , R 6 and R 7 in formula (1-1) are the alkyl groups and alkoxy groups represented by R 1 and R 10 in formula (1). , aryl group and halogen atom, and the preferred ranges are also the same.
 式(1-1)において、RとRは互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、RとRは互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、RとRは互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、RとRは互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、RとRは互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、RとR10は互いに連結して環を形成していてもよい。形成される環は、芳香族環であってもよく、非芳香族環であってもよい。また、形成される環は、単環であってもよく、縮合環であってもよい。形成される環は、5員環または6員環であることが好ましい。また、形成される環は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、後述する置換基Tが挙げられ、アルキル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、ハロゲン原子、スルホ基、ヒドロキシ基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、カルボキシ基、リン酸基およびアミノ基からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種であることが好ましい。 In formula (1-1), R 1 and R 2 may be linked together to form a ring, R 2 and R 3 may be linked together to form a ring, R 3 and R 4 may be linked together to form a ring, R 7 and R 8 may be linked together to form a ring, R 8 and R 9 may be linked together to form a ring or R 9 and R 10 may be linked together to form a ring. The ring formed may be an aromatic ring or a non-aromatic ring. Moreover, the ring to be formed may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring. The ring formed is preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring. Moreover, the formed ring may have a substituent. Examples of substituents include substituents T described later, which consist of an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, a halogen atom, a sulfo group, a hydroxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carboxyl group, a phosphate group and an amino group. It is preferably at least one selected from the group.
 式(1-1)においては、RとR、および、RとRは互いに連結して環を形成していることが好ましく、5員環または6員環を形成していることがより好ましい。 In formula (1-1), R 3 and R 4 and R 7 and R 8 are preferably linked to form a ring, and form a 5- or 6-membered ring. is more preferred.
 式(1-1)で表される色素は、式(2)で表される色素であることが好ましい。式(2)で表される色素は、本発明の化合物でもある。
 式(2)中、YおよびYは、それぞれ独立して-C(=O)-、-SO-または-C(=S)NH-を表し、
 RaおよびRaは、それぞれ独立して電子求引性基を表し、
 RbおよびRbは、それぞれ独立して水素原子または置換基を表し、
 Xは単結合または2価の連結基を表し、
 R、R、RおよびR10は、それぞれ独立して水素原子、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、ハロゲン原子またはヒドロキシ基を表し、
 R11およびR16は、それぞれ独立してアルキル基またはアリール基を表し、
 R12、R13、R14、R15、R17、R18、R19およびR20は、それぞれ独立して水素原子、アルキル基、アルコキシ基またはアリール基を表し、
 R13とR14は互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、
 R18とR19は互いに連結して環を形成していてもよい。
The dye represented by formula (1-1) is preferably a dye represented by formula (2). The dye represented by formula (2) is also the compound of the present invention.
In formula (2), Y 1 and Y 2 each independently represent -C(=O)-, -SO 2 - or -C(=S)NH-;
Ra 1 and Ra 2 each independently represent an electron-withdrawing group,
Rb 1 and Rb 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent,
X 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group,
R 1 , R 5 , R 6 and R 10 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, a halogen atom or a hydroxy group;
R 11 and R 16 each independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group;
R 12 , R 13 , R 14 , R 15 , R 17 , R 18 , R 19 and R 20 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group or an aryl group;
R 13 and R 14 may be linked together to form a ring,
R 18 and R 19 may be linked together to form a ring.
 式(2)の、Y、Y、Ra、Ra、Rb、Rb、X、R、R、RおよびR10は、式(1-1)の、Y、Y、Ra、Ra、Rb、Rb、X、R、R、RおよびR10と同義であり、好ましい範囲も同様である。 Y 1 , Y 2 , Ra 1 , Ra 2 , Rb 1 , Rb 2 , X 1 , R 1 , R 5 , R 6 and R 10 in formula (2) are Y 1 in formula (1-1) , Y 2 , Ra 1 , Ra 2 , Rb 1 , Rb 2 , X 1 , R 1 , R 5 , R 6 and R 10 , and the preferred ranges are also the same.
 式(2)のR11~R20が表すアルキル基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~20がより好ましく、1~10が更に好ましい。アルキル基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよく、直鎖または分岐であることがより好ましい。アルキル基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、上述した置換基Tで挙げた基が挙げられ、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基、アミノ基、ヒドロキシ基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、スルホニル基、カルボキシル基、アシル基およびスルホンアミド基からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種であることが好ましい。 The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group represented by R 11 to R 20 in formula (2) is preferably 1-30, more preferably 1-20, even more preferably 1-10. The alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic, and more preferably linear or branched. The alkyl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the groups exemplified for the substituent T described above, and include an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, an amino group, a hydroxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, a sulfonyl group, a carboxyl group, and an acyl group. It is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of groups and sulfonamide groups.
 式(2)のR11~R20が表すアリール基の炭素数は、6~40が好ましく、6~30がより好ましく、6~20が更に好ましい。アリール基は置換基を有していてもよい。
置換基としては、上述した置換基Tで挙げた基が挙げられ、アルキル基、ヘテロアリール基、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基、アミノ基、ヒドロキシ基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、スルホニル基、カルボキシル基、アシル基およびスルホンアミド基からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種であることが好ましい。
The number of carbon atoms in the aryl group represented by R 11 to R 20 in formula (2) is preferably 6-40, more preferably 6-30, even more preferably 6-20. The aryl group may have a substituent.
Examples of the substituent include the groups exemplified for the substituent T described above, and include an alkyl group, a heteroaryl group, a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, an amino group, a hydroxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, a sulfonyl group, a carboxyl group, and an acyl group. It is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of groups and sulfonamide groups.
 式(2)のR12、R13、R14、R15、R17、R18、R19およびR20が表すアルコキシ基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~20がより好ましく、1~10が更に好ましい。アルコキシ基は、直鎖または分岐であることが好ましい。アルコキシ基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、上述した置換基Tで挙げた基が挙げられ、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、ハロゲン原子、アミノ基、ヒドロキシ基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、スルホニル基、カルボキシル基、アシル基およびスルホンアミド基からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種であることが好ましい。 The number of carbon atoms in the alkoxy group represented by R 12 , R 13 , R 14 , R 15 , R 17 , R 18 , R 19 and R 20 in formula (2) is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, 1 to 10 are more preferred. Alkoxy groups are preferably straight-chain or branched. An alkoxy group may have a substituent. Examples of substituents include the groups exemplified for the substituent T described above, including aryl groups, heteroaryl groups, halogen atoms, amino groups, hydroxy groups, cyano groups, nitro groups, sulfonyl groups, carboxyl groups, acyl groups and sulfone groups. It is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of amide groups.
 式(2)において、R13とR14は互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、R18とR19は互いに連結して環を形成していてもよい。形成される環は、芳香族環であってもよく、非芳香族環であってもよい。また、形成される環は、単環であってもよく、縮合環であってもよい。形成される環は、5員環または6員環であることが好ましい。また、形成される環は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、上述した置換基Tが挙げられ、アルキル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、ハロゲン原子、スルホ基、ヒドロキシ基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、カルボキシ基、リン酸基およびアミノ基からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種であることが好ましい。 In formula (2), R 13 and R 14 may be linked together to form a ring, and R 18 and R 19 may be linked together to form a ring. The ring formed may be an aromatic ring or a non-aromatic ring. Moreover, the ring to be formed may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring. The ring formed is preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring. Moreover, the formed ring may have a substituent. Substituents include the above-mentioned substituents T, consisting of alkyl groups, aryl groups, heteroaryl groups, halogen atoms, sulfo groups, hydroxy groups, cyano groups, nitro groups, carboxy groups, phosphate groups and amino groups. It is preferably at least one selected from the group.
 なお、式(1)で表される色素には、共鳴関係にある化合物が存在している場合があるが、本発明においては、式(1)で表される色素にはその共鳴構造も含まれる。すなわち、式(1)の共鳴構造の化合物も、本発明における特定色素に含まれる。式(1)で表される色素と共鳴関係にある化合物としては、例えば、下記式(1a)、(1b)で表される化合物が挙げられる。
The dye represented by formula (1) may contain a compound having a resonance relationship. In the present invention, the dye represented by formula (1) includes the resonance structure. be That is, the compound having the resonance structure of formula (1) is also included in the specific dye of the present invention. Examples of compounds having a resonance relationship with the dye represented by formula (1) include compounds represented by the following formulas (1a) and (1b).
 特定色素の極大吸収波長は、波長650nm以上に存在することが好ましく、波長650~1500nmの範囲に存在することがより好ましく、波長660~1200nmの範囲に存在することが更に好ましく、波長660~1000nmの範囲に存在することが特に好ましい。 The maximum absorption wavelength of the specific dye preferably exists at a wavelength of 650 nm or more, more preferably in the wavelength range of 650 to 1500 nm, even more preferably in the wavelength range of 660 to 1200 nm, and a wavelength of 660 to 1000 nm. is particularly preferred.
 また、特定色素は、波長400nm~1200nmの範囲において、吸光度が最も大きい値を示す波長(λmax)での吸光度の値を1としたとき、波長440~475nmの範囲における平均吸光度の値が0.007未満であることが好ましく、0.005未満であることがより好ましく、0.0035未満であることが更に好ましい。 Further, the specific dye has an average absorbance value of 0.00 in the wavelength range of 440 to 475 nm when the absorbance value at the wavelength (λmax) showing the maximum absorbance value in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 1200 nm is 1. 007, more preferably less than 0.005, and even more preferably less than 0.0035.
 特定色素の吸光度および極大吸収波長の値は特定色素を溶媒に溶解させて色素溶液を調製し、色素溶液の吸光度を測定することで求めることができる。色素溶液の調製に用いる溶媒としては、クロロホルム、ジメチルスルホキシド(DMSO)、テトラヒドロフラン(THF)などが挙げられる。なお、特定色素がクロロホルムに溶解する化合物の場合には溶媒としてクロロホルムを用いる。特定色素がクロロホルムに溶解しないがジメチルスルホキシド(DMSO)またはテトラヒドロフラン(THF)に溶解する化合物の場合には溶媒としてジメチルスルホキシド(DMSO)またはテトラヒドロフラン(THF)を用いる。 The absorbance and maximum absorption wavelength of a specific dye can be obtained by dissolving the specific dye in a solvent to prepare a dye solution and measuring the absorbance of the dye solution. Solvents used for preparing the dye solution include chloroform, dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO), tetrahydrofuran (THF) and the like. When the specific dye is a compound that dissolves in chloroform, chloroform is used as the solvent. In the case of a compound that does not dissolve in chloroform but dissolves in dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO) or tetrahydrofuran (THF), dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO) or tetrahydrofuran (THF) is used as the solvent.
 特定色素について、環境対応を考慮する際はフッ素原子を含まない構造の化合物であることも好ましい。 Regarding the specific dye, it is also preferable that it is a compound with a structure that does not contain a fluorine atom when considering environmental friendliness.
 特定色素の具体例としては、後述する実施例に記載の色素SQ-1~SQ-19などが挙げられる。 Specific examples of specific dyes include dyes SQ-1 to SQ-19 described in the examples described later.
 特定色素の含有量は、組成物の全固形分中0.5質量%以上であることが好ましく、3質量%以上であることがより好ましく、5質量%以上であることが更に好ましい。また、特定色素の含有量の上限は、50質量%以下であることが好ましく、40質量%以下であることがより好ましく、30質量%以下であることが更に好ましい。組成物は特定色素を1種のみ含んでいてもよく、2種以上含んでいてもよい。2種以上含む場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 The content of the specific pigment is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, more preferably 3% by mass or more, and even more preferably 5% by mass or more, based on the total solid content of the composition. Also, the upper limit of the content of the specific dye is preferably 50% by mass or less, more preferably 40% by mass or less, and even more preferably 30% by mass or less. The composition may contain only one type of specific dye, or may contain two or more types. When two or more kinds are included, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
 本発明の組成物には、特定色素の分解物や、合成時の不純物などを含んでいてもよい。このような化合物としては、例えば、式(100)で表される化合物や、式(101)で表される化合物が挙げられる。 The composition of the present invention may contain decomposition products of specific dyes, impurities during synthesis, and the like. Examples of such compounds include compounds represented by formula (100) and compounds represented by formula (101).
 式(100)のY1aおよびY1bは、式(1)のYと同義である。
 式(100)のY2aおよびY2bは、式(1)のYと同義である。
 式(100)のRa1a、Ra1b、Ra2aおよびRa2bは、式(1)のRaおよびRaと同義である。
 式(100)のRb1a、Rb1b、Rb2aおよびRb2bは、式(1)のRbおよびRbと同義である。
 式(100)のR1a、R1bは、式(1)のRと同義である。
 式(100)のR2a、R2bは、式(1)のRと同義である。
 式(100)のR3a、R3bは、式(1)のRと同義である。
 式(100)のR8a、R8bは、式(1)のRと同義である。
 式(100)のR9a、R9bは、式(1)のRと同義である。
 式(100)のR10a、R10bは、式(1)のR10と同義である。
 式(100)のL1a、L1bは、式(1)のLと同義である。
 式(100)のL2a、L2bは、式(1)のLと同義である。
Y 1a and Y 1b in formula (100) are synonymous with Y 1 in formula (1).
Y 2a and Y 2b in formula (100) are synonymous with Y 2 in formula (1).
Ra 1a , Ra 1b , Ra 2a and Ra 2b in formula (100) are synonymous with Ra 1 and Ra 2 in formula (1).
Rb 1a , Rb 1b , Rb 2a and Rb 2b in formula (100) are synonymous with Rb 1 and Rb 2 in formula (1).
R 1a and R 1b in formula (100) are synonymous with R 1 in formula (1).
R 2a and R 2b in formula (100) are synonymous with R 2 in formula (1).
R 3a and R 3b in formula (100) are synonymous with R 3 in formula (1).
R 8a and R 8b in formula (100) are synonymous with R 8 in formula (1).
R 9a and R 9b in formula (100) are synonymous with R 9 in formula (1).
R 10a and R 10b in formula (100) are synonymous with R 10 in formula (1).
L 1a and L 1b in formula (100) are synonymous with L 1 in formula (1).
L 2a and L 2b in formula (100) are synonymous with L 2 in formula (1).
 式(101)のY1cは、式(1)のYと同義である。
 式(101)のY2cは、式(1)のYと同義である。
 式(101)のRa1cおよびRa2cは、式(1)のRaおよびRaと同義である。
 式(101)のRb1cおよびRb2cは、式(1)のRbおよびRbと同義である。
 式(101)のR1c、R1dは、式(1)のRと同義である。
 式(101)のR2c、R2dは、式(1)のRと同義である。
 式(101)のR3c、R3dは、式(1)のRと同義である。
 式(101)のL1c、L1cは、式(1)のLと同義である。
Y 1c in formula (101) has the same meaning as Y 1 in formula (1).
Y 2c in formula (101) has the same meaning as Y 2 in formula (1).
Ra 1c and Ra 2c in formula (101) are synonymous with Ra 1 and Ra 2 in formula (1).
Rb 1c and Rb 2c in formula (101) are synonymous with Rb 1 and Rb 2 in formula (1).
R 1c and R 1d in formula (101) are synonymous with R 1 in formula (1).
R 2c and R 2d in formula (101) are synonymous with R 2 in formula (1).
R 3c and R 3d in formula (101) are synonymous with R 3 in formula (1).
L 1c and L 1c in formula (101) are synonymous with L 1 in formula (1).
<<硬化性化合物>>
 本発明の組成物は硬化性化合物を含有する。硬化性化合物としては、重合性化合物、樹脂等が挙げられる。樹脂は、非重合性の樹脂(重合性基を有さない樹脂)であってもよく、重合性の樹脂(重合性基を有する樹脂)であってもよい。重合性基としては、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基、環状エーテル基、メチロール基、アルコキシメチル基などが挙げられる。エチレン性不飽和結合含有基としては、ビニル基、ビニルフェニル基、(メタ)アリル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基、(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基、(メタ)アクリロイルアミド基などが挙げられ、(メタ)アリル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基および(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基が好ましく、(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基がより好ましい。環状エーテル基としては、エポキシ基、オキセタニル基などが挙げられ、エポキシ基が好ましい。
<<Curable compound>>
The composition of the invention contains a curable compound. Examples of curable compounds include polymerizable compounds and resins. The resin may be a non-polymerizable resin (a resin having no polymerizable group) or a polymerizable resin (a resin having a polymerizable group). The polymerizable group includes an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group, a cyclic ether group, a methylol group, an alkoxymethyl group and the like. Examples of ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing groups include vinyl groups, vinylphenyl groups, (meth)allyl groups, (meth)acryloyl groups, (meth)acryloyloxy groups, (meth)acryloylamide groups, and the like. Allyl group, (meth)acryloyl group and (meth)acryloyloxy group are preferred, and (meth)acryloyloxy group is more preferred. Examples of the cyclic ether group include an epoxy group and an oxetanyl group, with the epoxy group being preferred.
 硬化性化合物としては、樹脂を少なくとも含むものを用いることが好ましい。また、本発明の組成物をフォトリソグラフィ用の組成物とする場合には、硬化性化合物として樹脂と、重合性モノマー(モノマータイプの重合性化合物)とを用いることが好ましく、樹脂と、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する重合性モノマー(モノマータイプの重合性化合物)とを用いることがより好ましい。 As the curable compound, it is preferable to use one containing at least a resin. Further, when the composition of the present invention is used as a composition for photolithography, it is preferable to use a resin and a polymerizable monomer (monomer-type polymerizable compound) as the curable compound. It is more preferable to use a polymerizable monomer (monomer-type polymerizable compound) having an unsaturated bond-containing group.
(重合性化合物)
 重合性化合物としては、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物、環状エーテル基を有する化合物、メチロール基を有する化合物、アルコキシメチル基を有する化合物等が挙げられる。エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物はラジカル重合性化合物として好ましく用いることができる。また、環状エーテル基を有する化合物は、カチオン重合性化合物として好ましく用いることができる。
(Polymerizable compound)
Examples of the polymerizable compound include compounds having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group, compounds having a cyclic ether group, compounds having a methylol group, and compounds having an alkoxymethyl group. A compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group can be preferably used as a radically polymerizable compound. A compound having a cyclic ether group can also be preferably used as a cationically polymerizable compound.
 樹脂タイプの重合性化合物としては、重合性基を有する繰り返し単位を含む樹脂などが挙げられる。 Examples of resin-type polymerizable compounds include resins containing repeating units having polymerizable groups.
 モノマータイプの重合性化合物(重合性モノマー)の分子量は、2000未満であることが好ましく、1500以下であることがより好ましい。重合性モノマーの分子量の下限は100以上であることが好ましく、200以上であることがより好ましい。樹脂タイプの重合性化合物の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、2000~2000000であることが好ましい。重量平均分子量の上限は、1000000以下であることが好ましく、500000以下であることがより好ましい。重量平均分子量の下限は、3000以上であることが好ましく、5000以上であることがより好ましい。 The molecular weight of the monomer type polymerizable compound (polymerizable monomer) is preferably less than 2000, more preferably 1500 or less. The lower limit of the molecular weight of the polymerizable monomer is preferably 100 or more, more preferably 200 or more. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin-type polymerizable compound is preferably 2,000 to 2,000,000. The upper limit of the weight average molecular weight is preferably 1,000,000 or less, more preferably 500,000 or less. The lower limit of the weight average molecular weight is preferably 3000 or more, more preferably 5000 or more.
 重合性モノマーとしてのエチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物は、3~15官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物であることが好ましく、3~6官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物であることがより好ましい。具体例としては、特開2009-288705号公報の段落番号0095~0108、特開2013-029760号公報の段落0227、特開2008-292970号公報の段落番号0254~0257、特開2013-253224号公報の段落番号0034~0038、特開2012-208494号公報の段落番号0477、特開2017-048367号公報、特許第6057891号公報、特許第6031807号公報、特開2017-194662号公報に記載されている化合物が挙げられ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 The compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group as a polymerizable monomer is preferably a 3- to 15-functional (meth)acrylate compound, more preferably a 3- to 6-functional (meth)acrylate compound. Specific examples include paragraph numbers 0095 to 0108 of JP-A-2009-288705, paragraph 0227 of JP-A-2013-029760, paragraph numbers 0254-0257 of JP-A-2008-292970, and JP-A-2013-253224. Paragraph numbers 0034 to 0038 of the publication, paragraph number 0477 of JP-A-2012-208494, JP-A-2017-048367, JP-A-6057891, JP-A-6031807, and JP-A-2017-194662. and the contents of which are incorporated herein.
 エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物としては、ジペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としてはKAYARAD D-330;日本化薬(株)製)、ジペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としてはKAYARAD D-320;日本化薬(株)製)、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としてはKAYARAD D-310;日本化薬(株)製)、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としてはKAYARAD DPHA;日本化薬(株)製、NKエステルA-DPH-12E;新中村化学工業(株)製)、およびこれらの化合物の(メタ)アクリロイル基がエチレングリコールおよび/またはプロピレングリコール残基を介して結合している構造の化合物(例えば、サートマー社から市販されている、SR454、SR499)などが挙げられる。また、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物としては、ジグリセリンEO(エチレンオキシド)変性(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としてはM-460;東亞合成製)、ペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレート(新中村化学工業(株)製、NKエステルA-TMMT)、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジアクリレート(日本化薬(株)製、KAYARAD HDDA)、RP-1040(日本化薬(株)製)、アロニックスTO-2349(東亞合成(株)製)、NKオリゴUA-7200(新中村化学工業(株)製)、8UH-1006、8UH-1012(大成ファインケミカル(株)製)、ライトアクリレートPOB-A0(共栄社化学(株)製)などを用いることもできる。 Examples of compounds having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group include dipentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate (commercially available as KAYARAD D-330; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate (commercially available). KAYARAD D-320; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate (commercially available KAYARAD D-310; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate ) Acrylate (commercially available as KAYARAD DPHA; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., NK Ester A-DPH-12E; manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), and the (meth)acryloyl groups of these compounds are ethylene glycol and / Or a compound having a structure linked via a propylene glycol residue (for example, SR454 and SR499 commercially available from Sartomer). Examples of compounds having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group include diglycerin EO (ethylene oxide)-modified (meth)acrylate (commercially available as M-460; manufactured by Toagosei), pentaerythritol tetraacrylate (Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry ( Ltd., NK Ester A-TMMT), 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., KAYARAD HDDA), RP-1040 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), Aronix TO-2349 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) Toagosei Co., Ltd.), NK Oligo UA-7200 (Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), 8UH-1006, 8UH-1012 (Taisei Fine Chemical Co., Ltd.), Light acrylate POB-A0 (Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd. ) made) etc. can also be used.
 また、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物としては、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパンプロピレンオキシド変性トリ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパンエチレンオキシド変性トリ(メタ)アクリレート、イソシアヌル酸エチレンオキシド変性トリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレートなどの3官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物を用いることも好ましい。3官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物の市販品としては、アロニックスM-309、M-310、M-321、M-350、M-360、M-313、M-315、M-306、M-305、M-303、M-452、M-450(東亞合成(株)製)、NKエステル A9300、A-GLY-9E、A-GLY-20E、A-TMM-3、A-TMM-3L、A-TMM-3LM-N、A-TMPT、TMPT(新中村化学工業(株)製)、KAYARAD GPO-303、TMPTA、THE-330、TPA-330、PET-30(日本化薬(株)製)などが挙げられる。 Examples of compounds having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group include trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane propylene oxide-modified tri(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane ethylene oxide-modified tri(meth)acrylate, and ethylene oxide isocyanurate. It is also preferable to use trifunctional (meth)acrylate compounds such as modified tri(meth)acrylate and pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate. Commercial products of trifunctional (meth)acrylate compounds include Aronix M-309, M-310, M-321, M-350, M-360, M-313, M-315, M-306 and M-305. , M-303, M-452, M-450 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), NK Ester A9300, A-GLY-9E, A-GLY-20E, A-TMM-3, A-TMM-3L, A -TMM-3LM-N, A-TMPT, TMPT (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), KAYARAD GPO-303, TMPTA, THE-330, TPA-330, PET-30 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) etc.
 エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物は、更に、カルボキシ基、スルホ基、リン酸基等の酸基を有していてもよい。このような化合物の市販品としては、アロニックスM-305、M-510、M-520、アロニックスTO-2349(東亞合成(株)製)等が挙げられる。 A compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group may further have an acid group such as a carboxy group, a sulfo group, or a phosphoric acid group. Commercially available products of such compounds include Aronix M-305, M-510, M-520 and Aronix TO-2349 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.).
 エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物としては、カプロラクトン構造を有する化合物を用いることもできる。カプロラクトン構造を有する化合物については、特開2013-253224号公報の段落0042~0045の記載を参酌することができ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。カプロラクトン構造を有する化合物は、例えば、日本化薬(株)からシリーズとして市販されている、DPCA-20、DPCA-30、DPCA-60、DPCA-120等が挙げられる。 A compound having a caprolactone structure can also be used as the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group. For compounds having a caprolactone structure, the descriptions in paragraphs 0042 to 0045 of JP-A-2013-253224 can be referred to, the contents of which are incorporated herein. Compounds having a caprolactone structure include, for example, DPCA-20, DPCA-30, DPCA-60, DPCA-120, etc., which are commercially available as a series from Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.
 エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物としては、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基とアルキレンオキシ基を有する化合物を用いることもできる。このような化合物は、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基と、エチレンオキシ基および/またはプロピレンオキシ基とを有する化合物であることが好ましく、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基とエチレンオキシ基とを有する化合物であることがより好ましく、エチレンオキシ基を4~20個有する3~6官能(メタ)アクリレート化合物であることがさらに好ましい。市販品としては、例えばサートマー社製のエチレンオキシ基を4個有する4官能(メタ)アクリレートであるSR-494、日本化薬(株)製のイソブチレンオキシ基を3個有する3官能(メタ)アクリレートであるKAYARAD TPA-330などが挙げられる。 A compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group and an alkyleneoxy group can also be used as the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group. Such a compound is preferably a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group and an ethyleneoxy group and/or a propyleneoxy group, and is a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group and an ethyleneoxy group. More preferably, it is a tri- to hexa-functional (meth)acrylate compound having 4 to 20 ethyleneoxy groups. Commercially available products include, for example, SR-494, a tetrafunctional (meth)acrylate having four ethyleneoxy groups manufactured by Sartomer Co., Ltd., and a trifunctional (meth)acrylate having three isobutyleneoxy groups manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. KAYARAD TPA-330, etc.
 エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物としては、フルオレン骨格を有する重合性化合物を用いることもできる。市販品としては、オグソールEA-0200、EA-0300(大阪ガスケミカル(株)製、フルオレン骨格を有する(メタ)アクリレートモノマー)などが挙げられる。 A polymerizable compound having a fluorene skeleton can also be used as the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group. Commercially available products include Ogsol EA-0200 and EA-0300 (manufactured by Osaka Gas Chemicals Co., Ltd., (meth)acrylate monomer having a fluorene skeleton).
 エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物としては、トルエンなどの環境規制物質を実質的に含まない化合物を用いることも好ましい。このような化合物の市販品としては、KAYARAD DPHA LT、KAYARAD DPEA-12 LT(日本化薬(株)製)などが挙げられる。 As the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group, it is also preferable to use a compound such as toluene that does not substantially contain environmentally regulated substances. Commercially available products of such compounds include KAYARAD DPHA LT and KAYARAD DPEA-12 LT (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.).
 環状エーテル基を有する化合物としては、エポキシ基を有する化合物、オキセタニル基を有する化合物などが挙げられ、エポキシ基を有する化合物であることが好ましい。エポキシ基を有する化合物としては、1分子内にエポキシ基を1~100個有する化合物が挙げられる。エポキシ基の数の上限は、例えば、10個以下とすることもでき、5個以下とすることもできる。エポキシ基の数の下限は、2個以上が好ましい。 Compounds having a cyclic ether group include compounds having an epoxy group, compounds having an oxetanyl group, and the like, and compounds having an epoxy group are preferred. Compounds having an epoxy group include compounds having 1 to 100 epoxy groups in one molecule. The upper limit of the number of epoxy groups can be, for example, 10 or less, or 5 or less. The lower limit of the number of epoxy groups is preferably two or more.
 環状エーテル基を有する化合物は、低分子化合物(例えば分子量1000未満)でもよいし、高分子化合物(macromolecule)(例えば、分子量1000以上、ポリマーの場合は、重量平均分子量が1000以上)でもよい。環状エーテル基の重量平均分子量は、200~100000が好ましく、500~50000がより好ましい。重量平均分子量の上限は、10000以下が好ましく、5000以下がより好ましく、3000以下が更に好ましい。 A compound having a cyclic ether group may be a low-molecular compound (for example, a molecular weight of less than 1000) or a macromolecule (for example, a molecular weight of 1000 or more, and in the case of a polymer, a weight-average molecular weight of 1000 or more). The weight average molecular weight of the cyclic ether group is preferably from 200 to 100,000, more preferably from 500 to 50,000. The upper limit of the weight average molecular weight is preferably 10,000 or less, more preferably 5,000 or less, and even more preferably 3,000 or less.
 環状エーテル基を有する化合物としては、特開2013-011869号公報の段落番号0034~0036に記載された化合物、特開2014-043556号公報の段落番号0147~0156に記載された化合物、特開2014-089408号公報の段落番号0085~0092に記載された化合物、特開2017-179172号公報に記載された化合物を用いることもできる。 As the compound having a cyclic ether group, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0034 to 0036 of JP-A-2013-011869, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0147-0156 of JP-A-2014-043556, JP 2014 The compounds described in paragraphs 0085 to 0092 of JP-A-089408 and the compounds described in JP-A-2017-179172 can also be used.
 環状エーテル基を有する化合物の市販品としては、デナコール EX-212L、EX-212、EX-214L、EX-214、EX-216L、EX-216、EX-321L、EX-321、EX-850L、EX-850(以上、ナガセケムテックス(株)製)、ADEKA RESIN EP-4000S、EP-4003S、EP-4010S、EP-4011S(以上、(株)ADEKA製)、NC-2000、NC-3000、NC-7300、XD-1000、EPPN-501、EPPN-502(以上、(株)ADEKA製)、セロキサイド2021P、セロキサイド2081、セロキサイド2083、セロキサイド2085、EHPE3150、EPOLEAD PB 3600、PB 4700(以上、(株)ダイセル製)、サイクロマーP ACA 200M、ACA 230AA、ACA Z250、ACA Z251、ACA Z300、ACA Z320(以上、(株)ダイセル製)、jER1031S、jER157S65、jER152、jER154、jER157S70(以上、三菱ケミカル(株)製)、アロンオキセタンOXT-121、OXT-221、OX-SQ、PNOX(以上、東亞合成(株)製)、アデカグリシロール ED-505((株)ADEKA製、エポキシ基含有モノマー)、マープルーフG-0150M、G-0105SA、G-0130SP、G-0250SP、G-1005S、G-1005SA、G-1010S、G-2050M、G-01100、G-01758(日油(株)製、エポキシ基含有ポリマー)、OXT-101、OXT-121、OXT-212、OXT-221(以上、東亞合成(株)製、オキセタニル基含有モノマー)、OXE-10、OXE-30(以上、大阪有機化学工業(株)製、オキセタニル基含有モノマー)などが挙げられる。 Commercial products of compounds having a cyclic ether group include Denacol EX-212L, EX-212, EX-214L, EX-214, EX-216L, EX-216, EX-321L, EX-321, EX-850L, EX -850 (manufactured by Nagase ChemteX Corporation), ADEKA RESIN EP-4000S, EP-4003S, EP-4010S, EP-4011S (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation), NC-2000, NC-3000, NC -7300, XD-1000, EPPN-501, EPPN-502 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation), Celoxide 2021P, Celoxide 2081, Celoxide 2083, Celoxide 2085, EHPE3150, EPOLEAD PB 3600, PB 4700 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation) Daicel), Cychromer P ACA 200M, ACA 230AA, ACA Z250, ACA Z251, ACA Z300, ACA Z320 (manufactured by Daicel Co., Ltd.), jER1031S, jER157S65, jER152, jER154, jER157S70 (manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Co., Ltd.) ), Aron oxetane OXT-121, OXT-221, OX-SQ, PNOX (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), ADEKA GLYCIROL ED-505 (manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd., epoxy group-containing monomer), Proof G-0150M, G-0105SA, G-0130SP, G-0250SP, G-1005S, G-1005SA, G-1010S, G-2050M, G-01100, G-01758 (manufactured by NOF Corporation, epoxy group containing polymer), OXT-101, OXT-121, OXT-212, OXT-221 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd., oxetanyl group-containing monomer), OXE-10, OXE-30 (above, Osaka Organic Chemical Industry ( Co., Ltd., oxetanyl group-containing monomer), and the like.
 メチロール基を有する化合物(以下、メチロール化合物ともいう)としては、メチロール基が窒素原子または芳香族環を形成する炭素原子に結合している化合物が挙げられる。
また、アルコキシメチル基を有する化合物(以下、アルコキシメチル化合物ともいう)としては、アルコキシメチル基が窒素原子または芳香族環を形成する炭素原子に結合している化合物が挙げられる。アルコキシメチル基またはメチロール基が窒素原子に結合している化合物としては、アルコキシメチル化メラミン、メチロール化メラミン、アルコキシメチル化ベンゾグアナミン、メチロール化ベンゾグアナミン、アルコキシメチル化グリコールウリル、メチロール化グリコールウリル、アルコキシメチル化尿素およびメチロール化尿素等が好ましい。また、特開2004-295116号公報の段落0134~0147、特開2014-089408号公報の段落0095~0126に記載された化合物を用いることもできる。
Compounds having a methylol group (hereinafter also referred to as methylol compounds) include compounds in which a methylol group is bonded to a nitrogen atom or a carbon atom forming an aromatic ring.
Compounds having an alkoxymethyl group (hereinafter also referred to as alkoxymethyl compounds) include compounds in which an alkoxymethyl group is bonded to a nitrogen atom or a carbon atom forming an aromatic ring. Compounds having an alkoxymethyl or methylol group attached to the nitrogen atom include alkoxymethylated melamine, methylolated melamine, alkoxymethylated benzoguanamine, methylolated benzoguanamine, alkoxymethylated glycoluril, methylolated glycoluril, alkoxymethylated Urea and methylolated urea are preferred. Further, the compounds described in paragraphs 0134 to 0147 of JP-A-2004-295116 and paragraphs 0095-0126 of JP-A-2014-089408 can also be used.
(樹脂)
 本発明の組成物は、硬化性化合物として樹脂を用いることができる。硬化性化合物は、樹脂を少なくとも含むものを用いることが好ましい。樹脂は、例えば、顔料等を組成物中で分散させる用途や、バインダーの用途で配合される。なお、主に顔料等を組成物中で分散させるために用いられる樹脂を分散剤ともいう。ただし、樹脂のこのような用途は一例であって、このような用途以外を目的として樹脂を使用することもできる。なお、重合性基を有する樹脂は、重合性化合物にも該当する。
(resin)
The composition of the present invention can use a resin as a curable compound. It is preferable to use a curable compound containing at least a resin. The resin is blended, for example, for dispersing a pigment or the like in the composition or for a binder. A resin mainly used for dispersing a pigment or the like in a composition is also called a dispersant. However, such uses of the resin are only examples, and the resin can be used for purposes other than such uses. A resin having a polymerizable group also corresponds to a polymerizable compound.
 樹脂の重量平均分子量は、3000~2000000が好ましい。上限は、1000000以下が好ましく、500000以下がより好ましい。下限は、4000以上が好ましく、5000以上がより好ましい。 The weight average molecular weight of the resin is preferably 3,000 to 2,000,000. The upper limit is preferably 1,000,000 or less, more preferably 500,000 or less. The lower limit is preferably 4000 or more, more preferably 5000 or more.
 樹脂としては、(メタ)アクリル樹脂、エポキシ樹脂、エン・チオール樹脂、ポリカーボネート樹脂、ポリエーテル樹脂、ポリアリレート樹脂、ポリスルホン樹脂、ポリエーテルスルホン樹脂、ポリフェニレン樹脂、ポリアリーレンエーテルホスフィンオキシド樹脂、ポリイミド樹脂、ポリアミド樹脂、ポリアミドイミド樹脂、ポリオレフィン樹脂、環状オレフィン樹脂、ポリエステル樹脂、スチレン樹脂、酢酸ビニル樹脂、ポリビニルアルコール樹脂、ポリビニルアセタール樹脂、ポリウレタン樹脂、ポリウレア樹脂などが挙げられる。これらの樹脂から1種を単独で使用してもよく、2種以上を混合して使用してもよい。環状オレフィン樹脂としては、耐熱性向上の観点からノルボルネン樹脂が好ましい。ノルボルネン樹脂の市販品としては、例えば、JSR(株)製のARTONシリーズ(例えば、ARTON F4520)などが挙げられる。また、樹脂としては、国際公開第2016/088645号の実施例に記載された樹脂、特開2017-057265号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2017-032685号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2017-075248号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2017-066240号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2017-167513号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2017-173787号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2017-206689号公報の段落番号0041~0060に記載された樹脂、特開2018-010856号公報の段落番号0022~0071に記載された樹脂、特開2016-222891号公報に記載されたブロックポリイソシアネート樹脂、特開2020-122052号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2020-111656号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2020-139021号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2017-138503号公報に記載の主鎖に環構造を有する構成単位と側鎖にビフェニル基を有する構成単位とを含む樹脂を用いることもできる。また、樹脂としては、フルオレン骨格を有する樹脂を好ましく用いることもできる。フルオレン骨格を有する樹脂については、米国特許出願公開第2017/0102610号明細書の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。また、樹脂としては、特開2020-186373号公報の段落0199~0233に記載の樹脂、特開2020-186325号公報に記載のアルカリ可溶性樹脂、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0078339号公報に記載の式1で表される樹脂を用いることもできる。 Examples of resins include (meth)acrylic resins, epoxy resins, ene-thiol resins, polycarbonate resins, polyether resins, polyarylate resins, polysulfone resins, polyethersulfone resins, polyphenylene resins, polyarylene ether phosphine oxide resins, polyimide resins, Polyamide resins, polyamideimide resins, polyolefin resins, cyclic olefin resins, polyester resins, styrene resins, vinyl acetate resins, polyvinyl alcohol resins, polyvinyl acetal resins, polyurethane resins, polyurea resins, and the like. One of these resins may be used alone, or two or more may be mixed and used. As the cyclic olefin resin, norbornene resin is preferable from the viewpoint of improving heat resistance. Commercially available norbornene resins include, for example, the ARTON series manufactured by JSR Corporation (for example, ARTON F4520). Further, as the resin, the resin described in the examples of International Publication No. 2016/088645, the resin described in JP-A-2017-057265, the resin described in JP-A-2017-032685, JP Resins described in JP-A-2017-075248, resins described in JP-A-2017-066240, resins described in JP-A-2017-167513, resins described in JP-A-2017-173787, Resins described in paragraph numbers 0041 to 0060 of JP-A-2017-206689, resins described in paragraph numbers 0022-0071 of JP-A-2018-010856, blocks described in JP-A-2016-222891 Polyisocyanate resin, resin described in JP-A-2020-122052, resin described in JP-A-2020-111656, resin described in JP-A-2020-139021, JP-A-2017-138503 A resin containing a structural unit having a ring structure in its main chain and a structural unit having a biphenyl group in its side chain as described in 1) can also be used. As the resin, a resin having a fluorene skeleton can also be preferably used. Regarding the resin having a fluorene skeleton, the description of US Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0102610 can be referred to, the content of which is incorporated herein. In addition, as the resin, the resin described in paragraphs 0199 to 0233 of JP-A-2020-186373, the alkali-soluble resin described in JP-A-2020-186325, and the Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0078339. A resin represented by the formula 1 can also be used.
 樹脂として、酸基を有する樹脂を用いることが好ましい。酸基としては、例えば、カルボキシ基、リン酸基、スルホ基、フェノール性ヒドロキシ基などが挙げられる。これら酸基は、1種のみであってもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。酸基を有する樹脂は分散剤として用いることもできる。酸基を有する樹脂の酸価は、30~500mgKOH/gが好ましい。下限は、50mgKOH/g以上が好ましく、70mgKOH/g以上がより好ましい。上限は、400mgKOH/g以下が好ましく、200mgKOH/g以下がより好ましく、150mgKOH/g以下が更に好ましく、120mgKOH/g以下が最も好ましい。 It is preferable to use a resin having an acid group as the resin. Examples of acid groups include carboxy groups, phosphoric acid groups, sulfo groups, and phenolic hydroxy groups. Only one kind of these acid groups may be used, or two or more kinds thereof may be used. Resins with acid groups can also be used as dispersants. The acid value of the resin having acid groups is preferably 30-500 mgKOH/g. The lower limit is preferably 50 mgKOH/g or more, more preferably 70 mgKOH/g or more. The upper limit is preferably 400 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 200 mgKOH/g or less, still more preferably 150 mgKOH/g or less, and most preferably 120 mgKOH/g or less.
 樹脂としては、式(ED1)で示される化合物および/または式(ED2)で表される化合物(以下、これらの化合物を「エーテルダイマー」と称することもある。)由来の繰り返し単位を含む樹脂を含むことも好ましい。 As the resin, a resin containing a repeating unit derived from a compound represented by the formula (ED1) and/or a compound represented by the formula (ED2) (hereinafter, these compounds may be referred to as an "ether dimer"). It is also preferred to include
 式(ED1)中、RおよびRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子または置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~25の炭化水素基を表す。
 式(ED2)中、Rは、水素原子または炭素数1~30の有機基を表す。式(ED2)の具体例としては、特開2010-168539号公報の記載を参酌できる。
In formula (ED1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
In formula (ED2), R represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms. As a specific example of the formula (ED2), the description in JP-A-2010-168539 can be referred to.
 エーテルダイマーの具体例については、特開2013-029760号公報の段落番号0317を参酌することができ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 For specific examples of ether dimers, paragraph number 0317 of JP-A-2013-029760 can be referred to, the content of which is incorporated herein.
 樹脂としては、重合性基を有する樹脂を用いることも好ましい。重合性基は、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基および環状エーテル基であることが好ましく、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基であることがより好ましい。 As the resin, it is also preferable to use a resin having a polymerizable group. The polymerizable group is preferably an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group and a cyclic ether group, more preferably an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group.
 樹脂としては、式(X)で表される化合物由来の繰り返し単位を含む樹脂を用いることも好ましい。
 式中、Rは水素原子またはメチル基を表し、R21およびR22はそれぞれ独立してアルキレン基を表し、nは0~15の整数を表す。R21およびR22が表すアルキレン基の炭素数は1~10であることが好ましく、1~5であることがより好ましく、1~3であることが更に好ましく、2または3であることが特に好ましい。nは0~15の整数を表し、0~5の整数であることが好ましく、0~4の整数であることがより好ましく、0~3の整数であることが更に好ましい。
As the resin, it is also preferable to use a resin containing a repeating unit derived from the compound represented by formula (X).
In the formula, R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R 21 and R 22 each independently represent an alkylene group, and n represents an integer of 0-15. The number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group represented by R 21 and R 22 is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 5, even more preferably 1 to 3, particularly 2 or 3. preferable. n represents an integer of 0 to 15, preferably an integer of 0 to 5, more preferably an integer of 0 to 4, and even more preferably an integer of 0 to 3.
 式(X)で表される化合物としては、パラクミルフェノールのエチレンオキサイドまたはプロピレンオキサイド変性(メタ)アクリレートなどが挙げられる。市販品としては、アロニックスM-110(東亞合成(株)製)などが挙げられる。 Examples of the compound represented by formula (X) include ethylene oxide- or propylene oxide-modified (meth)acrylate of paracumylphenol. Commercially available products include Aronix M-110 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.).
 樹脂は、分散剤としての樹脂を含むことが好ましい。分散剤としては、酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)、塩基性分散剤(塩基性樹脂)が挙げられる。ここで、酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)とは、酸基の量が塩基性基の量よりも多い樹脂を表す。酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)としては、酸基の量と塩基性基の量の合計量を100モル%としたときに、酸基の量が70モル%以上である樹脂が好ましい。酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)が有する酸基は、カルボキシ基が好ましい。酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)の酸価は、10~105mgKOH/gが好ましい。また、塩基性分散剤(塩基性樹脂)とは、塩基性基の量が酸基の量よりも多い樹脂を表す。塩基性分散剤(塩基性樹脂)としては、酸基の量と塩基性基の量の合計量を100モル%としたときに、塩基性基の量が50モル%を超える樹脂が好ましい。塩基性分散剤が有する塩基性基は、アミノ基が好ましい。 The resin preferably contains a resin as a dispersant. Dispersants include acidic dispersants (acidic resins) and basic dispersants (basic resins). Here, the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) represents a resin in which the amount of acid groups is greater than the amount of basic groups. As the acidic dispersant (acidic resin), a resin having an acid group content of 70 mol % or more is preferable when the total amount of the acid group and the basic group is 100 mol %. The acid group possessed by the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably a carboxy group. The acid value of the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably 10-105 mgKOH/g. Further, a basic dispersant (basic resin) represents a resin in which the amount of basic groups is greater than the amount of acid groups. As the basic dispersant (basic resin), a resin containing more than 50 mol % of basic groups is preferable when the total amount of acid groups and basic groups is 100 mol %. The basic group possessed by the basic dispersant is preferably an amino group.
 分散剤として用いる樹脂は、グラフト樹脂であることも好ましい。グラフト樹脂の詳細については、特開2012-255128号公報の段落番号0025~0094の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 The resin used as the dispersant is also preferably a graft resin. For details of the graft resin, reference can be made to paragraphs 0025 to 0094 of JP-A-2012-255128, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
 分散剤として用いる樹脂は、主鎖及び側鎖の少なくとも一方に窒素原子を含むポリイミン系分散剤であることも好ましい。ポリイミン系分散剤としては、pKa14以下の官能基を有する部分構造を有する主鎖と、原子数40~10000の側鎖とを有し、かつ主鎖及び側鎖の少なくとも一方に塩基性窒素原子を有する樹脂が好ましい。塩基性窒素原子は、塩基性を呈する窒素原子であれば特に制限はない。ポリイミン系分散剤については、特開2012-255128号公報の段落番号0102~0166の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 The resin used as the dispersant is also preferably a polyimine-based dispersant containing nitrogen atoms in at least one of its main chain and side chains. The polyimine-based dispersant has a main chain having a partial structure having a functional group with a pKa of 14 or less and a side chain having 40 to 10,000 atoms, and at least one of the main chain and the side chain has a basic nitrogen atom. A resin having The basic nitrogen atom is not particularly limited as long as it is a nitrogen atom exhibiting basicity. Regarding the polyimine-based dispersant, the description in paragraphs 0102 to 0166 of JP-A-2012-255128 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated herein.
 分散剤として用いる樹脂は、コア部に複数個のポリマー鎖が結合した構造の樹脂であることも好ましい。このような樹脂としては、例えば、デンドリマー(星型ポリマーを含む)が挙げられる。また、デンドリマーの具体例としては、特開2013-043962号公報の段落番号0196~0209に記載された高分子化合物C-1~C-31などが挙げられる。 The resin used as the dispersant is also preferably a resin having a structure in which a plurality of polymer chains are bonded to the core. Such resins include, for example, dendrimers (including star polymers). Further, specific examples of dendrimers include polymer compounds C-1 to C-31 described in paragraphs 0196 to 0209 of JP-A-2013-043962.
 分散剤として用いる樹脂は、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を側鎖に有する繰り返し単位を含む樹脂であることも好ましい。エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を側鎖に有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、樹脂の全繰り返し単位中10モル%以上であることが好ましく、10~80モル%であることがより好ましく、20~70モル%であることが更に好ましい。 The resin used as the dispersant is also preferably a resin containing a repeating unit having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group in its side chain. The content of repeating units having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group in the side chain is preferably 10 mol% or more, more preferably 10 to 80 mol%, more preferably 20 to 70, of the total repeating units of the resin. More preferably, it is mol %.
 また、分散剤として、特開2018-087939号公報に記載された樹脂、特許第6432077号公報の段落番号0219~0221に記載されたブロック共重合体(EB-1)~(EB-9)、国際公開第2016/104803号に記載のポリエステル側鎖を有するポリエチレンイミン、国際公開第2019/125940号に記載のブロック共重合体、特開2020-066687号公報に記載のアクリルアミド構造単位を有するブロックポリマー、特開2020-066688号公報に記載のアクリルアミド構造単位を有するブロックポリマーなどを用いることもできる。 In addition, as a dispersant, resins described in JP-A-2018-087939, block copolymers (EB-1) to (EB-9) described in paragraphs 0219 to 0221 of Japanese Patent No. 6432077, Polyethyleneimine having a polyester side chain described in International Publication No. 2016/104803, a block copolymer described in International Publication No. 2019/125940, a block polymer having an acrylamide structural unit described in JP-A-2020-066687 , a block polymer having an acrylamide structural unit described in JP-A-2020-066688 can also be used.
 分散剤は、市販品としても入手可能であり、そのような具体例としては、ビックケミー社製のDISPERBYKシリーズ、日本ルーブリゾール社製のSOLSPERSEシリーズ、BASF社製のEfkaシリーズ、味の素ファインテクノ(株)製のアジスパーシリーズ等が挙げられる。また、特開2012-137564号公報の段落番号0129に記載された製品、特開2017-194662号公報の段落番号0235に記載された製品を分散剤として用いることもできる。 Dispersants are also commercially available, and specific examples thereof include DISPERBYK series manufactured by BYK Chemie, SOLSPERSE series manufactured by Lubrizol Japan, Efka series manufactured by BASF, and Ajinomoto Fine-Techno Co., Ltd. Ajisper series manufactured by. In addition, the product described in paragraph number 0129 of JP-A-2012-137564 and the product described in paragraph number 0235 of JP-A-2017-194662 can also be used as a dispersant.
 硬化性化合物の含有量は、組成物の全固形分中1~95質量%が好ましい。下限は2質量%以上が好ましく、5質量%以上がより好ましく、7質量%以上が更に好ましく、10質量%以上が特に好ましい。上限は、94質量%以下が好ましく、90質量%以下がより好ましく、85質量%以下が更に好ましく、80質量%以下が特に好ましい。 The content of the curable compound is preferably 1 to 95% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition. The lower limit is preferably 2% by mass or more, more preferably 5% by mass or more, still more preferably 7% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 10% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 94% by mass or less, more preferably 90% by mass or less, still more preferably 85% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 80% by mass or less.
 本発明の組成物が硬化性化合物として重合性化合物を含む場合、重合性化合物の含有量は、組成物の全固形分中1~85質量%が好ましい。下限は、2質量%以上が好ましく、3質量%以上がより好ましく、5質量%以上が更に好ましい。上限は、80質量%以下が好ましく、70質量%以下がより好ましい。 When the composition of the present invention contains a polymerizable compound as a curable compound, the content of the polymerizable compound is preferably 1 to 85% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition. The lower limit is preferably 2% by mass or more, more preferably 3% by mass or more, and even more preferably 5% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 80% by mass or less, more preferably 70% by mass or less.
 本発明の組成物が硬化性化合物として重合性モノマーを含む場合、重合性モノマーの含有量は、組成物の全固形分中1~50質量%が好ましい。下限は、2質量%以上が好ましく、3質量%以上がより好ましく、5質量%以上が更に好ましい。上限は、30質量%以下が好ましく、20質量%以下がより好ましい。 When the composition of the present invention contains a polymerizable monomer as a curable compound, the content of the polymerizable monomer is preferably 1 to 50% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition. The lower limit is preferably 2% by mass or more, more preferably 3% by mass or more, and even more preferably 5% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 30% by mass or less, more preferably 20% by mass or less.
 本発明の組成物が硬化性化合物としてエチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物を含む場合、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を有する化合物の含有量は、組成物の全固形分中1~70質量%が好ましい。下限は、2質量%以上が好ましく、3質量%以上がより好ましく、5質量%以上が更に好ましい。上限は、65質量%以下が好ましく、60質量%以下がより好ましい。 When the composition of the present invention contains a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group as a curable compound, the content of the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group is 1 to 70 mass in the total solid content of the composition. % is preferred. The lower limit is preferably 2% by mass or more, more preferably 3% by mass or more, and even more preferably 5% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 65% by mass or less, more preferably 60% by mass or less.
 本発明の組成物が硬化性化合物として樹脂を含む場合、樹脂の含有量は、組成物の全固形分中1~85質量%が好ましい。下限は2質量%以上が好ましく、5質量%以上がより好ましく、7質量%以上が更に好ましく、10質量%以上が特に好ましい。上限は、80質量%以下が好ましく、75質量%以下がより好ましく、70質量%以下が更に好ましく、40質量%以下が特に好ましい。 When the composition of the present invention contains a resin as a curable compound, the content of the resin is preferably 1 to 85% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition. The lower limit is preferably 2% by mass or more, more preferably 5% by mass or more, still more preferably 7% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 10% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 80% by mass or less, more preferably 75% by mass or less, even more preferably 70% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 40% by mass or less.
 本発明の組成物が分散剤としての樹脂を含有する場合、分散剤としての樹脂の含有量は、組成物の全固形分中0.1~40質量%が好ましい。上限は、25質量%以下が好ましく、20質量%以下が更に好ましい。下限は、0.5質量%以上が好ましく、1質量%以上が更に好ましい。また、分散剤としての樹脂の含有量は、上述した特定色素100質量部に対して、1~100質量部が好ましい。上限は、80質量部以下が好ましく、75質量部以下がより好ましい。下限は、2.5質量部以上が好ましく、5質量部以上がより好ましい。 When the composition of the present invention contains a resin as a dispersant, the content of the resin as a dispersant is preferably 0.1 to 40% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition. The upper limit is preferably 25% by mass or less, more preferably 20% by mass or less. The lower limit is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, more preferably 1% by mass or more. Also, the content of the resin as a dispersant is preferably 1 to 100 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the above specific dye. The upper limit is preferably 80 parts by mass or less, more preferably 75 parts by mass or less. The lower limit is preferably 2.5 parts by mass or more, more preferably 5 parts by mass or more.
 本発明の組成物は、硬化性化合物を1種のみ含んでいてもよいし、2種以上含んでいてもよい。硬化性化合物を2種以上含む場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 The composition of the present invention may contain only one type of curable compound, or may contain two or more types. When two or more curable compounds are included, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
<<他の赤外線吸収剤>>
 本発明の組成物は、上述した特定色素以外の赤外線吸収剤(他の赤外線吸収剤)を含有することができる。更に他の赤外線吸収剤を含有することで、より幅広い波長範囲の赤外線を遮蔽できる膜を形成することができる。他の赤外線吸収剤は、染料であってもよく、顔料(粒子)であってもよい。他の赤外線吸収剤としては、ピロロピロール化合物、シアニン化合物、スクアリリウム化合物、フタロシアニン化合物、ナフタロシアニン化合物、クアテリレン化合物、メロシアニン化合物、クロコニウム化合物、オキソノール化合物、イミニウム化合物、ジチオール化合物、トリアリールメタン化合物、ピロメテン化合物、アゾメチン化合物、アントラキノン化合物、ジベンゾフラノン化合物、ジチオレン金属錯体、金属酸化物、金属ホウ化物等が挙げられる。ピロロピロール化合物としては、特開2009-263614号公報の段落番号0016~0058に記載の化合物、特開2011-068731号公報の段落番号0037~0052に記載の化合物、国際公開第2015/166873号の段落番号0010~0033に記載の化合物などが挙げられる。スクアリリウム化合物としては、特開2011-208101号公報の段落番号0044~0049に記載の化合物、特許第6065169号公報の段落番号0060~0061に記載の化合物、国際公開第2016/181987号の段落番号0040に記載の化合物、特開2015-176046号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2016/190162号の段落番号0072に記載の化合物、特開2016-074649号公報の段落番号0196~0228に記載の化合物、特開2017-067963号公報の段落番号0124に記載の化合物、国際公開第2017/135359号に記載の化合物、特開2017-114956号公報に記載の化合物、特許6197940号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2016/120166号に記載の化合物などが挙げられる。シアニン化合物としては、特開2009-108267号公報の段落番号0044~0045に記載の化合物、特開2002-194040号公報の段落番号0026~0030に記載の化合物、特開2015-172004号公報に記載の化合物、特開2015-172102号公報に記載の化合物、特開2008-088426号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2016/190162号の段落番号0090に記載の化合物、特開2017-031394号公報に記載の化合物などが挙げられる。クロコニウム化合物としては、特開2017-082029号公報に記載の化合物が挙げられる。イミニウム化合物としては、例えば、特表2008-528706号公報に記載の化合物、特開2012-012399号公報に記載の化合物、特開2007-092060号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2018/043564号の段落番号0048~0063に記載の化合物が挙げられる。フタロシアニン化合物としては、特開2012-077153号公報の段落番号0093に記載の化合物、特開2006-343631号公報に記載のオキシチタニウムフタロシアニン、特開2013-195480号公報の段落番号0013~0029に記載の化合物、特許第6081771号公報に記載のバナジウムフタロシアニン化合物、国際公開第2020/071470号に記載の化合物が挙げられる。ナフタロシアニン化合物としては、特開2012-077153号公報の段落番号0093に記載の化合物が挙げられる。ジチオレン金属錯体としては、特許第5733804号公報に記載の化合物が挙げられる。金属酸化物としては、例えば、酸化インジウムスズ、酸化アンチモンスズ、酸化亜鉛、Alドープ酸化亜鉛、フッ素ドープ二酸化スズ、ニオブドープ二酸化チタン、酸化タングステンなどが挙げられる。酸化タングステンの詳細については、特開2016-006476号公報の段落番号0080を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。金属ホウ化物としては、ホウ化ランタンなどが挙げられる。ホウ化ランタンの市販品としては、LaB-F(日本新金属(株)製)などが挙げられる。また、金属ホウ化物としては、国際公開第2017/119394号に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。酸化インジウムスズの市販品としては、F-ITO(DOWAハイテック(株)製)などが挙げられる。
<<Other infrared absorbers>>
The composition of the present invention can contain infrared absorbing agents (other infrared absorbing agents) other than the specific dyes described above. Furthermore, by containing other infrared absorbing agents, it is possible to form a film capable of shielding infrared rays in a wider wavelength range. Other infrared absorbers may be dyes or pigments (particles). Other infrared absorbers include pyrrolopyrrole compounds, cyanine compounds, squarylium compounds, phthalocyanine compounds, naphthalocyanine compounds, quaterrylene compounds, merocyanine compounds, croconium compounds, oxonol compounds, iminium compounds, dithiol compounds, triarylmethane compounds, and pyrromethene compounds. , azomethine compounds, anthraquinone compounds, dibenzofuranone compounds, dithiolene metal complexes, metal oxides, metal borides, and the like. As the pyrrolopyrrole compound, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0016 to 0058 of JP-A-2009-263614, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0037-0052 of JP-A-2011-068731, WO 2015/166873 Compounds described in Paragraph Nos. 0010 to 0033 and the like. Examples of the squarylium compound include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0044 to 0049 of JP-A-2011-208101, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0060 to 0061 of Japanese Patent No. 6065169, and paragraph number 0040 of WO 2016/181987. Compounds described in, compounds described in JP-A-2015-176046, compounds described in paragraph No. 0072 of WO 2016/190162, compounds described in paragraph Nos. 0196 to 0228 of JP-A-2016-074649 , the compound described in paragraph number 0124 of JP 2017-067963, the compound described in WO 2017/135359, the compound described in JP 2017-114956, the compound described in Patent 6197940, Examples include compounds described in International Publication No. 2016/120166. As the cyanine compound, compounds described in paragraphs 0044 to 0045 of JP-A-2009-108267, compounds described in paragraphs 0026-0030 of JP-A-2002-194040, and JP-A-2015-172004. The compound, the compound described in JP-A-2015-172102, the compound described in JP-A-2008-088426, the compound described in paragraph number 0090 of WO 2016/190162, JP-A-2017-031394 and the like compounds described in. Examples of croconium compounds include compounds described in JP-A-2017-082029. As the iminium compound, for example, compounds described in JP-A-2008-528706, compounds described in JP-A-2012-012399, compounds described in JP-A-2007-092060, International Publication No. 2018/043564 and the compounds described in paragraphs 0048 to 0063 of. Examples of the phthalocyanine compound include compounds described in paragraph number 0093 of JP-A-2012-077153, oxytitanium phthalocyanine described in JP-A-2006-343631, and paragraph numbers 0013 to 0029 of JP-A-2013-195480. compounds, vanadium phthalocyanine compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 6081771, and compounds described in International Publication No. 2020/071470. Examples of naphthalocyanine compounds include compounds described in paragraph number 0093 of JP-A-2012-077153. Dithiolene metal complexes include compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 5733804. Examples of metal oxides include indium tin oxide, antimony tin oxide, zinc oxide, Al-doped zinc oxide, fluorine-doped tin dioxide, niobium-doped titanium dioxide, and tungsten oxide. For details of tungsten oxide, paragraph 0080 of JP-A-2016-006476 can be referred to, the content of which is incorporated herein. Examples of metal borides include lanthanum boride. Commercially available lanthanum boride products include LaB 6 -F (manufactured by Nippon New Metal Co., Ltd.). Moreover, as a metal boride, the compound as described in international publication 2017/119394 can also be used. Commercially available products of indium tin oxide include F-ITO (manufactured by DOWA Hitech Co., Ltd.).
 また、赤外線吸収剤としては、特開2017-197437号公報に記載のスクアリリウム化合物、特開2017-025311号公報に記載のスクアリリウム化合物、国際公開第2016/154782号に記載のスクアリリウム化合物、特許第5884953号公報に記載のスクアリリウム化合物、特許第6036689号公報に記載のスクアリリウム化合物、特許第5810604号公報に記載のスクアリリウム化合物、国際公開第2017/213047号の段落番号0090~0107に記載のスクアリリウム化合物、特開2018-054760号公報の段落番号0019~0075に記載のピロール環含有化合物、特開2018-040955号公報の段落番号0078~0082に記載のピロール環含有化合物、特開2018-002773号公報の段落番号0043~0069に記載のピロール環含有化合物、特開2018-041047号公報の段落番号0024~0086に記載のアミドα位に芳香環を有するスクアリリウム化合物、特開2017-179131号公報に記載のアミド連結型スクアリリウム化合物、特開2017-141215号公報に記載のピロールビス型スクアリリウム骨格又はクロコニウム骨格を有する化合物、特開2017-082029号公報に記載されたジヒドロカルバゾールビス型のスクアリリウム化合物、特開2017-068120号公報の段落番号0027~0114に記載の非対称型の化合物、特開2017-067963号公報に記載されたピロール環含有化合物(カルバゾール型)、特許第6251530号公報に記載されたフタロシアニン化合物などを用いることもできる。 Further, as the infrared absorbing agent, the squarylium compound described in JP-A-2017-197437, the squarylium compound described in JP-A-2017-025311, the squarylium compound described in WO 2016/154782, and the patent No. 5884953. No. 6036689, squarylium compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 5810604, squarylium compounds described in paragraphs 0090 to 0107 of International Publication No. 2017/213047, Pyrrole ring-containing compounds described in paragraphs 0019 to 0075 of JP 2018-054760, pyrrole ring-containing compounds described in paragraphs 0078 to 0082 of JP 2018-040955, paragraphs of JP 2018-002773 Pyrrole ring-containing compounds described in numbers 0043 to 0069, squarylium compounds having an aromatic ring at the amide α-position described in paragraph numbers 0024 to 0086 of JP-A-2018-041047, amides described in JP-A-2017-179131 Linked squarylium compounds, compounds having a pyrrole bis-type squarylium skeleton or croconium skeleton described in JP-A-2017-141215, dihydrocarbazole-bis-type squarylium compounds described in JP-A-2017-082029, JP-A-2017-068120 Asymmetric compounds described in paragraph numbers 0027 to 0114 of the publication, pyrrole ring-containing compounds (carbazole type) described in JP-A-2017-067963, phthalocyanine compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 6251530, etc. are used. can also
 他の赤外線吸収剤の含有量は、上述した特定色素100質量部に対し1~100質量部であることが好ましく、3~60質量部であることがより好ましく、5~40質量部であることが更に好ましい。また、上述した特定色素と他の赤外線吸収剤との合計の含有量は、組成物の全固形分中1質量%以上であることが好ましく、3質量%以上であることがより好ましく、5質量%以上であることが更に好ましい。上記合計の含有量の上限は、50質量%以下であることが好ましく、40質量%以下であることがより好ましく、30質量%以下であることが更に好ましい。 The content of the other infrared absorbing agent is preferably 1 to 100 parts by mass, more preferably 3 to 60 parts by mass, and 5 to 40 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the specific dye described above. is more preferred. In addition, the total content of the specific dye and other infrared absorbing agent described above is preferably 1% by mass or more, more preferably 3% by mass or more, based on the total solid content of the composition, and 5% by mass % or more is more preferable. The upper limit of the total content is preferably 50% by mass or less, more preferably 40% by mass or less, and even more preferably 30% by mass or less.
<<色素誘導体>>
 本発明の組成物は、上述した特定色素の他に、更に色素誘導体を含有することができる。色素誘導体は分散助剤として用いられる。色素誘導体としては、色素骨格に酸基または塩基性基が結合した構造を有する化合物が挙げられる。
<<Dye derivative>>
The composition of the present invention can further contain a dye derivative in addition to the specific dye described above. Dye derivatives are used as dispersing aids. Examples of dye derivatives include compounds having a structure in which an acid group or a basic group is bonded to a dye skeleton.
 色素誘導体を構成する色素骨格としては、スクアリリウム色素骨格、ピロロピロール色素骨格、ジケトピロロピロール色素骨格、キナクリドン色素骨格、アントラキノン色素骨格、ジアントラキノン色素骨格、ベンゾイソインドール色素骨格、チアジンインジゴ色素骨格、アゾ色素骨格、キノフタロン色素骨格、フタロシアニン色素骨格、ナフタロシアニン色素骨格、ジオキサジン色素骨格、ペリレン色素骨格、ペリノン色素骨格、ベンゾイミダゾロン色素骨格、ベンゾチアゾール色素骨格、ベンゾイミダゾール色素骨格およびベンゾオキサゾール色素骨格が挙げられ、スクアリリウム色素骨格、ピロロピロール色素骨格、ジケトピロロピロール色素骨格、フタロシアニン色素骨格、キナクリドン色素骨格およびベンゾイミダゾロン色素骨格が好ましく、スクアリリウム色素骨格およびピロロピロール色素骨格がより好ましい。 The dye skeleton constituting the dye derivative includes a squarylium dye skeleton, a pyrrolopyrrole dye skeleton, a diketopyrrolopyrrole dye skeleton, a quinacridone dye skeleton, an anthraquinone dye skeleton, a dianthraquinone dye skeleton, a benzoisoindole dye skeleton, and a thiazineindigo dye skeleton. , azo dye skeleton, quinophthalone dye skeleton, phthalocyanine dye skeleton, naphthalocyanine dye skeleton, dioxazine dye skeleton, perylene dye skeleton, perinone dye skeleton, benzimidazolone dye skeleton, benzothiazole dye skeleton, benzimidazole dye skeleton and benzoxazole dye skeleton A squarylium dye skeleton, a pyrrolopyrrole dye skeleton, a diketopyrrolopyrrole dye skeleton, a phthalocyanine dye skeleton, a quinacridone dye skeleton and a benzimidazolone dye skeleton are preferred, and a squarylium dye skeleton and a pyrrolopyrrole dye skeleton are more preferred.
 酸基としては、カルボキシ基、スルホ基、リン酸基、ボロン酸基、カルボン酸アミド基、スルホンアミド基、イミド酸基及びこれらの塩等が挙げられる。塩を構成する原子または原子団としては、アルカリ金属イオン(Li、Na、Kなど)、アルカリ土類金属イオン(Ca2+、Mg2+など)、アンモニウムイオン、イミダゾリウムイオン、ピリジニウムイオン、ホスホニウムイオンなどが挙げられる。カルボン酸アミド基としては、-NHCORA1で表される基が好ましい。スルホンアミド基としては、-NHSOA2で表される基が好ましい。イミド酸基としては、-SONHSOA3、-CONHSOA4、-CONHCORA5または-SONHCORA6で表される基が好ましく、-SONHSOA3がより好ましい。RA1~RA6は、それぞれ独立に、アルキル基またはアリール基を表す。RA1~RA6が表すアルキル基及びアリール基は、置換基を有してもよい。置換基としてはハロゲン原子であることが好ましく、フッ素原子であることがより好ましい。 The acid group includes a carboxy group, a sulfo group, a phosphoric acid group, a boronic acid group, a carboxylic acid amide group, a sulfonamide group, an imidic acid group and salts thereof. Atoms or atomic groups constituting the salt include alkali metal ions (Li + , Na + , K + etc.), alkaline earth metal ions (Ca 2+ , Mg 2+ etc.), ammonium ions, imidazolium ions, pyridinium ions, phosphonium ion and the like. As the carboxylic acid amide group, a group represented by —NHCOR A1 is preferable. As the sulfonamide group, a group represented by —NHSO 2 R A2 is preferable. The imidic acid group is preferably a group represented by -SO 2 NHSO 2 R A3 , -CONHSO 2 R A4 , -CONHCOR A5 or -SO 2 NHCOR A6 , more preferably -SO 2 NHSO 2 R A3 . R A1 to R A6 each independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group. The alkyl groups and aryl groups represented by R A1 to R A6 may have substituents. The substituent is preferably a halogen atom, more preferably a fluorine atom.
 塩基性基としては、アミノ基、ピリジニル基およびその塩、アンモニウム基の塩、並びにフタルイミドメチル基が挙げられる。塩を構成する原子または原子団としては、水酸化物イオン、ハロゲンイオン、カルボン酸イオン、スルホン酸イオン、フェノキシドイオンなどが挙げられる。 Basic groups include amino groups, pyridinyl groups and salts thereof, salts of ammonium groups, and phthalimidomethyl groups. Atoms or atomic groups constituting salts include hydroxide ions, halogen ions, carboxylate ions, sulfonate ions, and phenoxide ions.
 色素誘導体の具体例としては、後述する実施例に記載の化合物が挙げられる。また、特開昭56-118462号公報、特開昭63-264674号公報、特開平01-217077号公報、特開平03-009961号公報、特開平03-026767号公報、特開平03-153780号公報、特開平03-045662号公報、特開平04-285669号公報、特開平06-145546号公報、特開平06-212088号公報、特開平06-240158号公報、特開平10-030063号公報、特開平10-195326号公報、国際公開第2011/024896号の段落番号0086~0098、国際公開第2012/102399号の段落番号0063~0094に記載の化合物も挙げられ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 Specific examples of dye derivatives include the compounds described in the examples below. In addition, JP-A-56-118462, JP-A-63-264674, JP-A-01-217077, JP-A-03-009961, JP-A-03-026767, JP-A-03-153780 Publications, JP-A-03-045662, JP-A-04-285669, JP-A-06-145546, JP-A-06-212088, JP-A-06-240158, JP-A-10-030063, JP-A-10-195326, paragraph numbers 0086 to 0098 of International Publication No. 2011/024896, and compounds described in paragraph numbers 0063 to 0094 of International Publication No. 2012/102399, the contents of which are herein incorporated into.
 色素誘導体の含有量は、上述した特定色素100質量部に対し、1~50質量部が好ましい。下限値は、3質量部以上が好ましく、5質量部以上がより好ましい。上限値は、40質量部以下が好ましく、30質量部以下がより好ましい。色素誘導体は1種のみを用いてもよく、2種以上を用いてもよい。2種以上を用いる場合は、合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 The content of the dye derivative is preferably 1 to 50 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the specific dye described above. The lower limit is preferably 3 parts by mass or more, more preferably 5 parts by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 40 parts by mass or less, more preferably 30 parts by mass or less. Only one dye derivative may be used, or two or more dye derivatives may be used. When two or more kinds are used, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
<<溶剤>>
 本発明の組成物は、溶剤を含有することが好ましい。溶剤としては、水、有機溶剤が挙げられ、有機溶剤であることが好ましい。有機溶剤としては、エステル系溶剤、ケトン系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤、エーテル系溶剤、炭化水素系溶剤などが挙げられる。これらの詳細については、国際公開第2015/166779号の段落番号0223を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。また、環状アルキル基が置換したエステル系溶剤、環状アルキル基が置換したケトン系溶剤も好ましく用いることもできる。有機溶剤の具体例としては、ポリエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジクロロメタン、3-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、エチルセロソルブアセテート、乳酸エチル、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、酢酸ブチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-ヘプタノン、2-ペンタノン、3-ペンタノン、4-ヘプタノン、シクロヘキサノン、2-メチルシクロヘキサノン、3-メチルシクロヘキサノン、4-メチルシクロヘキサノン、シクロヘプタノン、シクロオクタノン、酢酸シクロヘキシル、シクロペンタノン、エチルカルビトールアセテート、ブチルカルビトールアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、3-メトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロパンアミド、3-ブトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロパンアミド、プロピレングリコールジアセテート、3-メトキシブタノール、メチルエチルケトン、ガンマブチロラクトン、スルホラン、アニソール、1,4-ジアセトキシブタン、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセタート、二酢酸ブタン-1,3-ジイル、ジプロピレングリコールメチルエーテルアセタート、ジアセトンアルコール(別名としてダイアセトンアルコール、4-ヒドロキシ-4-メチル-2-ペンタノン)、2-メトキシプロピルアセテート、2-メトキシ-1-プロパノール、イソプロピルアルコールなどが挙げられる。ただし有機溶剤としての芳香族炭化水素類(ベンゼン、トルエン、キシレン、エチルベンゼン等)は、環境面等の理由により低減したほうがよい場合がある(例えば、有機溶剤全量に対して、50質量ppm(parts per million)以下とすることもでき、10質量ppm以下とすることもでき、1質量ppm以下とすることもできる)。
<<Solvent>>
The composition of the invention preferably contains a solvent. Examples of the solvent include water and organic solvents, and organic solvents are preferred. Organic solvents include ester-based solvents, ketone-based solvents, alcohol-based solvents, amide-based solvents, ether-based solvents, and hydrocarbon-based solvents. For these details, reference can be made to paragraph number 0223 of WO2015/166779, the content of which is incorporated herein. Ester-based solvents substituted with cyclic alkyl groups and ketone-based solvents substituted with cyclic alkyl groups can also be preferably used. Specific examples of organic solvents include polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether, dichloromethane, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2 -heptanone, 2-pentanone, 3-pentanone, 4-heptanone, cyclohexanone, 2-methylcyclohexanone, 3-methylcyclohexanone, 4-methylcyclohexanone, cycloheptanone, cyclooctanone, cyclohexyl acetate, cyclopentanone, ethylcarbitol Acetate, butyl carbitol acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, 3-methoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide, 3-butoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide, propylene glycol diacetate, 3-methoxy butanol, methyl ethyl ketone, gamma butyrolactone, sulfolane, anisole, 1,4-diacetoxybutane, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, butane-1,3-diyl diacetate, dipropylene glycol methyl ether acetate, diacetone alcohol diacetone alcohol, 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone), 2-methoxypropyl acetate, 2-methoxy-1-propanol, isopropyl alcohol and the like. However, aromatic hydrocarbons (benzene, toluene, xylene, ethylbenzene, etc.) as organic solvents may be better reduced for environmental reasons (e.g., 50 mass ppm (parts per million), 10 ppm by mass or less, or 1 ppm by mass or less).
 本発明においては、金属含有量の少ない有機溶剤を用いることが好ましく、有機溶剤の金属含有量は、例えば10質量ppb(parts per billion)以下であることが好ましい。必要に応じて質量ppt(parts per trillion)レベルの有機溶剤を用いてもよく、そのような有機溶剤は例えば東洋合成社が提供している(化学工業日報、2015年11月13日)。 In the present invention, it is preferable to use an organic solvent with a low metal content, and the metal content of the organic solvent is preferably, for example, 10 mass ppb (parts per billion) or less. If necessary, an organic solvent with a ppt (parts per trillion) mass level may be used, and such an organic solvent is provided by, for example, Toyo Gosei Co., Ltd. (Chemical Daily, November 13, 2015).
 有機溶剤から金属等の不純物を除去する方法としては、例えば、蒸留(分子蒸留や薄膜蒸留等)やフィルタを用いたろ過を挙げることができる。ろ過に用いるフィルタのフィルタ孔径としては、10μm以下が好ましく、5μm以下がより好ましく、3μm以下が更に好ましい。フィルタの材質は、ポリテトラフルオロエチレン、ポリエチレンまたはナイロンが好ましい。 Examples of methods for removing impurities such as metals from organic solvents include distillation (molecular distillation, thin film distillation, etc.) and filtration using a filter. The filter pore size of the filter used for filtration is preferably 10 μm or less, more preferably 5 μm or less, and even more preferably 3 μm or less. The material of the filter is preferably polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene or nylon.
 有機溶剤は、異性体(原子数が同じであるが構造が異なる化合物)が含まれていてもよい。また、異性体は、1種のみが含まれていてもよいし、複数種含まれていてもよい。 The organic solvent may contain isomers (compounds with the same number of atoms but different structures). Moreover, only one isomer may be contained, or a plurality of isomers may be contained.
 有機溶剤中の過酸化物の含有率が0.8mmol/L以下であることが好ましく、過酸化物を実質的に含まないことがより好ましい。 The content of peroxide in the organic solvent is preferably 0.8 mmol/L or less, and more preferably substantially free of peroxide.
 組成物中における溶剤の含有量は、10~97質量%であることが好ましい。下限は、30質量%以上であることが好ましく、40質量%以上であることがより好ましく、50質量%以上であることが更に好ましく、60質量%以上であることがより一層好ましく、70質量%以上であることが特に好ましい。上限は、96質量%以下であることが好ましく、95質量%以下であることがより好ましい。組成物は溶剤を1種のみ含んでいてもよく、2種以上含んでいてもよい。2種以上含む場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 The content of the solvent in the composition is preferably 10-97% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 30% by mass or more, more preferably 40% by mass or more, still more preferably 50% by mass or more, even more preferably 60% by mass or more, and 70% by mass. It is particularly preferable that it is above. The upper limit is preferably 96% by mass or less, more preferably 95% by mass or less. The composition may contain only one type of solvent, or may contain two or more types. When two or more kinds are included, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
<<光重合開始剤>>
 本発明の組成物が重合性化合物を含む場合、本発明の組成物は更に光重合開始剤を含有することが好ましい。光重合開始剤としては、特に制限はなく、公知の光重合開始剤の中から適宜選択することができる。例えば、紫外線領域から可視領域の光線に対して感光性を有する化合物が好ましい。光重合開始剤は、光ラジカル重合開始剤であることが好ましい。
<<Photoinitiator>>
When the composition of the invention contains a polymerizable compound, the composition of the invention preferably further contains a photopolymerization initiator. The photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected from known photopolymerization initiators. For example, compounds having photosensitivity to light in the ultraviolet range to the visible range are preferred. The photopolymerization initiator is preferably a photoradical polymerization initiator.
 光重合開始剤としては、ハロゲン化炭化水素誘導体(例えば、トリアジン骨格を有する化合物、オキサジアゾール骨格を有する化合物など)、アシルホスフィン化合物、ヘキサアリールビイミダゾール化合物、オキシム化合物、有機過酸化物、チオ化合物、ケトン化合物、芳香族オニウム塩、α-ヒドロキシケトン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物などが挙げられる。光重合開始剤は、露光感度の観点から、トリハロメチルトリアジン化合物、ベンジルジメチルケタール化合物、α-ヒドロキシケトン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物、アシルホスフィン化合物、ホスフィンオキサイド化合物、メタロセン化合物、オキシム化合物、ヘキサアリールビイミダゾール化合物、オニウム化合物、ベンゾチアゾール化合物、ベンゾフェノン化合物、アセトフェノン化合物、シクロペンタジエン-ベンゼン-鉄錯体、ハロメチルオキサジアゾール化合物および3-アリール置換クマリン化合物であることが好ましく、オキシム化合物、α-ヒドロキシケトン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物、および、アシルホスフィン化合物から選ばれる化合物であることがより好ましく、オキシム化合物であることが更に好ましい。また、光重合開始剤としては、特開2014-130173号公報の段落0065~0111に記載された化合物、特許第6301489号公報に記載された化合物、MATERIAL STAGE 37~60p,vol.19,No.3,2019に記載されたパーオキサイド系光重合開始剤、国際公開第2018/221177号に記載の光重合開始剤、国際公開第2018/110179号に記載の光重合開始剤、特開2019-043864号公報に記載の光重合開始剤、特開2019-044030号公報に記載の光重合開始剤、特開2019-167313号公報に記載の過酸化物系開始剤、特開2020-055992号公報に記載のオキサゾリジン基を有するアミノアセトフェノン系開始剤、特開2013-190459号公報に記載のオキシム系光重合開始剤、特開2020-172619号公報に記載の重合体、国際公開第2020/152120号に記載の式1で表される化合物などが挙げられ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 Examples of photopolymerization initiators include halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives (e.g., compounds having a triazine skeleton, compounds having an oxadiazole skeleton, etc.), acylphosphine compounds, hexaarylbiimidazole compounds, oxime compounds, organic peroxides, thio compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, α-hydroxyketone compounds, α-aminoketone compounds and the like. From the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity, photopolymerization initiators include trihalomethyltriazine compounds, benzyldimethylketal compounds, α-hydroxyketone compounds, α-aminoketone compounds, acylphosphine compounds, phosphine oxide compounds, metallocene compounds, oxime compounds, hexaarylbi imidazole compounds, onium compounds, benzothiazole compounds, benzophenone compounds, acetophenone compounds, cyclopentadiene-benzene-iron complexes, halomethyloxadiazole compounds and 3-aryl-substituted coumarin compounds, oxime compounds, α-hydroxyketones compounds, α-aminoketone compounds, and acylphosphine compounds, more preferably oxime compounds. Further, as the photopolymerization initiator, compounds described in paragraphs 0065 to 0111 of JP-A-2014-130173, compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 6301489, MATERIAL STAGE 37-60p, vol. 19, No. 3, the peroxide photopolymerization initiator described in 2019, the photopolymerization initiator described in International Publication No. 2018/221177, the photopolymerization initiator described in International Publication No. 2018/110179, JP 2019-043864 The photopolymerization initiator described in JP-A-2019-044030, the photopolymerization initiator described in JP-A-2019-167313, the peroxide-based initiator described in JP-A-2020-055992. An aminoacetophenone-based initiator having an oxazolidine group described, an oxime-based photopolymerization initiator described in JP-A-2013-190459, a polymer described in JP-A-2020-172619, and International Publication No. 2020/152120. and the compounds of Formula 1 described, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
 ヘキサアリールビイミダゾール化合物の具体例としては、2,2’,4-トリス(2-クロロフェニル)-5-(3,4-ジメトキシフェニル)-4,5-ジフェニル-1,1’-ビイミダゾールなどが挙げられる。 Specific examples of hexaarylbiimidazole compounds include 2,2′,4-tris(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-4,5-diphenyl-1,1′-biimidazole, etc. is mentioned.
 α-ヒドロキシケトン化合物の市販品としては、Omnirad 184、Omnirad 1173、Omnirad 2959、Omnirad 127(以上、IGM Resins B.V.社製)、Irgacure 184、Irgacure 1173、Irgacure 2959、Irgacure 127(以上、BASF社製)などが挙げられる。α-アミノケトン化合物の市販品としては、Omnirad 907、Omnirad 369、Omnirad 369E、Omnirad 379EG(以上、IGM Resins B.V.社製)、Irgacure 907、Irgacure 369、Irgacure 369E、Irgacure 379EG(以上、BASF社製)などが挙げられる。アシルホスフィン化合物の市販品としては、Omnirad 819、Omnirad TPO(以上、IGM Resins B.V.社製)、Irgacure 819、Irgacure TPO(以上、BASF社製)などが挙げられる。 Commercially available α-hydroxyketone compounds include Omnirad 184, Omnirad 1173, Omnirad 2959, Omnirad 127 (manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), Irgacure 184, Irgacure 1173, Irgacure 2959, Irgacure 127 (above, BASF company) and the like. Commercially available α-aminoketone compounds include Omnirad 907, Omnirad 369, Omnirad 369E, Omnirad 379EG (manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), Irgacure 907, Irgacure 369, Irgacure 369E, and Irgacure 3. 79EG (above, BASF made), etc. Commercially available acylphosphine compounds include Omnirad 819, Omnirad TPO (manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), Irgacure 819 and Irgacure TPO (manufactured by BASF).
 オキシム化合物としては、特開2001-233842号公報に記載の化合物、特開2000-080068号公報に記載の化合物、特開2006-342166号公報に記載の化合物、J.C.S.Perkin II(1979年、pp.1653-1660)に記載の化合物、J.C.S.Perkin II(1979年、pp.156-162)に記載の化合物、Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology(1995年、pp.202-232)に記載の化合物、特開2000-066385号公報に記載の化合物、特表2004-534797号公報に記載の化合物、特開2017-019766号公報に記載の化合物、特許第6065596号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2015/152153号に記載の化合物、国際公開第2017/051680号に記載の化合物、特開2017-198865号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2017/164127号の段落番号0025~0038に記載の化合物、国際公開第2013/167515号に記載の化合物などが挙げられる。オキシム化合物の具体例としては、3-ベンゾイルオキシイミノブタン-2-オン、3-アセトキシイミノブタン-2-オン、3-プロピオニルオキシイミノブタン-2-オン、2-アセトキシイミノペンタン-3-オン、2-アセトキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン、2-ベンゾイルオキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン、3-(4-トルエンスルホニルオキシ)イミノブタン-2-オン、2-エトキシカルボニルオキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン、1-[4-(フェニルチオ)フェニル]-3-シクロヘキシル-プロパン-1,2-ジオン-2-(O-アセチルオキシム)などが挙げられる。市販品としては、Irgacure OXE01、Irgacure OXE02、Irgacure OXE03、Irgacure OXE04(以上、BASF社製)、TR-PBG-304、TR-PBG-327(トロンリー社製)、アデカオプトマーN-1919((株)ADEKA製、特開2012-014052号公報に記載の光重合開始剤2)が挙げられる。また、オキシム化合物としては、着色性が無い化合物や、透明性が高く変色し難い化合物を用いることも好ましい。市販品としては、アデカアークルズNCI-730、NCI-831、NCI-930(以上、(株)ADEKA製)などが挙げられる。 Examples of oxime compounds include compounds described in JP-A-2001-233842, compounds described in JP-A-2000-080068, compounds described in JP-A-2006-342166, J. Am. C. S. Compounds described in Perkin II (1979, pp.1653-1660); C. S. Compounds described in Perkin II (1979, pp.156-162), compounds described in Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology (1995, pp.202-232), compounds described in JP-A-2000-066385, Compounds described in JP-A-2004-534797, compounds described in JP-A-2017-019766, compounds described in Patent No. 6065596, compounds described in WO 2015/152153, WO 2017 / 051680, compounds described in JP-A-2017-198865, compounds described in paragraphs 0025 to 0038 of WO 2017/164127, compounds described in WO 2013/167515, etc. is mentioned. Specific examples of oxime compounds include 3-benzoyloxyiminobutane-2-one, 3-acetoxyiminobutane-2-one, 3-propionyloxyiminobutane-2-one, 2-acetoxyiminopentane-3-one, 2-acetoxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 2-benzoyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 3-(4-toluenesulfonyloxy)iminobutan-2-one, 2-ethoxycarbonyloxyimino -1-phenylpropane-1-one, 1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl]-3-cyclohexyl-propane-1,2-dione-2-(O-acetyloxime) and the like. Commercially available products include Irgacure OXE01, Irgacure OXE02, Irgacure OXE03, Irgacure OXE04 (manufactured by BASF), TR-PBG-304, TR-PBG-327 (manufactured by Tronly), and Adeka Optomer N-1919 (manufactured by Tronly). ) manufactured by ADEKA, photopolymerization initiator 2) described in JP-A-2012-014052. As the oxime compound, it is also preferable to use a compound having no coloring property or a compound having high transparency and resistance to discoloration. Commercially available products include ADEKA Arkles NCI-730, NCI-831 and NCI-930 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation).
 光重合開始剤としては、フルオレン環を有するオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。フルオレン環を有するオキシム化合物の具体例としては、特開2014-137466号公報に記載の化合物、特許6636081号公報に記載の化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2016-0109444号公報に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 An oxime compound having a fluorene ring can also be used as the photopolymerization initiator. Specific examples of the oxime compound having a fluorene ring include compounds described in JP-A-2014-137466, compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 6636081, and compounds described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2016-0109444. be done.
 光重合開始剤としては、カルバゾール環の少なくとも1つのベンゼン環がナフタレン環となった骨格を有するオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。そのようなオキシム化合物の具体例としては、国際公開第2013/083505号に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 As the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having a skeleton in which at least one benzene ring of the carbazole ring is a naphthalene ring can also be used. Specific examples of such oxime compounds include compounds described in WO2013/083505.
 光重合開始剤としては、フッ素原子を有するオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。フッ素原子を有するオキシム化合物の具体例としては、特開2010-262028号公報に記載の化合物、特表2014-500852号公報に記載の化合物24、36~40、特開2013-164471号公報に記載の化合物(C-3)などが挙げられる。 An oxime compound having a fluorine atom can also be used as the photopolymerization initiator. Specific examples of the oxime compound having a fluorine atom include compounds described in JP-A-2010-262028, compounds 24, 36 to 40 described in JP-A-2014-500852, and JP-A-2013-164471. and the compound (C-3) of.
 光重合開始剤としては、ニトロ基を有するオキシム化合物を用いることができる。ニトロ基を有するオキシム化合物は、二量体とすることも好ましい。ニトロ基を有するオキシム化合物の具体例としては、特開2013-114249号公報の段落番号0031~0047、特開2014-137466号公報の段落番号0008~0012、0070~0079に記載されている化合物、特許4223071号公報の段落番号0007~0025に記載されている化合物、アデカアークルズNCI-831((株)ADEKA製)が挙げられる。 An oxime compound having a nitro group can be used as the photopolymerization initiator. The oxime compound having a nitro group is also preferably a dimer. Specific examples of the oxime compound having a nitro group include the compounds described in paragraph numbers 0031 to 0047 of JP-A-2013-114249 and paragraph numbers 0008-0012 and 0070-0079 of JP-A-2014-137466; Compounds described in paragraphs 0007 to 0025 of Japanese Patent No. 4223071 and ADEKA Arkles NCI-831 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation) can be mentioned.
 光重合開始剤としては、ベンゾフラン骨格を有するオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。具体例としては、国際公開第2015/036910号に記載されているOE-01~OE-75が挙げられる。 An oxime compound having a benzofuran skeleton can also be used as the photopolymerization initiator. Specific examples include OE-01 to OE-75 described in WO 2015/036910.
 光重合開始剤としては、カルバゾール骨格にヒドロキシ基を有する置換基が結合したオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。このような光重合開始剤としては国際公開第2019/088055号に記載された化合物などが挙げられる。 As the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound in which a substituent having a hydroxyl group is bonded to the carbazole skeleton can also be used. Examples of such a photopolymerization initiator include the compounds described in International Publication No. 2019/088055.
 本発明において好ましく使用されるオキシム化合物の具体例を以下に示すが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。 Specific examples of oxime compounds preferably used in the present invention are shown below, but the present invention is not limited to these.
 オキシム化合物は、波長350~500nmの範囲に極大吸収波長を有する化合物が好ましく、波長360~480nmの範囲に極大吸収波長を有する化合物がより好ましい。また、オキシム化合物の波長365nm又は波長405nmにおけるモル吸光係数は、感度の観点から、高いことが好ましく、1000~300000であることがより好ましく、2000~300000であることが更に好ましく、5000~200000であることが特に好ましい。化合物のモル吸光係数は、公知の方法を用いて測定することができる。例えば、分光光度計(Varian社製Cary-5 spectrophotometer)にて、酢酸エチル溶媒を用い、0.01g/Lの濃度で測定することが好ましい。 The oxime compound is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 350 to 500 nm, more preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 360 to 480 nm. Further, the molar extinction coefficient of the oxime compound at a wavelength of 365 nm or a wavelength of 405 nm is preferably high from the viewpoint of sensitivity, more preferably 1000 to 300000, further preferably 2000 to 300000, even more preferably 5000 to 200000. It is particularly preferred to have The molar extinction coefficient of a compound can be measured using known methods. For example, it is preferably measured at a concentration of 0.01 g/L using an ethyl acetate solvent with a spectrophotometer (Cary-5 spectrophotometer manufactured by Varian).
 光重合開始剤としては、2官能あるいは3官能以上の光ラジカル重合開始剤を用いてもよい。そのような光ラジカル重合開始剤を用いることにより、光ラジカル重合開始剤の1分子から2つ以上のラジカルが発生するため、良好な感度が得られる。また、非対称構造の化合物を用いた場合においては、結晶性が低下して溶剤などへの溶解性が向上して、経時で析出しにくくなり、組成物の経時安定性を向上させることができる。2官能あるいは3官能以上の光ラジカル重合開始剤の具体例としては、特表2010-527339号公報、特表2011-524436号公報、国際公開第2015/004565号、特表2016-532675号公報の段落番号0407~0412、国際公開第2017/033680号の段落番号0039~0055に記載されているオキシム化合物の2量体、特表2013-522445号公報に記載されている化合物(E)および化合物(G)、国際公開第2016/034963号に記載されているCmpd1~7、特表2017-523465号公報の段落番号0007に記載されているオキシムエステル系開始剤、特開2017-167399号公報の段落番号0020~0033に記載されている光開始剤、特開2017-151342号公報の段落番号0017~0026に記載されている光重合開始剤(A)、特許第6469669号公報に記載されているオキシムエステル系開始剤などが挙げられる。 As the photopolymerization initiator, a bifunctional or trifunctional or higher functional photoradical polymerization initiator may be used. By using such a radical photopolymerization initiator, two or more radicals are generated from one molecule of the radical photopolymerization initiator, so good sensitivity can be obtained. In addition, when a compound having an asymmetric structure is used, the crystallinity is lowered, the solubility in a solvent or the like is improved, the precipitation becomes difficult over time, and the stability over time of the composition can be improved. Specific examples of bifunctional or trifunctional or higher photoradical polymerization initiators include Japanese Patent Publication No. 2010-527339, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2011-524436, International Publication No. 2015/004565, and Japanese Patent Publication No. 2016-532675. Paragraph numbers 0407 to 0412, dimers of oxime compounds described in paragraph numbers 0039 to 0055 of International Publication No. 2017/033680, compound (E) and compounds described in JP-A-2013-522445 ( G), Cmpd 1 to 7 described in International Publication No. 2016/034963, oxime ester initiators described in paragraph number 0007 of JP 2017-523465, paragraph of JP 2017-167399 Photoinitiators described in numbers 0020 to 0033, photoinitiators (A) described in paragraph numbers 0017 to 0026 of JP-A-2017-151342, oximes described in Japanese Patent No. 6469669 Examples include ester-based initiators.
 光重合開始剤の含有量は、組成物の全固形分中0.1~40質量%が好ましく、0.5~35質量%がより好ましく、1~30質量%が更に好ましい。組成物は光重合開始剤を1種のみ含んでいてもよく、2種以上含んでいてもよい。2種以上含む場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 The content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 0.1 to 40% by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 35% by mass, even more preferably 1 to 30% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition. The composition may contain only one type of photopolymerization initiator, or may contain two or more types. When two or more kinds are included, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
<<硬化剤>>
 本発明の組成物が環状エーテル基を有する化合物を含む場合、硬化剤をさらに含むことが好ましい。硬化剤としては、例えばアミン系化合物、酸無水物系化合物、アミド系化合物、フェノール系化合物、多価カルボン酸、チオール化合物などが挙げられる。硬化剤の具体例としては、コハク酸、トリメリット酸、ピロメリット酸、N,N-ジメチル-4-アミノピリジン、ペンタエリスリトールテトラキス(3-メルカプトプロピオネート)などが挙げられる。硬化剤は、特開2016-075720号公報の段落番号0072~0078に記載の化合物、特開2017-036379号公報に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。硬化剤の含有量は、環状エーテル基を有する化合物の100質量部に対し、0.01~20質量部が好ましく、0.01~10質量部がより好ましく、0.1~6.0質量部がさらに好ましい。
<<Curing agent>>
When the composition of the present invention contains a compound having a cyclic ether group, it preferably further contains a curing agent. Examples of curing agents include amine compounds, acid anhydride compounds, amide compounds, phenol compounds, polyvalent carboxylic acids, and thiol compounds. Specific examples of curing agents include succinic acid, trimellitic acid, pyromellitic acid, N,N-dimethyl-4-aminopyridine, pentaerythritol tetrakis(3-mercaptopropionate) and the like. As the curing agent, compounds described in paragraphs 0072 to 0078 of JP-A-2016-075720 and compounds described in JP-A-2017-036379 can also be used. The content of the curing agent is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 10 parts by mass, and 0.1 to 6.0 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the compound having a cyclic ether group. is more preferred.
<<有彩色着色剤>>
 本発明の組成物は、有彩色着色剤を含有することができる。本発明において、有彩色着色剤とは、白色着色剤および黒色着色剤以外の着色剤を意味する。有彩色着色剤は、波長400nm以上650nm未満の範囲に吸収を有する着色剤が好ましい。
<<Chromatic coloring agent>>
The composition of the invention may contain chromatic colorants. In the present invention, a chromatic colorant means a colorant other than a white colorant and a black colorant. The chromatic colorant is preferably a colorant that absorbs in a wavelength range of 400 nm or more and less than 650 nm.
 有彩色着色剤としては、赤色着色剤、緑色着色剤、青色着色剤、黄色着色剤、紫色着色剤およびオレンジ色着色剤が挙げられる。有彩色着色剤は、顔料であってもよく、染料であってもよい。顔料と染料とを併用してもよい。また、顔料は、無機顔料、有機顔料のいずれでもよい。また、顔料には、無機顔料または有機-無機顔料の一部を有機発色団で置換した材料を用いることもできる。無機顔料や有機-無機顔料を有機発色団で置換することで、色相設計をしやすくできる。 The chromatic colorants include red colorants, green colorants, blue colorants, yellow colorants, purple colorants and orange colorants. A chromatic colorant may be a pigment or a dye. A pigment and a dye may be used in combination. Moreover, the pigment may be either an inorganic pigment or an organic pigment. As the pigment, an inorganic pigment or a material in which a part of an organic-inorganic pigment is replaced with an organic chromophore can also be used. By replacing inorganic pigments or organic-inorganic pigments with organic chromophores, hue design can be facilitated.
 顔料の平均一次粒子径は、1~200nmが好ましい。下限は5nm以上が好ましく、10nm以上がより好ましい。上限は、180nm以下が好ましく、150nm以下がより好ましく、100nm以下が更に好ましい。顔料の平均一次粒子径が上記範囲であれば、組成物中における顔料の分散安定性が良好である。なお、本発明において、顔料の一次粒子径は、顔料の一次粒子を透過型電子顕微鏡により観察し、得られた画像写真から求めることができる。具体的には、顔料の一次粒子の投影面積を求め、それに対応する円相当径を顔料の一次粒子径として算出する。また、本発明における平均一次粒子径は、400個の顔料の一次粒子についての一次粒子径の算術平均値とする。また、顔料の一次粒子とは、凝集のない独立した粒子をいう。 The average primary particle size of the pigment is preferably 1 to 200 nm. The lower limit is preferably 5 nm or more, more preferably 10 nm or more. The upper limit is preferably 180 nm or less, more preferably 150 nm or less, and even more preferably 100 nm or less. When the average primary particle size of the pigment is within the above range, the dispersion stability of the pigment in the composition is good. In the present invention, the primary particle diameter of the pigment can be determined from the image photograph obtained by observing the primary particles of the pigment with a transmission electron microscope. Specifically, the projected area of the primary particles of the pigment is obtained, and the corresponding circle equivalent diameter is calculated as the primary particle diameter of the pigment. Further, the average primary particle size in the present invention is the arithmetic mean value of the primary particle sizes of 400 primary particles of the pigment. Further, the primary particles of the pigment refer to independent particles without agglomeration.
 有彩色着色剤は、顔料を含むものであることが好ましい。有彩色着色剤中における顔料の含有量は、50質量%以上であることが好ましく、70質量%以上であることがより好ましく、80質量%以上であることが更に好ましく、90質量%以上であることが特に好ましい。顔料としては以下に示すものが挙げられる。 The chromatic colorant preferably contains a pigment. The content of the pigment in the chromatic colorant is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 70% by mass or more, still more preferably 80% by mass or more, and 90% by mass or more. is particularly preferred. Examples of pigments include those shown below.
 カラーインデックス(C.I.)Pigment Yellow 1,2,3,4,5,6,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,20,24,31,32,34,35,35:1,36,36:1,37,37:1,40,42,43,53,55,60,61,62,63,65,73,74,77,81,83,86,93,94,95,97,98,100,101,104,106,108,109,110,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,123,125,126,127,128,129,137,138,139,147,148,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,161,162,164,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175,176,177,179,180,181,182,185,187,188,193,194,199,213,214,215,228,231,232(メチン系),233(キノリン系),234(アミノケトン系),235(アミノケトン系),236(アミノケトン系)等(以上、黄色顔料)、
 C.I.Pigment Orange 2,5,13,16,17:1,31,34,36,38,43,46,48,49,51,52,55,59,60,61,62,64,71,73等(以上、オレンジ色顔料)、
 C.I.Pigment Red 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,9,10,14,17,22,23,31,38,41,48:1,48:2,48:3,48:4,49,49:1,49:2,52:1,52:2,53:1,57:1,60:1,63:1,66,67,81:1,81:2,81:3,83,88,90,105,112,119,122,123,144,146,149,150,155,166,168,169,170,171,172,175,176,177,178,179,184,185,187,188,190,200,202,206,207,208,209,210,216,220,224,226,242,246,254,255,264,269,270,272,279,291,294(キサンテン系、Organo Ultramarine、Bluish Red),295(モノアゾ系),296(ジアゾ系),297(アミノケトン系)等(以上、赤色顔料)、
 C.I.Pigment Green 7,10,36,37,58,59,62,63,64(フタロシアニン系),65(フタロシアニン系),66(フタロシアニン系)等(以上、緑色顔料)、
 C.I.Pigment Violet 1,19,23,27,32,37,42,60(トリアリールメタン系),61(キサンテン系)等(以上、紫色顔料)、
 C.I.Pigment Blue 1,2,15,15:1,15:2,15:3,15:4,15:6,16,22,29,60,64,66,79,80,87(モノアゾ系),88(メチン系)等(以上、青色顔料)。
Color Index (C.I.) Pigment Yellow 1,2,3,4,5,6,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,20,24,31,32,34, 35, 35: 1, 36, 36: 1, 37, 37: 1, 40, 42, 43, 53, 55, 60, 61, 62, 63, 65, 73, 74, 77, 81, 83, 86, 93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 100, 101, 104, 106, 108, 109, 110, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 123, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 137, 138, 139, 147, 148, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 161, 162, 164, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 179, 180, 181, 182, 185, 187, 188, 193, 194, 199, 213, 214, 215, 228, 231, 232 (methine), 233 (quinoline), 234 ( aminoketone-based), 235 (aminoketone-based), 236 (aminoketone-based), etc. (above, yellow pigment),
C. I. Pigment Orange 2, 5, 13, 16, 17: 1, 31, 34, 36, 38, 43, 46, 48, 49, 51, 52, 55, 59, 60, 61, 62, 64, 71, 73, etc. (above, orange pigment),
C. I. Pigment Red 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10, 14, 17, 22, 23, 31, 38, 41, 48: 1, 48: 2, 48: 3, 48: 4, 49, 49:1, 49:2, 52:1, 52:2, 53:1, 57:1, 60:1, 63:1, 66, 67, 81:1, 81:2, 81:3, 83,88,90,105,112,119,122,123,144,146,149,150,155,166,168,169,170,171,172,175,176,177,178,179,184, 185, 187, 188, 190, 200, 202, 206, 207, 208, 209, 210, 216, 220, 224, 226, 242, 246, 254, 255, 264, 269, 270, 272, 279, 291, 294 (xanthene-based, Organo Ultramarine, Bluish Red), 295 (monoazo-based), 296 (diazo-based), 297 (aminoketone-based), etc. (above, red pigments),
C. I. Pigment Green 7, 10, 36, 37, 58, 59, 62, 63, 64 (phthalocyanine), 65 (phthalocyanine), 66 (phthalocyanine), etc. (green pigments),
C. I. Pigment Violet 1, 19, 23, 27, 32, 37, 42, 60 (triarylmethane-based), 61 (xanthene-based), etc. (purple pigments),
C. I. Pigment Blue 1,2,15,15:1,15:2,15:3,15:4,15:6,16,22,29,60,64,66,79,80,87 (monoazo), 88 (methine-based), etc. (above, blue pigments);
 また、緑色顔料として、1分子中のハロゲン原子数が平均10~14個であり、臭素原子数が平均8~12個であり、塩素原子数が平均2~5個であるハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料を用いることもできる。具体例としては、国際公開第2015/118720号に記載の化合物が挙げられる。また、緑色顔料として中国特許出願第106909027号明細書に記載の化合物、国際公開第2012/102395号に記載のリン酸エステルを配位子として有するフタロシアニン化合物、特開2019-008014号公報に記載のフタロシアニン化合物、特開2018-180023号公報に記載のフタロシアニン化合物、特開2019-038958号公報に記載の化合物、特開2020-076995号公報に記載のコアシェル型色素などを用いることもできる。 Further, as a green pigment, a halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment having an average number of halogen atoms of 10 to 14, an average number of bromine atoms of 8 to 12, and an average number of chlorine atoms of 2 to 5 per molecule. can also be used. Specific examples include compounds described in International Publication No. 2015/118720. In addition, as a green pigment, the compound described in Chinese Patent Application No. 106909027, the phthalocyanine compound having a phosphoric acid ester as a ligand described in WO 2012/102395, and the phthalocyanine compound described in JP 2019-008014. Phthalocyanine compounds, phthalocyanine compounds described in JP-A-2018-180023, compounds described in JP-A-2019-038958, core-shell type dyes described in JP-A-2020-076995, and the like can also be used.
 また、青色顔料として、リン原子を有するアルミニウムフタロシアニン化合物を用いることもできる。具体例としては、特開2012-247591号公報の段落番号0022~0030、特開2011-157478号公報の段落番号0047に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 An aluminum phthalocyanine compound having a phosphorus atom can also be used as a blue pigment. Specific examples include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0022 to 0030 of JP-A-2012-247591 and paragraph number 0047 of JP-A-2011-157478.
 また、黄色顔料として、特開2017-201003号公報に記載の化合物、特開2017-197719号公報に記載の化合物、特開2017-171912号公報の段落番号0011~0062、0137~0276に記載の化合物、特開2017-171913号公報の段落番号0010~0062、0138~0295に記載の化合物、特開2017-171914号公報の段落番号0011~0062、0139~0190に記載の化合物、特開2017-171915号公報の段落番号0010~0065、0142~0222に記載の化合物、特開2013-054339号公報の段落番号0011~0034に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2014-026228号公報の段落番号0013~0058に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2018-062644号公報に記載のイソインドリン化合物、特開2018-203798号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2018-062578号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特許第6432076号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2018-155881号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2018-111757号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2018-040835号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2017-197640号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2016-145282号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2014-085565号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2014-021139号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2013-209614号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2013-209435号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2013-181015号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2013-061622号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2013-032486号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2012-226110号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2008-074987号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2008-081565号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2008-074986号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2008-074985号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2008-050420号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2008-031281号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特公昭48-032765号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特開2019-008014号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、特許第6607427号公報に記載のキノフタロン化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2014-0034963号公報に記載の化合物、特開2017-095706号公報に記載の化合物、台湾特許出願公開第201920495号公報に記載の化合物、特許第6607427号公報に記載の化合物、特開2020-033525号公報に記載の化合物、特開2020-033524号公報に記載の化合物、特開2020-033523号公報に記載の化合物、特開2020-033522号公報に記載の化合物、特開2020-033521号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2020/045200号に記載の化合物、国際公開第2020/045199号に記載の化合物、国際公開第2020/045197号に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。また、これらの化合物を多量体化したものも、色価向上の観点から好ましく用いられる。 Further, as the yellow pigment, compounds described in JP-A-2017-201003, compounds described in JP-A-2017-197719, paragraph numbers 0011-0062 of JP-A-2017-171912, described in 0137-0276 Compounds, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0010 to 0062, 0138 to 0295 of JP 2017-171913, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0011 to 0062, 0139 to 0190 of JP 2017-171914, JP 2017- Compounds described in paragraph numbers 0010 to 0065 and 0142 to 0222 of JP-A-171915, quinophthalone compounds described in paragraph numbers 0011-0034 of JP-A-2013-054339, paragraph numbers 0013-0058 of JP-A-2014-026228 Quinophthalone compounds described in, isoindoline compounds described in JP-A-2018-062644, quinophthalone compounds described in JP-A-2018-203798, quinophthalone compounds described in JP-A-2018-062578, Patent No. 6432076 Quinophthalone compounds described in the publication, quinophthalone compounds described in JP-A-2018-155881, quinophthalone compounds described in JP-A-2018-111757, quinophthalone compounds described in JP-A-2018-040835, JP-A-2017- Quinophthalone compounds described in 197640, quinophthalone compounds described in JP-A-2016-145282, quinophthalone compounds described in JP-A-2014-085565, quinophthalone compounds described in JP-A-2014-021139, JP-A quinophthalone compounds described in JP-A-2013-209614, quinophthalone compounds described in JP-A-2013-209435, quinophthalone compounds described in JP-A-2013-181015, quinophthalone compounds described in JP-A-2013-061622, Quinophthalone compounds described in JP-A-2013-032486, quinophthalone compounds described in JP-A-2012-226110, quinophthalone compounds described in JP-A-2008-074987, quinophthalones described in JP-A-2008-081565 Compounds, quinophthalone compounds described in JP-A-2008-074986, quinophthalone compounds described in JP-A-2008-074985, quinophthalone compounds described in JP-A-2008-050420, described in JP-A-2008-031281 The quinophthalone compound, the quinophthalone compound described in JP-B-48-032765, the quinophthalone compound described in JP-A-2019-008014, the quinophthalone compound described in Patent No. 6607427, the Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2014-0034963 The compound described in the publication, the compound described in JP 2017-095706, the compound described in Taiwan Patent Application Publication No. 201920495, the compound described in Patent No. 6607427, the compound described in JP 2020-033525 Compounds described, compounds described in JP-A-2020-033524, compounds described in JP-A-2020-033523, compounds described in JP-A-2020-033522, compounds described in JP-A-2020-033521 Compounds described in WO2020/045200, compounds described in WO2020/045199, and compounds described in WO2020/045197 can also be used. Moreover, those obtained by polymerizing these compounds are also preferably used from the viewpoint of improving the color value.
 赤色顔料として、特開2017-201384号公報に記載の構造中に少なくとも1つの臭素原子が置換したジケトピロロピロール化合物、特許第6248838号の段落番号0016~0022に記載のジケトピロロピロール化合物、国際公開第2012/102399号に記載のジケトピロロピロール化合物、国際公開第2012/117965号に記載のジケトピロロピロール化合物、特開2012-229344号公報に記載のナフトールアゾ化合物、特許第6516119号公報に記載の赤色顔料、特許第6525101号公報に記載の赤色顔料、特開2020-090632号公報の段落番号0229に記載の臭素化ジケトピロロピロール化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2019-0140741号公報に記載のアントラキノン化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2019-0140744号公報に記載のアントラキノン化合物、特開2020-079396号公報に記載のペリレン化合物などを用いることもできる。また、赤色顔料として、芳香族環に対して、酸素原子、硫黄原子または窒素原子が結合した基が導入された芳香族環基がジケトピロロピロール骨格に結合した構造を有する化合物を用いることもできる。 As red pigments, diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds in which at least one bromine atom is substituted in the structure described in JP-A-2017-201384, diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds described in paragraphs 0016 to 0022 of Japanese Patent No. 6248838, Diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds described in WO 2012/102399, diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds described in WO 2012/117965, naphthol azo compounds described in JP 2012-229344, Patent No. 6516119 Red pigment described in the publication, red pigment described in Patent No. 6525101, brominated diketopyrrolopyrrole compound described in paragraph number 0229 of JP 2020-090632, Korean Patent No. 10-2019-0140741 Anthraquinone compounds described in publications, anthraquinone compounds described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2019-0140744, perylene compounds described in JP-A-2020-079396, and the like can also be used. Also, as a red pigment, a compound having a structure in which an aromatic ring group in which a group having an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or a nitrogen atom is bonded to an aromatic ring is bonded to a diketopyrrolopyrrole skeleton may be used. can.
 各種顔料が有していることが好ましい回折角については、特許第6561862号公報、特許第6413872号公報、特許第6281345号公報、特開2020-026503号公報の記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。また、ピロロピロール系顔料としては、結晶格子面のうち(±1±1±1)の8個の面の中でX線回折パターンにおける最大ピークに対応する面方向の結晶子サイズが140Å以下であるものを用いることも好ましい。また、ピロロピロール系顔料の物性については、特開2020-097744号公報の段落番号0028~0073に記載の通り設定することも好ましい。 Regarding the diffraction angle that various pigments preferably have, the descriptions of Japanese Patent No. 6561862, Japanese Patent No. 6413872, Japanese Patent No. 6281345, and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2020-026503 can be considered, and the contents of these are incorporated herein. Further, the pyrrolopyrrole-based pigment has a crystallite size of 140 Å or less in the plane direction corresponding to the maximum peak in the X-ray diffraction pattern among the eight planes of (±1±1±1) among the crystal lattice planes. It is also preferred to use one. Further, the physical properties of the pyrrolopyrrole pigment are preferably set as described in paragraphs 0028 to 0073 of JP-A-2020-097744.
 有彩色着色剤には染料を用いることもできる。染料としては特に制限はなく、公知の染料を使用できる。例えば、ピラゾールアゾ系染料、アニリノアゾ系染料、トリアリールメタン系染料、アントラキノン系染料、アントラピリドン系染料、ベンジリデン系染料、オキソノール系染料、ピラゾロトリアゾールアゾ系染料、ピリドンアゾ系染料、シアニン系染料、フェノチアジン系染料、ピロロピラゾールアゾメチン系染料、キサンテン系染料、フタロシアニン系染料、ベンゾピラン系染料、インジゴ系染料、ピロメテン系染料等が挙げられる。 Dyes can also be used as chromatic colorants. The dye is not particularly limited, and known dyes can be used. For example, pyrazole azo dyes, anilinoazo dyes, triarylmethane dyes, anthraquinone dyes, anthrapyridone dyes, benzylidene dyes, oxonol dyes, pyrazolotriazole azo dyes, pyridone azo dyes, cyanine dyes, phenothiazine dyes, pyrrolopyrazole azomethine dyes, xanthene dyes, phthalocyanine dyes, benzopyran dyes, indigo dyes, pyrromethene dyes, and the like.
 有彩色着色剤には色素多量体を用いることもできる。色素多量体は、溶剤に溶解して用いられる染料であることが好ましい。また、色素多量体は、粒子を形成していてもよい。色素多量体が粒子である場合は通常溶剤に分散した状態で用いられる。粒子状態の色素多量体は、例えば乳化重合によって得ることができ、特開2015-214682号公報に記載されている化合物および製造方法が具体例として挙げられる。色素多量体は、一分子中に、色素構造を2以上有するものであり、色素構造を3以上有することが好ましい。上限は、特に限定はないが、100以下とすることもできる。一分子中に有する複数の色素構造は、同一の色素構造であってもよく、異なる色素構造であってもよい。色素多量体の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、2000~50000が好ましい。下限は、3000以上がより好ましく、6000以上がさらに好ましい。上限は、30000以下がより好ましく、20000以下がさらに好ましい。色素多量体は、特開2011-213925号公報、特開2013-041097号公報、特開2015-028144号公報、特開2015-030742号公報、国際公開第2016/031442号等に記載されている化合物を用いることもできる。 A pigment multimer can also be used as a chromatic colorant. The dye multimer is preferably a dye dissolved in a solvent and used. Further, the dye multimer may form particles. When the dye multimer is particles, it is usually used in a state of being dispersed in a solvent. The particulate dye multimer can be obtained, for example, by emulsion polymerization, and specific examples include the compounds and production methods described in JP-A-2015-214682. A dye multimer has two or more dye structures in one molecule, and preferably has three or more dye structures. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but may be 100 or less. A plurality of dye structures in one molecule may be the same dye structure or different dye structures. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the dye multimer is preferably 2,000 to 50,000. The lower limit is more preferably 3000 or more, and even more preferably 6000 or more. The upper limit is more preferably 30,000 or less, and even more preferably 20,000 or less. Dye multimers are described in JP-A-2011-213925, JP-A-2013-041097, JP-A-2015-028144, JP-A-2015-030742, WO 2016/031442, etc. Compounds can also be used.
 また、有彩色着色剤には、特開2012-158649号公報に記載のチアゾール化合物、特開2011-184493号公報に記載のアゾ化合物、特開2011-145540号公報に記載のアゾ化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0028160号公報に記載されたトリアリールメタン染料ポリマー、特開2020-117638号公報に記載のキサンテン化合物、国際公開第2020/174991号に記載のフタロシアニン化合物、特開2020-160279号公報に記載のイソインドリン化合物又はそれらの塩を用いることができる。 Further, the chromatic colorant, the thiazole compound described in JP-A-2012-158649, the azo compound described in JP-A-2011-184493, the azo compound described in JP-A-2011-145540, published in Korea Triarylmethane dye polymer described in Patent No. 10-2020-0028160, xanthene compound described in JP-A-2020-117638, phthalocyanine compound described in WO2020/174991, JP-A-2020-160279 An isoindoline compound or a salt thereof described in the publication can be used.
 本発明の組成物が、有彩色着色剤を含有する場合、有彩色着色剤の含有量は、本発明の組成物の全固形分中1~50質量%が好ましい。本発明の組成物が、有彩色着色剤を2種以上含む場合、それらの合計量が上記範囲内であることが好ましい。 When the composition of the present invention contains a chromatic colorant, the content of the chromatic colorant is preferably 1 to 50% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition of the present invention. When the composition of the present invention contains two or more chromatic colorants, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
 本発明の組成物を赤外線カットフィルタ用として用いる場合には、本発明の組成物は有彩色着色剤を実質的に含有しないことが好ましい。なお、本発明の組成物が有彩色着色剤を実質的に含有しない場合とは、本発明の組成物の全固形分中における有彩色着色剤の含有量が、0.5質量%以下であることを意味し、0.1質量%以下であることが好ましく、有彩色着色剤を含有しないことがより好ましい。 When the composition of the present invention is used as an infrared cut filter, it is preferred that the composition of the present invention does not substantially contain a chromatic colorant. In addition, when the composition of the present invention does not substantially contain a chromatic colorant, the content of the chromatic colorant in the total solid content of the composition of the present invention is 0.5% by mass or less. That is, it is preferably 0.1% by mass or less, and more preferably contains no chromatic colorant.
<<赤外線を透過させて可視光を遮光する色材>>
 本発明の組成物は、赤外線を透過させて可視光を遮光する色材(以下、可視光を遮光する色材ともいう)を含有することもできる。可視光を遮光する色材を含む組成物は、赤外線透過フィルタ形成用の組成物として好ましく用いられる。
<<coloring material that transmits infrared rays and blocks visible light>>
The composition of the present invention can also contain a coloring material that transmits infrared rays and blocks visible light (hereinafter also referred to as a coloring material that blocks visible light). A composition containing a coloring material that blocks visible light is preferably used as a composition for forming an infrared transmission filter.
 可視光を遮光する色材は、紫色から赤色の波長領域の光を吸収する色材であることが好ましい。また、可視光を遮光する色材は、波長450~650nmの波長領域の光を遮光する色材であることが好ましい。また、可視光を遮光する色材は、波長900~1500nmの光を透過させる色材であることが好ましい。可視光を遮光する色材は、以下の(A)および(B)の少なくとも一方の要件を満たすことが好ましい。
(A):2種類以上の有彩色着色剤を含み、2種以上の有彩色着色剤の組み合わせで黒色を形成している。
(B):有機系黒色着色剤を含む。
The colorant that blocks visible light is preferably a colorant that absorbs light in the wavelength range from violet to red. Further, the coloring material that blocks visible light is preferably a coloring material that blocks light in the wavelength range of 450 to 650 nm. Further, the coloring material that blocks visible light is preferably a coloring material that transmits light with a wavelength of 900 to 1500 nm. The colorant that blocks visible light preferably satisfies at least one of the following requirements (A) and (B).
(A): Two or more chromatic colorants are included, and a combination of two or more chromatic colorants forms a black color.
(B): Contains an organic black colorant.
 有彩色着色剤としては、上述したものが挙げられる。有機系黒色着色剤としては、例えば、ビスベンゾフラノン化合物、アゾメチン化合物、ペリレン化合物、アゾ化合物などが挙げられ、ビスベンゾフラノン化合物、ペリレン化合物が好ましい。ビスベンゾフラノン化合物としては、特表2010-534726号公報、特表2012-515233号公報、特表2012-515234号公報などに記載の化合物が挙げられ、例えば、BASF社製の「Irgaphor Black」として入手可能である。ペリレン化合物としては、特開2017-226821号公報の段落番号0016~0020に記載の化合物、C.I.Pigment Black 31、32などが挙げられる。アゾメチン化合物としては、特開平01-170601号公報、特開平02-034664号公報などに記載の化合物が挙げられ、例えば、大日精化社製の「クロモファインブラックA1103」として入手できる。 As the chromatic coloring agent, those mentioned above can be mentioned. Examples of organic black colorants include bisbenzofuranone compounds, azomethine compounds, perylene compounds, and azo compounds, with bisbenzofuranone compounds and perylene compounds being preferred. Examples of bisbenzofuranone compounds include compounds described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2010-534726, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2012-515233, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2012-515234, etc. For example, "Irgaphor Black" manufactured by BASF Corporation. Available. Examples of perylene compounds include compounds described in paragraphs 0016 to 0020 of JP-A-2017-226821, C.I. I. Pigment Black 31, 32 and the like. Examples of the azomethine compound include compounds described in JP-A-01-170601, JP-A-02-034664, and the like.
 2種以上の有彩色着色剤の組み合わせで黒色を形成する場合の、有彩色着色剤の組み合わせとしては、例えば以下の(1)~(8)の態様が挙げられる。
(1)黄色着色剤、青色着色剤、紫色着色剤および赤色着色剤を含有する態様。
(2)黄色着色剤、青色着色剤および赤色着色剤を含有する態様。
(3)黄色着色剤、紫色着色剤および赤色着色剤を含有する態様。
(4)黄色着色剤および紫色着色剤を含有する態様。
(5)緑色着色剤、青色着色剤、紫色着色剤および赤色着色剤を含有する態様。
(6)紫色着色剤およびオレンジ色着色剤を含有する態様。
(7)緑色着色剤、紫色着色剤および赤色着色剤を含有する態様。
(8)緑色着色剤および赤色着色剤を含有する態様。
When two or more chromatic colorants are combined to form a black color, examples of the combination of chromatic colorants include the following aspects (1) to (8).
(1) An embodiment containing a yellow colorant, a blue colorant, a purple colorant and a red colorant.
(2) Embodiment containing a yellow colorant, a blue colorant and a red colorant.
(3) An embodiment containing a yellow colorant, a purple colorant and a red colorant.
(4) An embodiment containing a yellow colorant and a purple colorant.
(5) An embodiment containing a green colorant, a blue colorant, a purple colorant and a red colorant.
(6) An embodiment containing a purple colorant and an orange colorant.
(7) An embodiment containing a green colorant, a purple colorant and a red colorant.
(8) An embodiment containing a green colorant and a red colorant.
 本発明の組成物が可視光を遮光する色材を含有する場合、可視光を遮光する色材の含有量は、組成物の全固形分中1~50質量%が好ましい。下限は5質量%以上であることが好ましく、10質量%以上であることがより好ましく、20質量%以上であることが更に好ましく、30質量%以上であることが特に好ましい。 When the composition of the present invention contains a coloring material that blocks visible light, the content of the coloring material that blocks visible light is preferably 1 to 50 mass% of the total solid content of the composition. The lower limit is preferably 5% by mass or more, more preferably 10% by mass or more, still more preferably 20% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 30% by mass or more.
 本発明の組成物を赤外線カットフィルタ用として用いる場合には、本発明の組成物は可視光を遮光する色材を実質的に含有しないことが好ましい。なお、本発明の組成物が可視光を遮光する色材を実質的に含有しない場合とは、本発明の組成物の全固形分中における可視光を遮光する色材の含有量が、0.5質量%以下であることを意味し、0.1質量%以下であることが好ましく、可視光を遮光する色材を含有しないことがより好ましい。 When the composition of the present invention is used as an infrared cut filter, it is preferred that the composition of the present invention does not substantially contain a coloring material that blocks visible light. When the composition of the present invention does not substantially contain a coloring material that blocks visible light, the content of the coloring material that blocks visible light in the total solid content of the composition of the present invention is 0.5. It means that it is 5% by mass or less, preferably 0.1% by mass or less, and more preferably does not contain a coloring material that blocks visible light.
<<界面活性剤>>
 本発明の組成物は界面活性剤を含有することが好ましい。界面活性剤としては、フッ素系界面活性剤、ノニオン性界面活性剤、カチオン性界面活性剤、アニオン性界面活性剤、シリコーン系界面活性剤などの各種界面活性剤を使用することができる。界面活性剤はシリコーン系界面活性剤またはフッ素系界面活性剤であることが好ましい。界面活性剤については、国際公開第2015/166779号の段落番号0238~0245に記載された界面活性剤が挙げられ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
<<Surfactant>>
The composition of the invention preferably contains a surfactant. As the surfactant, various surfactants such as fluorine-based surfactants, nonionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, anionic surfactants and silicone surfactants can be used. The surfactant is preferably a silicone-based surfactant or a fluorine-based surfactant. Surfactants include those described in paragraphs 0238-0245 of WO2015/166779, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
 フッ素系界面活性剤としては、特開2014-041318号公報の段落番号0060~0064(対応する国際公開第2014/017669号の段落番号0060~0064)等に記載の界面活性剤、特開2011-132503号公報の段落番号0117~0132に記載の界面活性剤、特開2020-008634号公報に記載の界面活性剤が挙げられ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。フッ素系界面活性剤の市販品としては、例えば、メガファックF-171、F-172、F-173、F-176、F-177、F-141、F-142、F-143、F-144、F-437、F-475、F-477、F-479、F-482、F-554、F-555-A、F-556、F-557、F-558、F-559、F-560、F-561、F-563、F-565、F-568、F-575、F-780、EXP、MFS-330、R-01、R-40、R-40-LM、R-41、R-41-LM、RS-43、TF-1956、RS-90、R-94、RS-72-K、DS-21(以上、DIC(株)製)、フロラードFC430、FC431、FC171(以上、住友スリーエム(株)製)、サーフロンS-382、SC-101、SC-103、SC-104、SC-105、SC-1068、SC-381、SC-383、S-393、KH-40(以上、AGC(株)製)、PolyFox PF636、PF656、PF6320、PF6520、PF7002(以上、OMNOVA社製)、フタージェント208G、215M、245F、601AD、601ADH2、602A、610FM、710FL、710FM、710FS、FTX-218(以上、(株)NEOS製)等が挙げられる。 As the fluorine-based surfactant, JP 2014-041318 Paragraph Nos. 0060 to 0064 (corresponding International Publication No. 2014/017669 Paragraph Nos. 0060 to 0064) surfactants described in, JP 2011- Examples include surfactants described in paragraphs 0117 to 0132 of JP-A-132503 and surfactants described in JP-A-2020-008634, the contents of which are incorporated herein. Commercially available fluorosurfactants include Megafac F-171, F-172, F-173, F-176, F-177, F-141, F-142, F-143, and F-144. , F-437, F-475, F-477, F-479, F-482, F-554, F-555-A, F-556, F-557, F-558, F-559, F-560 , F-561, F-563, F-565, F-568, F-575, F-780, EXP, MFS-330, R-01, R-40, R-40-LM, R-41, R -41-LM, RS-43, TF-1956, RS-90, R-94, RS-72-K, DS-21 (manufactured by DIC Corporation), Florard FC430, FC431, FC171 (manufactured by Sumitomo 3M Co., Ltd.), Surflon S-382, SC-101, SC-103, SC-104, SC-105, SC-1068, SC-381, SC-383, S-393, KH-40 (above, AGC Co., Ltd.), PolyFox PF636, PF656, PF6320, PF6520, PF7002 (manufactured by OMNOVA), Futergent 208G, 215M, 245F, 601AD, 601ADH2, 602A, 610FM, 710FL, 710FM, 710FS, FT X-218 (above, manufactured by NEOS Co., Ltd.) and the like.
 また、フッ素系界面活性剤として、フッ素原子を含有する官能基を持つ分子構造を有し、熱を加えるとフッ素原子を含有する官能基の部分が切断されてフッ素原子が揮発するアクリル系化合物も好適に使用できる。このようなフッ素系界面活性剤としては、DIC(株)製のメガファックDSシリーズ(化学工業日報(2016年2月22日)、日経産業新聞(2016年2月23日))、例えばメガファックDS-21が挙げられる。 In addition, as a fluorine-based surfactant, there is also an acrylic compound that has a molecular structure with a functional group containing a fluorine atom, and when heat is applied, the portion of the functional group containing the fluorine atom is cleaved and the fluorine atom volatilizes. It can be used preferably. Examples of such fluorine-based surfactants include Megafac DS series manufactured by DIC Corporation (The Chemical Daily (February 22, 2016), Nikkei Sangyo Shimbun (February 23, 2016)), for example, Megafac and DS-21.
 また、フッ素系界面活性剤として、フッ素化アルキル基またはフッ素化アルキレンエーテル基を有するフッ素原子含有ビニルエーテル化合物と、親水性のビニルエーテル化合物との重合体を用いることも好ましい。このようなフッ素系界面活性剤は、特開2016-216602号公報に記載されたフッ素系界面活性剤が挙げられ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 It is also preferable to use a polymer of a fluorine atom-containing vinyl ether compound having a fluorinated alkyl group or a fluorinated alkylene ether group and a hydrophilic vinyl ether compound as the fluorosurfactant. Such fluorosurfactants include fluorosurfactants described in JP-A-2016-216602, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
 フッ素系界面活性剤として、ブロックポリマーを用いることもできる。フッ素系界面活性剤として、フッ素原子を有する(メタ)アクリレート化合物に由来する繰り返し単位と、アルキレンオキシ基(好ましくはエチレンオキシ基、プロピレンオキシ基)を2以上(好ましくは5以上)有する(メタ)アクリレート化合物に由来する繰り返し単位と、を含む含フッ素高分子化合物も好ましく用いることができる。また、特開2010-032698号公報の段落番号0016~0037に記載されたフッ素含有界面活性剤や、下記化合物も本発明で用いられるフッ素系界面活性剤として例示される。
 上記の化合物の重量平均分子量は、好ましくは3000~50000であり、例えば、14000である。上記の化合物中、繰り返し単位の割合を示す%はモル%である。
A block polymer can also be used as the fluorosurfactant. As a fluorosurfactant, a repeating unit derived from a (meth)acrylate compound having a fluorine atom and 2 or more (preferably 5 or more) alkyleneoxy groups (preferably ethyleneoxy groups and propyleneoxy groups) (meta) A fluorine-containing polymer compound containing a repeating unit derived from an acrylate compound can also be preferably used. Further, the fluorine-containing surfactants described in paragraphs 0016 to 0037 of JP-A-2010-032698 and the following compounds are also exemplified as fluorine-based surfactants used in the present invention.
The weight average molecular weight of the above compound is preferably 3000-50000, for example 14000. In the above compounds, % indicating the ratio of repeating units is mol %.
 また、フッ素系界面活性剤として、エチレン性不飽和結合含有基を側鎖に有する含フッ素重合体を用いることもできる。具体例としては、特開2010-164965号公報の段落番号0050~0090および段落番号0289~0295に記載された化合物、DIC(株)製のメガファックRS-101、RS-102、RS-718K、RS-72-K等が挙げられる。また、フッ素系界面活性剤として、特開2015-117327号公報の段落番号0015~0158に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。 A fluorine-containing polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond-containing group in a side chain can also be used as the fluorine-based surfactant. Specific examples include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0050 to 0090 and paragraph numbers 0289 to 0295 of JP-A-2010-164965, MEGAFACE RS-101, RS-102 and RS-718K manufactured by DIC Corporation, and RS-72-K. Further, compounds described in paragraphs 0015 to 0158 of JP-A-2015-117327 can also be used as the fluorosurfactant.
 また、国際公開第2020/084854号に記載の界面活性剤を、炭素数6以上のパーフルオロアルキル基を有する界面活性剤の代替として用いることも、環境規制の観点から好ましい。 It is also preferable from the viewpoint of environmental regulations to use the surfactant described in International Publication No. 2020/084854 as a substitute for the surfactant having a perfluoroalkyl group with 6 or more carbon atoms.
 また、式(fi-1)で表される含フッ素イミド塩化合物を界面活性剤として用いることも好ましい。
 式(fi-1)中、mは1または2を表し、nは1~4の整数を表し、aは1または2を表し、Xa+はa価の金属イオン、第1級アンモニウムイオン、第2級アンモニウムイオン、第3級アンモニウムイオン、第4級アンモニウムイオンまたはNH を表す。
It is also preferable to use a fluorine-containing imide salt compound represented by formula (fi-1) as a surfactant.
In the formula (fi-1), m represents 1 or 2, n represents an integer of 1 to 4, a represents 1 or 2, X a+ is an a-valent metal ion, primary ammonium ion, Represents secondary ammonium ion, tertiary ammonium ion, quaternary ammonium ion or NH 4 + .
 ノニオン性界面活性剤としては、グリセロール、トリメチロールプロパン、トリメチロールエタン並びにそれらのエトキシレート及びプロポキシレート(例えば、グリセロールプロポキシレート、グリセロールエトキシレート等)、ポリオキシエチレンラウリルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンステアリルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンオレイルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンオクチルフェニルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンノニルフェニルエーテル、ポリエチレングリコールジラウレート、ポリエチレングリコールジステアレート、ソルビタン脂肪酸エステル、プルロニックL10、L31、L61、L62、10R5、17R2、25R2(BASF社製)、テトロニック304、701、704、901、904、150R1(BASF社製)、ソルスパース20000(日本ルーブリゾール(株)製)、NCW-101、NCW-1001、NCW-1002(和光純薬工業(株)製)、パイオニンD-6112、D-6112-W、D-6315(竹本油脂(株)製)、オルフィンE1010、サーフィノール104、400、440(日信化学工業(株)製)などが挙げられる。 Nonionic surfactants include glycerol, trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane and their ethoxylates and propoxylates (e.g., glycerol propoxylate, glycerol ethoxylate, etc.), polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, Polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene octylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether, polyethylene glycol dilaurate, polyethylene glycol distearate, sorbitan fatty acid ester, Pluronic L10, L31, L61, L62, 10R5, 17R2, 25R2 (BASF company), Tetronic 304, 701, 704, 901, 904, 150R1 (manufactured by BASF), Solsperse 20000 (manufactured by Nippon Lubrizol Co., Ltd.), NCW-101, NCW-1001, NCW-1002 (Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) Kogyo Co., Ltd.), Pionin D-6112, D-6112-W, D-6315 (Takemoto Oil Co., Ltd.), Olfine E1010, Surfynol 104, 400, 440 (Nissin Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) etc.
 カチオン性界面活性剤としては、テトラアルキルアンモニウム塩、アルキルアミン塩、ベンザルコニウム塩、アルキルピリジウム塩、イミダゾリウム塩等が挙げられる。具体例としては、ジヒドロキシエチルステアリルアミン、2-ヘプタデセニル-ヒドロキシエチルイミダゾリン、ラウリルジメチルベンジルアンモニウムクロライド、セチルピリジニウムクロライド、ステアラミドメチルピリジウムクロライド等が挙げられる。 Cationic surfactants include tetraalkylammonium salts, alkylamine salts, benzalkonium salts, alkylpyridium salts, imidazolium salts, and the like. Specific examples include dihydroxyethylstearylamine, 2-heptadecenyl-hydroxyethylimidazoline, lauryldimethylbenzylammonium chloride, cetylpyridinium chloride, stearamidomethylpyridinium chloride and the like.
 アニオン性界面活性剤としては、ドデシルベンゼンスルホン酸、ドデシルベンゼンスルホン酸ナトリウム、ラウリル硫酸ナトリウム、アルキルジフェニルエーテルジスルホン酸ナトリウム、アルキルナフタレンスルホン酸ナトリウム、ジアルキルスルホコハク酸ナトリウム、ステアリン酸ナトリウム、オレイン酸カリウム、ナトリウムジオクチルスルホサクシネート、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルエーテル硫酸ナトリウム、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルエーテル硫酸ナトリウム、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルフェニルエーテル硫酸ナトリウム、ジアルキルスルホコハク酸ナトリウム、ステアリン酸ナトリウム、オレイン酸ナトリウム、t-オクチルフェノキシエトキシポリエトキシエチル硫酸ナトリウム塩等が挙げられる。 Anionic surfactants include dodecylbenzenesulfonic acid, sodium dodecylbenzenesulfonate, sodium lauryl sulfate, sodium alkyldiphenyletherdisulfonate, sodium alkylnaphthalenesulfonate, sodium dialkylsulfosuccinate, sodium stearate, potassium oleate, sodium dioctyl Sulfosuccinate, sodium polyoxyethylene alkyl ether sulfate, sodium polyoxyethylene alkyl ether sulfate, sodium polyoxyethylene alkylphenyl ether sulfate, sodium dialkyl sulfosuccinate, sodium stearate, sodium oleate, t-octylphenoxyethoxypolyethoxyethyl sodium sulfate and the like.
 シリコーン系界面活性剤としては、例えば、SH8400、SH8400 FLUID、FZ-2122、67 Additive、74 Additive、M Additive、SF 8419 OIL(以上、ダウ・東レ(株)製)、TSF-4440、TSF-4300、TSF-4445、TSF-4460、TSF-4452(以上、モメンティブ・パフォーマンス・マテリアルズ社製)、KP-341、KF-6000、KF-6001、KF-6002、KF-6003(以上、信越化学工業(株)製)、BYK-307、BYK-322、BYK-323、BYK-330、BYK-3760、BYK-UV3510(以上、ビックケミー社製)等が挙げられる。 Examples of silicone surfactants include SH8400, SH8400 FLUID, FZ-2122, 67 Additive, 74 Additive, M Additive, SF 8419 OIL (manufactured by Dow Toray Industries, Inc.), TSF-4440, and TSF-4300. , TSF-4445, TSF-4460, TSF-4452 (manufactured by Momentive Performance Materials), KP-341, KF-6000, KF-6001, KF-6002, KF-6003 (Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. Co., Ltd.), BYK-307, BYK-322, BYK-323, BYK-330, BYK-3760, BYK-UV3510 (manufactured by BYK-Chemie) and the like.
 また、シリコーン系界面活性剤には下記構造の化合物を用いることもできる。
A compound having the following structure can also be used as the silicone-based surfactant.
 界面活性剤の含有量は、組成物の全固形分中0.001~1質量%が好ましく、0.001~0.5質量%がより好ましく、0.001~0.2質量%が更に好ましい。組成物は界面活性剤を1種のみ含んでいてもよく、2種以上含んでいてもよい。2種以上含む場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 The content of the surfactant is preferably 0.001 to 1% by mass, more preferably 0.001 to 0.5% by mass, and still more preferably 0.001 to 0.2% by mass of the total solid content of the composition. . The composition may contain only one type of surfactant, or may contain two or more types. When two or more kinds are included, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
<<重合禁止剤>>
 本発明の組成物は重合禁止剤を含有することができる。重合禁止剤としては、ハイドロキノン、p-メトキシフェノール、ジ-tert-ブチル-p-クレゾール、ピロガロール、tert-ブチルカテコール、ベンゾキノン、4,4’-チオビス(3-メチル-6-tert-ブチルフェノール)、2,2’-メチレンビス(4-メチル-6-t-ブチルフェノール)、N-ニトロソフェニルヒドロキシアミン塩(アンモニウム塩、第一セリウム塩等)が挙げられ、p-メトキシフェノールが好ましい。重合禁止剤の含有量は、組成物の全固形分中、0.0001~5質量%が好ましい。組成物は重合禁止剤を1種のみ含んでいてもよく、2種以上含んでいてもよい。2種以上含む場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
<<polymerization inhibitor>>
The composition of the invention may contain a polymerization inhibitor. Polymerization inhibitors include hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, pyrogallol, tert-butylcatechol, benzoquinone, 4,4′-thiobis(3-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), 2,2′-methylenebis(4-methyl-6-t-butylphenol), N-nitrosophenylhydroxyamine salts (ammonium salts, cerous salts, etc.), and p-methoxyphenol is preferred. The content of the polymerization inhibitor is preferably 0.0001 to 5% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition. The composition may contain only one type of polymerization inhibitor, or may contain two or more types. When two or more kinds are included, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
<<シランカップリング剤>>
 本発明の組成物はシランカップリング剤を含有することができる。本明細書において、シランカップリング剤は、加水分解性基とそれ以外の官能基とを有するシラン化合物を意味する。また、加水分解性基とは、ケイ素原子に直結し、加水分解反応および縮合反応の少なくともいずれかによってシロキサン結合を生じ得る置換基をいう。加水分解性基としては、例えば、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基、アシルオキシ基などが挙げられ、アルコキシ基が好ましい。すなわち、シランカップリング剤は、アルコキシシリル基を有する化合物が好ましい。また、加水分解性基以外の官能基としては、例えば、ビニル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基、メルカプト基、エポキシ基、オキセタニル基、アミノ基、ウレイド基、スルフィド基、イソシアネート基、フェニル基などが挙げられ、(メタ)アクリロイル基およびエポキシ基が好ましい。シランカップリング剤は、特開2009-288703号公報の段落番号0018~0036に記載の化合物、特開2009-242604号公報の段落番号0056~0066に記載の化合物が挙げられ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。シランカップリング剤の含有量は、組成物の全固形分中0.01~15.0質量%が好ましく、0.05~10.0質量%がより好ましい。組成物はシランカップリング剤を1種のみ含んでいてもよく、2種以上含んでいてもよい。2種以上含む場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
<<Silane coupling agent>>
The composition of the invention can contain a silane coupling agent. As used herein, a silane coupling agent means a silane compound having a hydrolyzable group and other functional groups. Further, the hydrolyzable group refers to a substituent that is directly bonded to a silicon atom and capable of forming a siloxane bond by at least one of hydrolysis reaction and condensation reaction. Hydrolyzable groups include, for example, halogen atoms, alkoxy groups, acyloxy groups and the like, with alkoxy groups being preferred. That is, the silane coupling agent is preferably a compound having an alkoxysilyl group. Examples of functional groups other than hydrolyzable groups include vinyl group, (meth)acryloyl group, mercapto group, epoxy group, oxetanyl group, amino group, ureido group, sulfide group, isocyanate group, and phenyl group. with (meth)acryloyl groups and epoxy groups being preferred. The silane coupling agent includes compounds described in paragraph numbers 0018 to 0036 of JP-A-2009-288703, and compounds described in paragraph numbers 0056-0066 of JP-A-2009-242604. incorporated into the specification. The content of the silane coupling agent is preferably 0.01 to 15.0% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 10.0% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition. The composition may contain only one type of silane coupling agent, or may contain two or more types. When two or more kinds are included, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
<<紫外線吸収剤>>
 本発明の組成物は、紫外線吸収剤を含有することができる。紫外線吸収剤としては、共役ジエン化合物、アミノジエン化合物、サリシレート化合物、ベンゾフェノン化合物、ベンゾトリアゾール化合物、アクリロニトリル化合物、ヒドロキシフェニルトリアジン化合物、インドール化合物、トリアジン化合物、ジベンゾイル化合物などが挙げられる。このような化合物の具体例としては、特開2009-217221号公報の段落番号0038~0052、特開2012-208374号公報の段落番号0052~0072、特開2013-068814号公報の段落番号0317~0334、特開2016-162946号公報の段落番号0061~0080に記載された化合物が挙げられ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。紫外線吸収剤の市販品としては、BASF社製のTinuvinシリーズ、Uvinul(ユビナール)シリーズなどが挙げられる。また、ベンゾトリアゾール化合物としては、ミヨシ油脂製のMYUAシリーズ(化学工業日報、2016年2月1日)が挙げられる。また、紫外線吸収剤は、特許第6268967号公報の段落番号0049~0059、国際公開第2016/181987号の段落番号0059~0076に記載された化合物を用いることもできる。紫外線吸収剤の含有量は、組成物の全固形分中0.01~30質量%が好ましく、0.05~25質量%がより好ましい。組成物は紫外線吸収剤を1種のみ含んでいてもよく、2種以上含んでいてもよい。2種以上含む場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
<<Ultraviolet absorber>>
The composition of the invention may contain an ultraviolet absorber. Examples of ultraviolet absorbers include conjugated diene compounds, aminodiene compounds, salicylate compounds, benzophenone compounds, benzotriazole compounds, acrylonitrile compounds, hydroxyphenyltriazine compounds, indole compounds, triazine compounds, and dibenzoyl compounds. Specific examples of such compounds include paragraph numbers 0038 to 0052 of JP-A-2009-217221, paragraph numbers 0052-0072 of JP-A-2012-208374, and paragraph numbers 0317-0317 of JP-A-2013-068814. 0334, and compounds described in paragraphs 0061 to 0080 of JP-A-2016-162946, the contents of which are incorporated herein. Commercially available UV absorbers include Tinuvin series and Uvinul series manufactured by BASF. Benzotriazole compounds include the MYUA series manufactured by Miyoshi Oil (Kagaku Kogyo Nippo, February 1, 2016). Further, as the ultraviolet absorber, compounds described in paragraph numbers 0049 to 0059 of Japanese Patent No. 6268967 and paragraph numbers 0059 to 0076 of WO 2016/181987 can also be used. The content of the ultraviolet absorber is preferably 0.01 to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 25% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition. The composition may contain only one type of UV absorber, or may contain two or more types. When two or more kinds are included, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
<<酸化防止剤>>
 本発明の組成物は、酸化防止剤を含有することができる。酸化防止剤としては、フェノール系酸化防止剤、アミン系酸化防止剤、リン系酸化防止剤、硫黄系酸化防止剤などが挙げられる。フェノール系酸化防止剤としては、ヒンダードフェノール化合物が挙げられる。フェノール系酸化防止剤は、フェノール性ヒドロキシ基に隣接する部位(オルト位)に置換基を有する化合物が好ましい。前述の置換基としては炭素数1~22の置換又は無置換のアルキル基が好ましい。酸化防止剤は、同一分子内にフェノール基と亜リン酸エステル基を有する化合物も好ましい。リン系酸化防止剤としては、トリス[2-[[2,4,8,10-テトラキス(1,1-ジメチルエチル)ジベンゾ[d,f][1,3,2]ジオキサホスフェピン-6-イル]オキシ]エチル]アミン、トリス[2-[(4,6,9,11-テトラ-tert-ブチルジベンゾ[d,f][1,3,2]ジオキサホスフェピン-2-イル)オキシ]エチル]アミン、亜リン酸エチルビス(2,4-ジ-tert-ブチル-6-メチルフェニル)、トリス(2,4-ジ-tert-ブチルフェニル)ホスファイトなどが挙げられる。酸化防止剤の市販品としては、例えば、アデカスタブAO-20、アデカスタブAO-30、アデカスタブAO-40、アデカスタブAO-50、アデカスタブAO-50F、アデカスタブAO-60、アデカスタブAO-60G、アデカスタブAO-80、アデカスタブAO-330、アデカスタブAO-412S、アデカスタブ2112、アデカスタブPEP-36、アデカスタブHP-10(以上、(株)ADEKA製)、JP-650(城北化学工業(株)製)などが挙げられる。酸化防止剤は、特許第6268967号公報の段落番号0023~0048に記載された化合物、国際公開第2017/006600号に記載された化合物、国際公開第2017/164024号に記載された化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2019-0059371号公報に記載された化合物を使用することもできる。酸化防止剤の含有量は、組成物の全固形分中0.01~20質量%であることが好ましく、0.3~15質量%であることがより好ましい。組成物は酸化防止剤を1種のみ含んでいてもよく、2種以上含んでいてもよい。2種以上含む場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
<<Antioxidant>>
The compositions of the invention may contain antioxidants. Antioxidants include phenol antioxidants, amine antioxidants, phosphorus antioxidants, sulfur antioxidants, and the like. Phenolic antioxidants include hindered phenol compounds. The phenolic antioxidant is preferably a compound having a substituent at a site (ortho position) adjacent to the phenolic hydroxy group. As the aforementioned substituent, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms is preferred. The antioxidant is also preferably a compound having a phenol group and a phosphite ester group in the same molecule. Phosphorus-based antioxidants include tris[2-[[2,4,8,10-tetrakis(1,1-dimethylethyl)dibenzo[d,f][1,3,2]dioxaphosphepin- 6-yl]oxy]ethyl]amine, tris[2-[(4,6,9,11-tetra-tert-butyldibenzo[d,f][1,3,2]dioxaphosphepin-2- yl)oxy]ethyl]amine, ethylbis(2,4-di-tert-butyl-6-methylphenyl)phosphite, tris(2,4-di-tert-butylphenyl)phosphite and the like. Examples of commercially available antioxidants include Adekastab AO-20, Adekastab AO-30, Adekastab AO-40, Adekastab AO-50, Adekastab AO-50F, Adekastab AO-60, Adekastab AO-60G, Adekastab AO-80. , ADEKA STAB AO-330, ADEKA STAB AO-412S, ADEKA STAB 2112, ADEKA STAB PEP-36, ADEKA STAB HP-10 (manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd.), JP-650 (manufactured by Johoku Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), and the like. Antioxidants are compounds described in paragraph numbers 0023 to 0048 of Patent No. 6268967, compounds described in WO 2017/006600, compounds described in WO 2017/164024, and published in Korea. Compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 10-2019-0059371 can also be used. The content of the antioxidant is preferably 0.01 to 20% by mass, more preferably 0.3 to 15% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition. The composition may contain only one kind of antioxidant, or may contain two or more kinds. When two or more kinds are included, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
<<その他成分>>
 本発明の組成物は、必要に応じて、増感剤、硬化促進剤、フィラー、熱硬化促進剤、可塑剤及びその他の助剤類(例えば、導電性粒子、消泡剤、難燃剤、レベリング剤、剥離促進剤、香料、表面張力調整剤、連鎖移動剤など)を含有してもよい。これらの成分を適宜含有させることにより、膜物性などの性質を調整することができる。これらの成分は、例えば、特開2012-003225号公報の段落番号0183以降(対応する米国特許出願公開第2013/0034812号明細書の段落番号0237)の記載、特開2008-250074号公報の段落番号0101~0104、0107~0109等の記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。また、本発明の組成物は、必要に応じて、潜在酸化防止剤を含有してもよい。潜在酸化防止剤としては、酸化防止剤として機能する部位が保護基で保護された化合物であって、100~250℃で加熱するか、又は酸/塩基触媒存在下で80~200℃で加熱することにより保護基が脱離して酸化防止剤として機能する化合物が挙げられる。潜在酸化防止剤としては、国際公開第2014/021023号、国際公開第2017/030005号、特開2017-008219号公報に記載された化合物が挙げられる。潜在酸化防止剤の市販品としては、アデカアークルズGPA-5001((株)ADEKA製)等が挙げられる。
<<Other Ingredients>>
The composition of the present invention may optionally contain sensitizers, curing accelerators, fillers, thermosetting accelerators, plasticizers and other auxiliary agents (e.g., conductive particles, antifoaming agents, flame retardants, leveling agents, etc.). agents, release accelerators, fragrances, surface tension modifiers, chain transfer agents, etc.). Properties such as film physical properties can be adjusted by appropriately containing these components. These components are, for example, described in JP 2012-003225, paragraph number 0183 and later (corresponding US Patent Application Publication No. 2013/0034812, paragraph number 0237), JP 2008-250074 paragraph The descriptions of numbers 0101 to 0104, 0107 to 0109, etc. can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated herein. The composition of the present invention may also contain latent antioxidants, if desired. The latent antioxidant is a compound in which the site functioning as an antioxidant is protected with a protecting group, and is heated at 100 to 250°C, or heated at 80 to 200°C in the presence of an acid/base catalyst. A compound that functions as an antioxidant by removing the protective group by the reaction is exemplified. Examples of latent antioxidants include compounds described in International Publication No. 2014/021023, International Publication No. 2017/030005, and JP-A-2017-008219. Commercially available latent antioxidants include ADEKA Arkles GPA-5001 (manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd.).
<収容容器>
 本発明の組成物の収容容器としては、特に限定はなく、公知の収容容器を用いることができる。また、収容容器として、原材料や組成物中への不純物混入を抑制することを目的に、容器内壁を6種6層の樹脂で構成する多層ボトルや6種の樹脂を7層構造にしたボトルを使用することも好ましい。このような容器としては例えば特開2015-123351号公報に記載の容器が挙げられる。また、容器内壁は、容器内壁からの金属溶出を防ぎ、組成物の経時安定性を高めたり、成分変質を抑制するなど目的で、ガラス製やステンレス製などにすることも好ましい。
<Container>
The storage container for the composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, and known storage containers can be used. In addition, as a storage container, a multi-layer bottle whose inner wall is composed of 6 types and 6 layers of resin and a bottle with a 7-layer structure of 6 types of resin are used for the purpose of suppressing the contamination of raw materials and compositions with impurities. It is also preferred to use Examples of such a container include the container described in JP-A-2015-123351. In addition, the inner wall of the container is preferably made of glass or stainless steel for the purpose of preventing metal elution from the inner wall of the container, enhancing the stability of the composition over time, and suppressing deterioration of components.
<組成物の調製方法>
 本発明の組成物は、前述の成分を混合して調製できる。組成物の調製に際しては、全成分を同時に溶剤に溶解または分散して組成物を調製してもよいし、必要に応じては、各成分を適宜配合した2つ以上の溶液または分散液をあらかじめ調製し、使用時(塗布時)にこれらを混合して組成物として調製してもよい。
<Method for preparing composition>
The compositions of the present invention can be prepared by mixing the aforementioned ingredients. In preparing the composition, all the components may be dissolved or dispersed in a solvent at the same time to prepare the composition, or if necessary, two or more solutions or dispersions in which each component is appropriately mixed may be prepared in advance. They may be prepared and mixed at the time of use (at the time of application) to prepare a composition.
 組成物の調製に際して、顔料を分散させるプロセスを含んでいてもよい。顔料を分散させるプロセスにおいて、顔料の分散に用いる機械力としては、圧縮、圧搾、衝撃、剪断、キャビテーションなどが挙げられる。これらプロセスの具体例としては、ビーズミル、サンドミル、ロールミル、ボールミル、ペイントシェーカー、マイクロフルイダイザー、高速インペラー、サンドグラインダー、フロージェットミキサー、高圧湿式微粒化、超音波分散などが挙げられる。またサンドミル(ビーズミル)における顔料の粉砕においては、径の小さいビーズを使用する、ビーズの充填率を大きくする事等により粉砕効率を高めた条件で処理することが好ましい。また、粉砕処理後にろ過、遠心分離などで粗粒子を除去することが好ましい。また、顔料を分散させるプロセスおよび分散機は、「分散技術大全集、株式会社情報機構発行、2005年7月15日」や「サスペンション(固/液分散系)を中心とした分散技術と工業的応用の実際 総合資料集、経営開発センター出版部発行、1978年10月10日」、特開2015-157893号公報の段落番号0022に記載のプロセス及び分散機を好適に使用出来る。また顔料を分散させるプロセスにおいては、ソルトミリング工程にて顔料の微細化処理を行ってもよい。ソルトミリング工程に用いられる素材、機器、処理条件等は、例えば特開2015-194521号公報、特開2012-046629号公報の記載を参酌できる。分散に使用するビーズの素材としては、ジルコニア、メノウ、石英、チタニア、タングステンカーバイト、窒化ケイ素、アルミナ、ステンレス鋼およびガラスが挙げられる。また、ビーズには、モース硬度が2以上の無機化合物を使用することもできる。組成物中に上記ビーズが1~10000ppm含まれていてもよい。 The preparation of the composition may include a process of dispersing the pigment. In the process of dispersing pigments, mechanical forces used for dispersing pigments include compression, squeezing, impact, shearing, cavitation, and the like. Specific examples of these processes include bead mills, sand mills, roll mills, ball mills, paint shakers, microfluidizers, high speed impellers, sand grinders, flow jet mixers, high pressure wet atomization, ultrasonic dispersion, and the like. In pulverizing the pigment in a sand mill (bead mill), it is preferable to use beads with a small diameter or to increase the filling rate of the beads so as to increase the pulverization efficiency. Moreover, it is preferable to remove coarse particles by filtration, centrifugation, or the like after the pulverization treatment. In addition, the process and dispersing machine for dispersing pigments are described in "Dispersion Technology Complete Works, Information Organization Co., Ltd., July 15, 2005" and "Dispersion technology centered on suspension (solid / liquid dispersion system) and industrial Practical Application General Documents, Published by Management Development Center Publishing Department, October 10, 1978", the process and dispersing machine described in paragraph number 0022 of JP-A-2015-157893 can be suitably used. Further, in the process of dispersing the pigment, the pigment may be finely divided in the salt milling process. Materials, equipment, processing conditions, etc. used in the salt milling process can be referred to, for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open Nos. 2015-194521 and 2012-046629. Bead materials used for dispersion include zirconia, agate, quartz, titania, tungsten carbide, silicon nitride, alumina, stainless steel and glass. An inorganic compound having a Mohs hardness of 2 or more can also be used for the beads. The composition may contain 1 to 10000 ppm of the beads.
 組成物の調製にあたり、異物の除去や欠陥の低減などの目的で、組成物をフィルタでろ過することが好ましい。フィルタとしては、従来からろ過用途等に用いられているフィルタであれば特に限定されることなく用いることができる。例えば、ポリテトラフルオロエチレン(PTFE)等のフッ素樹脂、ナイロン(例えばナイロン-6、ナイロン-6,6)等のポリアミド樹脂、ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン(PP)等のポリオレフィン樹脂(高密度、超高分子量のポリオレフィン樹脂を含む)等の素材を用いたフィルタが挙げられる。これら素材の中でもポリプロピレン(高密度ポリプロピレンを含む)およびナイロンが好ましい。 When preparing the composition, it is preferable to filter the composition with a filter for the purpose of removing foreign substances and reducing defects. As the filter, any filter that has been conventionally used for filtration or the like can be used without particular limitation. For example, fluorine resin such as polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), polyamide resin such as nylon (eg nylon-6, nylon-6,6), polyolefin resin such as polyethylene, polypropylene (PP) (high density, ultra high molecular weight (including polyolefin resin). Among these materials, polypropylene (including high density polypropylene) and nylon are preferred.
 フィルタの孔径は、0.01~7.0μmが好ましく、0.01~3.0μmがより好ましく、0.05~0.5μmが更に好ましい。フィルタの孔径が上記範囲であれば、微細な異物をより確実に除去できる。フィルタの孔径値については、フィルタメーカーの公称値を参照することができる。フィルタは、日本ポール株式会社(DFA4201NXEY、DFA4201NAEY、DFA4201J006Pなど)、アドバンテック東洋株式会社、日本インテグリス株式会社(旧日本マイクロリス株式会社)および株式会社キッツマイクロフィルタ等が提供する各種フィルタを用いることができる。 The pore size of the filter is preferably 0.01-7.0 μm, more preferably 0.01-3.0 μm, and even more preferably 0.05-0.5 μm. If the pore diameter of the filter is within the above range, fine foreign matter can be removed more reliably. For the pore size value of the filter, reference can be made to the filter manufacturer's nominal value. Various filters provided by Nippon Pall Co., Ltd. (DFA4201NXEY, DFA4201NAEY, DFA4201J006P, etc.), Advantech Toyo Co., Ltd., Nihon Entegris Co., Ltd. (former Japan Microlith Co., Ltd.), Kitz Micro Filter Co., Ltd., etc. can be used as filters. .
 また、フィルタとしてファイバ状のろ材を用いることも好ましい。ファイバ状のろ材としては、例えばポリプロピレンファイバ、ナイロンファイバ、グラスファイバ等が挙げられる。市販品としては、ロキテクノ社製のSBPタイプシリーズ(SBP008など)、TPRタイプシリーズ(TPR002、TPR005など)、SHPXタイプシリーズ(SHPX003など)が挙げられる。 It is also preferable to use a fiber-like filter medium as the filter. Examples of fibrous filter media include polypropylene fibers, nylon fibers, and glass fibers. Commercially available products include SBP type series (SBP008, etc.), TPR type series (TPR002, TPR005, etc.), and SHPX type series (SHPX003, etc.) manufactured by Roki Techno.
 フィルタを使用する際、異なるフィルタ(例えば、第1のフィルタと第2のフィルタなど)を組み合わせてもよい。その際、各フィルタでのろ過は、1回のみでもよいし、2回以上行ってもよい。また、上述した範囲内で異なる孔径のフィルタを組み合わせてもよい。また、第1のフィルタでのろ過は、分散液のみに対して行い、他の成分を混合した後で、第2のフィルタでろ過を行ってもよい。 When using filters, different filters (eg, a first filter and a second filter, etc.) may be combined. At that time, filtration with each filter may be performed only once, or may be performed twice or more. Also, filters with different pore sizes within the range described above may be combined. Further, the filtration with the first filter may be performed only on the dispersion liquid, and after mixing other components, the filtration with the second filter may be performed.
<膜>
 次に、本発明の膜について説明する。本発明の膜は、上述した本発明の組成物から得られるものである。本発明の膜は、光学フィルタとして好ましく用いることができる。光学フィルタの用途は、特に限定されないが、赤外線カットフィルタ、赤外線透過フィルタなどが挙げられる。赤外線カットフィルタとしては、例えば、固体撮像素子の受光側における赤外線カットフィルタ(例えば、ウエハーレベルレンズに対する赤外線カットフィルタ用など)、固体撮像素子の裏面側(受光側とは反対側)における赤外線カットフィルタ、環境光センサー用の赤外線カットフィルタ(例えば、情報端末装置が置かれた環境の照度や色調を感知してディスプレイの色調を調整する照度センサーや、色調を調整する色補正用センサー)などが挙げられる。特に、固体撮像素子の受光側における赤外線カットフィルタとして好ましく用いることができる。赤外線透過フィルタとしては、可視光を遮光し、特定の波長以上の赤外線を選択的に透過可能なフィルタが挙げられる。
<Membrane>
Next, the film of the present invention will be explained. The membrane of the invention is obtained from the composition of the invention described above. The film of the present invention can be preferably used as an optical filter. Applications of the optical filter are not particularly limited, but include infrared cut filters, infrared transmission filters, and the like. As an infrared cut filter, for example, an infrared cut filter on the light receiving side of the solid-state image sensor (for example, an infrared cut filter for a wafer level lens, etc.), an infrared cut filter on the back side of the solid-state image sensor (opposite to the light receiving side) , Infrared cut filters for ambient light sensors (for example, illuminance sensors that detect the illuminance and color tone of the environment in which the information terminal device is placed and adjust the color tone of the display, and color correction sensors that adjust the color tone) be done. In particular, it can be preferably used as an infrared cut filter on the light receiving side of a solid-state imaging device. Examples of the infrared transmission filter include a filter capable of blocking visible light and selectively transmitting infrared light having a specific wavelength or longer.
 本発明の膜は、パターンを有していてもよく、パターンを有さない膜(平坦膜)であってもよい。また、本発明の膜は、支持体上に積層して用いてもよく、本発明の膜を支持体から剥離して用いてもよい。支持体としては、シリコン基板などの半導体基材や、透明基材が挙げられる。 The film of the present invention may have a pattern or may be a film without a pattern (flat film). Moreover, the film of the present invention may be used by laminating it on a support, or may be used by peeling the film of the present invention from the support. Examples of the support include semiconductor substrates such as silicon substrates and transparent substrates.
 支持体として用いられる半導体基材上には、電荷結合素子(CCD)、相補型金属酸化膜半導体(CMOS)、透明導電膜などが形成されていてもよい。また、半導体基材上には、各画素を隔離するブラックマトリクスが形成されていてもよい。また、半導体基材上には、必要により、上部の層との密着性改良、物質の拡散防止或いは基板表面の平坦化のために下塗り層が設けられていてもよい。 A charge-coupled device (CCD), a complementary metal-oxide semiconductor (CMOS), a transparent conductive film, or the like may be formed on the semiconductor substrate used as the support. Also, a black matrix that isolates each pixel may be formed on the semiconductor substrate. Further, if necessary, an undercoat layer may be provided on the semiconductor substrate for improving adhesion to the upper layer, preventing diffusion of substances, or flattening the surface of the substrate.
 支持体として用いられる透明基材としては、少なくとも可視光を透過できる材料で構成されたものであれば特に限定されない。例えば、ガラス、樹脂などの材質で構成された基材が挙げられる。樹脂としては、ポリエチレンテレフタレート、ポリブチレンテレフタレート等のポリエステル樹脂、ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン、エチレン酢酸ビニル共重合体等のポリオレフィン樹脂、ノルボルネン樹脂、ポリアクリレート、ポリメチルメタクリレート等のアクリル樹脂、ウレタン樹脂、塩化ビニル樹脂、フッ素樹脂、ポリカーボネート樹脂、ポリビニルブチラール樹脂、ポリビニルアルコール樹脂等が挙げられる。ガラスとしては、ソーダライムガラス、ホウケイ酸ガラス、無アルカリガラス、石英ガラス、銅を含有するガラスなどが挙げられる。銅を含有するガラスとしては、銅を含有する燐酸塩ガラス、銅を含有する弗燐酸塩ガラスなどが挙げられる。銅を含有するガラスは、市販品を用いることもできる。銅を含有するガラスの市販品としては、NF-50(AGCテクノグラス(株)製)等が挙げられる。 The transparent substrate used as the support is not particularly limited as long as it is composed of a material that can transmit at least visible light. Examples thereof include base materials made of materials such as glass and resin. Examples of resins include polyester resins such as polyethylene terephthalate and polybutylene terephthalate, polyolefin resins such as polyethylene, polypropylene, and ethylene vinyl acetate copolymer, acrylic resins such as norbornene resin, polyacrylate, and polymethyl methacrylate, urethane resins, and vinyl chloride resins. , fluororesin, polycarbonate resin, polyvinyl butyral resin, polyvinyl alcohol resin, and the like. Examples of glass include soda-lime glass, borosilicate glass, alkali-free glass, quartz glass, glass containing copper, and the like. Glass containing copper includes phosphate glass containing copper, fluorophosphate glass containing copper, and the like. A commercially available glass containing copper can also be used. Commercially available glass containing copper includes NF-50 (manufactured by AGC Techno Glass Co., Ltd.).
 本発明の膜の厚さは、目的に応じて適宜調整できる。膜の厚さは200μm以下とすることができ、150μm以下とすることもでき、120μm以下とすることもでき、20μm以下とすることもでき、10μm以下とすることもでき、5μm以下とすることもできる。膜の厚さの下限は0.1μm以上が好ましく、0.2μm以上がより好ましい。 The thickness of the film of the present invention can be adjusted as appropriate according to the purpose. The thickness of the film may be 200 μm or less, 150 μm or less, 120 μm or less, 20 μm or less, 10 μm or less, 5 μm or less. can also The lower limit of the film thickness is preferably 0.1 μm or more, more preferably 0.2 μm or more.
 本発明の膜を赤外線カットフィルタとして用いる場合、本発明の膜は、波長650~1500nm(好ましくは波長660~1200nm、より好ましくは波長660~1000nm)の範囲に極大吸収波長が存在することが好ましい。また、波長420~550nmの光の平均透過率が50%以上であることが好ましく、70%以上であることがより好ましく、80%以上であることが更に好ましく、85%以上であることが特に好ましい。また、波長420~550nmの全ての範囲での透過率が50%以上であることが好ましく、70%以上であることがより好ましく、80%以上であることが更に好ましい。また、本発明の膜は、波長650~1500nm(好ましくは波長660~1200nm、より好ましくは波長660~1000nm)の範囲の少なくとも1点での透過率が15%以下であることが好ましく、10%以下がより好ましく、5%以下が更に好ましい。また、本発明の膜は、極大吸収波長における吸光度を1とした時、波長420~550nmの範囲における平均吸光度が0.030未満であることが好ましく、0.025未満であることがより好ましい。 When the film of the present invention is used as an infrared cut filter, the film of the present invention preferably has a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 650 to 1500 nm (preferably 660 to 1200 nm, more preferably 660 to 1000 nm). . In addition, the average transmittance of light with a wavelength of 420 to 550 nm is preferably 50% or more, more preferably 70% or more, still more preferably 80% or more, and particularly 85% or more. preferable. Also, the transmittance in the entire wavelength range of 420 to 550 nm is preferably 50% or more, more preferably 70% or more, and even more preferably 80% or more. In addition, the film of the present invention preferably has a transmittance of 15% or less at at least one point in the wavelength range of 650 to 1500 nm (preferably 660 to 1200 nm, more preferably 660 to 1000 nm). The following is more preferable, and 5% or less is even more preferable. The film of the present invention preferably has an average absorbance of less than 0.030, more preferably less than 0.025 in the wavelength range of 420 to 550 nm when the absorbance at the maximum absorption wavelength is 1.
 本発明の膜を赤外線透過フィルタとして用いる場合、本発明の膜は、例えば、以下の(i1)~(i3)のいずれかの分光特性を有することが好ましい。
 (i1):波長400~850nmの範囲における透過率の最大値が20%以下(好ましくは15%以下、より好ましくは10%以下)であり、波長1000~1500nmの範囲における透過率の最小値が70%以上(好ましくは75%以上、より好ましくは80%以上)であるフィルタ。このような分光特性を有する膜は、波長400~850nmの範囲の光を遮光して、波長950nmを超える光を透過させることができる。
 (i2):波長400~950nmの範囲における透過率の最大値が20%以下(好ましくは15%以下、より好ましくは10%以下)であり、波長1100~1500nmの範囲における透過率の最小値が70%以上(好ましくは75%以上、より好ましくは80%以上)であるフィルタ。このような分光特性を有する膜は、波長400~950nmの範囲の光を遮光して、波長1050nmを超える光を透過させることができる。
 (i3):波長400~1050nmの範囲における透過率の最大値が20%以下(好ましくは15%以下、より好ましくは10%以下)であり、波長1200~1500nmの範囲における透過率の最小値が70%以上(好ましくは75%以上、より好ましくは80%以上)であるフィルタ。このような分光特性を有する膜は、波長400~1050nmの範囲の光を遮光して、波長1150nmを超える光を透過させることができる。
When the film of the present invention is used as an infrared transmission filter, the film of the present invention preferably has, for example, any one of the following spectral characteristics (i1) to (i3).
(i1): The maximum transmittance in the wavelength range of 400 to 850 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less), and the minimum transmittance in the wavelength range of 1000 to 1500 nm is A filter that is 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more). A film having such spectral characteristics can block light in the wavelength range of 400 to 850 nm and transmit light in the wavelength range of 950 nm or more.
(i2): The maximum transmittance in the wavelength range of 400 to 950 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less), and the minimum transmittance in the wavelength range of 1100 to 1500 nm is A filter that is 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more). A film having such spectral characteristics can block light in the wavelength range of 400 to 950 nm and transmit light in the wavelength range of 1050 nm or more.
(i3): The maximum transmittance in the wavelength range of 400 to 1050 nm is 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less), and the minimum transmittance in the wavelength range of 1200 to 1500 nm is A filter that is 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more). A film having such spectral characteristics can block light in the wavelength range of 400 to 1050 nm and transmit light in the wavelength range of 1150 nm or more.
 本発明の膜は、有彩色着色剤を含むカラーフィルタと組み合わせて用いることもできる。カラーフィルタは、有彩色着色剤を含む着色組成物を用いて製造できる。本発明の膜を赤外線カットフィルタとして用い、かつ、本発明の膜とカラーフィルタと組み合わせて用いる場合、本発明の膜の光路上にカラーフィルタが配置されていることが好ましい。例えば、本発明の膜とカラーフィルタとを積層して積層体として用いることが好ましい。積層体においては、本発明の膜とカラーフィルタとは、両者が厚み方向で隣接していてもよく、隣接していなくてもよい。本発明の膜とカラーフィルタとが厚み方向で隣接していない場合は、カラーフィルタが形成された支持体とは別の支持体上に、本発明の膜が形成されていてもよく、本発明の膜とカラーフィルタとの間に、固体撮像素子を構成する他の部材(例えば、マイクロレンズ、平坦化層など)が介在していてもよい。 The film of the present invention can also be used in combination with a color filter containing a chromatic colorant. A color filter can be produced using a coloring composition containing a chromatic colorant. When the film of the present invention is used as an infrared cut filter and the film of the present invention is used in combination with a color filter, the color filter is preferably arranged on the optical path of the film of the present invention. For example, it is preferable to laminate the film of the present invention and a color filter and use it as a laminate. In the laminate, the film of the present invention and the color filter may or may not be adjacent in the thickness direction. When the film of the present invention and the color filter are not adjacent in the thickness direction, the film of the present invention may be formed on a support other than the support on which the color filter is formed. Other members (for example, a microlens, a planarization layer, etc.) constituting the solid-state imaging device may be interposed between the film and the color filter.
 本発明の膜は、CCD(電荷結合素子)やCMOS(相補型金属酸化膜半導体)などの固体撮像素子や、赤外線センサ、画像表示装置などの各種装置に用いることができる。 The film of the present invention can be used in various devices such as solid-state imaging devices such as CCDs (charge-coupled devices) and CMOSs (complementary metal oxide semiconductors), infrared sensors, and image display devices.
<膜の製造方法>
 本発明の膜は、本発明の組成物を塗布する工程を経て製造できる。
<Method for producing membrane>
The film of the present invention can be produced through the step of applying the composition of the present invention.
 支持体としては、上述したものが挙げられる。組成物の塗布方法としては、公知の方法を用いることができる。例えば、滴下法(ドロップキャスト);スリットコート法;スプレー法;ロールコート法;回転塗布法(スピンコーティング);流延塗布法;スリットアンドスピン法;プリウェット法(たとえば、特開2009-145395号公報に記載されている方法);インクジェット(例えばオンデマンド方式、ピエゾ方式、サーマル方式)、ノズルジェット等の吐出系印刷、フレキソ印刷、スクリーン印刷、グラビア印刷、反転オフセット印刷、メタルマスク印刷などの各種印刷法;金型等を用いた転写法;ナノインプリント法などが挙げられる。インクジェットでの適用方法としては、特に限定されず、例えば「広がる・使えるインクジェット-特許に見る無限の可能性-、2005年2月発行、住ベテクノリサーチ」に示された方法(特に115ページ~133ページ)や、特開2003-262716号公報、特開2003-185831号公報、特開2003-261827号公報、特開2012-126830号公報、特開2006-169325号公報などに記載の方法が挙げられる。 Examples of the support include those mentioned above. As a method for applying the composition, a known method can be used. For example, drop method (drop cast); slit coating method; spray method; roll coating method; spin coating method (spin coating); methods described in publications); inkjet (e.g., on-demand method, piezo method, thermal method), ejection system printing such as nozzle jet, flexographic printing, screen printing, gravure printing, reverse offset printing, metal mask printing, etc. a printing method; a transfer method using a mold or the like; a nanoimprint method, and the like. The application method for inkjet is not particularly limited. 133 page), and methods described in JP-A-2003-262716, JP-A-2003-185831, JP-A-2003-261827, JP-A-2012-126830, JP-A-2006-169325, etc. mentioned.
 組成物を塗布して形成した組成物層は、乾燥(プリベーク)してもよい。プリベークを行う場合、プリベーク温度は、150℃以下が好ましく、120℃以下がより好ましく、110℃以下が更に好ましい。下限は、例えば、50℃以上とすることができ、80℃以上とすることもできる。プリベーク時間は、10秒~3000秒が好ましく、40~2500秒がより好ましく、80~220秒が更に好ましい。乾燥は、ホットプレート、オーブン等で行うことができる。 The composition layer formed by applying the composition may be dried (pre-baked). When pre-baking is performed, the pre-baking temperature is preferably 150° C. or lower, more preferably 120° C. or lower, and even more preferably 110° C. or lower. The lower limit can be, for example, 50° C. or higher, and can also be 80° C. or higher. The prebaking time is preferably 10 seconds to 3000 seconds, more preferably 40 seconds to 2500 seconds, and even more preferably 80 seconds to 220 seconds. Drying can be performed using a hot plate, an oven, or the like.
 膜の製造方法においては、更にパターンを形成する工程を含んでいてもよい。パターン形成方法としては、フォトリソグラフィ法を用いたパターン形成方法や、ドライエッチング法を用いたパターン形成方法が挙げられ、フォトリソグラフィ法を用いたパターン形成方法が好ましい。なお、本発明の膜を平坦膜として用いる場合には、パターンを形成する工程を行わなくてもよい。以下、パターンを形成する工程について詳細に説明する。 The film manufacturing method may further include a step of forming a pattern. Examples of the pattern forming method include a pattern forming method using a photolithographic method and a pattern forming method using a dry etching method, and the pattern forming method using the photolithographic method is preferable. In addition, when the film of the present invention is used as a flat film, the step of forming a pattern may not be performed. The process of forming the pattern will be described in detail below.
(フォトリソグラフィ法でパターン形成する場合)
 フォトリソグラフィ法でのパターン形成方法は、本発明の組成物を塗布して形成した組成物層に対しパターン状に露光する工程(露光工程)と、未露光部の組成物層を現像除去してパターンを形成する工程(現像工程)と、を含むことが好ましい。必要に応じて、現像されたパターンをベークする工程(ポストベーク工程)を設けてもよい。以下、各工程について説明する。
(When patterning by photolithography)
The pattern formation method by photolithography comprises a step of patternwise exposing the composition layer formed by coating the composition of the present invention (exposure step), and developing and removing the unexposed portion of the composition layer. and a step of forming a pattern (development step). If necessary, a step of baking the developed pattern (post-baking step) may be provided. Each step will be described below.
 露光工程では組成物層をパターン状に露光する。例えば、組成物層に対し、ステッパー露光機やスキャナ露光機などを用いて、所定のマスクパターンを有するマスクを介して露光することで、パターン状に露光することができる。これにより、露光部分を硬化することができる。 In the exposure process, the composition layer is exposed in a pattern. For example, the composition layer can be exposed in a pattern by exposing through a mask having a predetermined mask pattern using a stepper exposure machine, a scanner exposure machine, or the like. Thereby, the exposed portion can be cured.
 露光に際して用いることができる放射線(光)としては、g線、i線等が挙げられる。また、波長300nm以下の光(好ましくは波長180~300nmの光)を用いることもできる。波長300nm以下の光としては、KrF線(波長248nm)、ArF線(波長193nm)などが挙げられ、KrF線(波長248nm)が好ましい。また、300nm以上の長波な光源も利用できる。 Radiation (light) that can be used for exposure includes g-line, i-line, and the like. Light with a wavelength of 300 nm or less (preferably light with a wavelength of 180 to 300 nm) can also be used. Light having a wavelength of 300 nm or less includes KrF rays (wavelength: 248 nm), ArF rays (wavelength: 193 nm), etc., and KrF rays (wavelength: 248 nm) are preferred. A long-wave light source of 300 nm or more can also be used.
 また、露光に際して、光を連続的に照射して露光してもよく、パルス的に照射して露光(パルス露光)してもよい。なお、パルス露光とは、短時間(例えば、ミリ秒レベル以下)のサイクルで光の照射と休止を繰り返して露光する方式の露光方法のことである。 In addition, when exposing, the light may be continuously irradiated and exposed, or may be irradiated and exposed in pulses (pulse exposure). Note that the pulse exposure is an exposure method in which light irradiation and pause are repeated in a cycle of short time (for example, less than millisecond level).
 照射量(露光量)は、例えば、0.03~2.5J/cmが好ましく、0.05~1.0J/cmがより好ましい。露光時における酸素濃度については適宜選択することができ、大気下で行う他に、例えば酸素濃度が19体積%以下の低酸素雰囲気下(例えば、15体積%、5体積%、または、実質的に無酸素)で露光してもよく、酸素濃度が21体積%を超える高酸素雰囲気下(例えば、22体積%、30体積%、または、50体積%)で露光してもよい。また、露光照度は適宜設定することが可能であり、通常1000W/m~100000W/m(例えば、5000W/m、15000W/m、または、35000W/m)の範囲から選択することができる。酸素濃度と露光照度は適宜条件を組み合わせてよく、例えば、酸素濃度10体積%で照度10000W/m、酸素濃度35体積%で照度20000W/mなどとすることができる。 The dose (exposure dose) is, for example, preferably 0.03 to 2.5 J/cm 2 , more preferably 0.05 to 1.0 J/cm 2 . The oxygen concentration at the time of exposure can be selected as appropriate, and in addition to exposure in the atmosphere, for example, in a low oxygen atmosphere with an oxygen concentration of 19% by volume or less (e.g., 15% by volume, 5% by volume, or substantially oxygen-free) or in a high-oxygen atmosphere with an oxygen concentration exceeding 21% by volume (for example, 22% by volume, 30% by volume, or 50% by volume). In addition, the exposure illuminance can be set as appropriate, and is usually selected from the range of 1000 W/m 2 to 100000 W/m 2 (eg, 5000 W/m 2 , 15000 W/m 2 or 35000 W/m 2 ). can be done. The oxygen concentration and exposure illuminance may be appropriately combined. For example, the illuminance may be 10000 W/m 2 at an oxygen concentration of 10% by volume and 20000 W/m 2 at an oxygen concentration of 35% by volume.
 次に、露光後の組成物層における未露光部の組成物層を現像除去してパターンを形成する。未露光部の組成物層の現像除去は、現像液を用いて行うことができる。これにより、露光工程における未露光部の組成物層が現像液に溶出し、光硬化した部分だけが支持体上に残る。現像液の温度は、例えば、20~30℃が好ましい。現像時間は、20~180秒が好ましい。また、残渣除去性を向上するため、現像液を60秒ごとに振り切り、更に新たに現像液を供給する工程を数回繰り返してもよい。 Next, an unexposed portion of the composition layer after exposure is removed by development to form a pattern. The development and removal of the composition layer in the unexposed area can be carried out using a developer. As a result, the unexposed portion of the composition layer in the exposure step is eluted into the developer, leaving only the photocured portion on the support. The temperature of the developer is preferably 20 to 30° C., for example. The development time is preferably 20 to 180 seconds. Further, in order to improve the residue removability, the step of shaking off the developer every 60 seconds and then supplying new developer may be repeated several times.
 現像液は、有機溶剤、アルカリ現像液などが挙げられ、アルカリ現像液が好ましく用いられる。アルカリ現像液としては、アルカリ剤を純水で希釈したアルカリ性水溶液(アルカリ現像液)が好ましい。アルカリ剤としては、例えば、アンモニア、エチルアミン、ジエチルアミン、ジメチルエタノールアミン、ジグリコールアミン、ジエタノールアミン、ヒドロキシアミン、エチレンジアミン、テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラエチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラプロピルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラブチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、エチルトリメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、ベンジルトリメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、ジメチルビス(2-ヒドロキシエチル)アンモニウムヒドロキシド、コリン、ピロール、ピペリジン、1,8-ジアザビシクロ[5.4.0]-7-ウンデセンなどの有機アルカリ性化合物や、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム、炭酸ナトリウム、炭酸水素ナトリウム、ケイ酸ナトリウム、メタケイ酸ナトリウムなどの無機アルカリ性化合物が挙げられる。アルカリ剤は、分子量が大きい化合物の方が環境面および安全面で好ましい。アルカリ性水溶液のアルカリ剤の濃度は、0.001~10質量%が好ましく、0.01~1質量%がより好ましい。また、現像液は、更に界面活性剤を含有していてもよい。界面活性剤としては、ノニオン性界面活性剤が好ましい。現像液は、移送や保管の便宜などの観点より、一旦濃縮液として製造し、使用時に必要な濃度に希釈してもよい。希釈倍率は特に限定されないが、例えば1.5~100倍の範囲に設定することができる。また、現像後純水で洗浄(リンス)することも好ましい。また、リンスは、現像後の組成物層が形成された支持体を回転させつつ、現像後の組成物層へリンス液を供給して行うことが好ましい。また、リンス液を吐出させるノズルを支持体の中心部から支持体の周縁部に移動させて行うことも好ましい。この際、ノズルの支持体中心部から周縁部へ移動させるにあたり、ノズルの移動速度を徐々に低下させながら移動させてもよい。このようにしてリンスを行うことで、リンスの面内ばらつきを抑制できる。また、ノズルを支持体中心部から周縁部へ移動させつつ、支持体の回転速度を徐々に低下させても同様の効果が得られる。 The developer includes an organic solvent, an alkaline developer, etc., and an alkaline developer is preferably used. As the alkaline developer, an alkaline aqueous solution (alkali developer) obtained by diluting an alkaline agent with pure water is preferable. Examples of alkaline agents include ammonia, ethylamine, diethylamine, dimethylethanolamine, diglycolamine, diethanolamine, hydroxylamine, ethylenediamine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, tetrapropylammonium hydroxide, and tetrabutylammonium hydroxide. , ethyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, benzyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, dimethylbis(2-hydroxyethyl)ammonium hydroxide, choline, pyrrole, piperidine, 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]-7-undecene. Alkaline compounds and inorganic alkaline compounds such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate, sodium silicate and sodium metasilicate. A compound having a large molecular weight is preferable for the alkaline agent from the standpoint of environment and safety. The concentration of the alkaline agent in the alkaline aqueous solution is preferably 0.001 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 1% by mass. Moreover, the developer may further contain a surfactant. A nonionic surfactant is preferable as the surfactant. From the viewpoint of transportation and storage convenience, the developer may be produced once as a concentrated solution and then diluted to the required concentration when used. Although the dilution ratio is not particularly limited, it can be set, for example, in the range of 1.5 to 100 times. It is also preferable to wash (rinse) with pure water after development. Rinsing is preferably carried out by supplying a rinse liquid to the composition layer after development while rotating the support on which the composition layer after development is formed. It is also preferable to move the nozzle for discharging the rinsing liquid from the central portion of the support to the peripheral portion of the support. At this time, when moving the nozzle from the center of the support to the periphery, the moving speed of the nozzle may be gradually decreased. By performing rinsing in this manner, in-plane variations in rinsing can be suppressed. A similar effect can be obtained by gradually decreasing the rotation speed of the support while moving the nozzle from the center of the support to the periphery.
 現像後、乾燥を施した後に追加露光処理や加熱処理(ポストベーク)を行うことが好ましい。追加露光処理やポストベークは、硬化を完全なものとするための現像後の硬化処理である。ポストベークにおける加熱温度は、例えば100~240℃が好ましく、200~240℃がより好ましい。ポストベークは、現像後の膜を、上記条件になるようにホットプレートやコンベクションオーブン(熱風循環式乾燥機)、高周波加熱機等の加熱手段を用いて、連続式あるいはバッチ式で行うことができる。追加露光処理を行う場合、露光に用いられる光は、波長400nm以下の光であることが好ましい。また、追加露光処理は、韓国公開特許第10-2017-0122130号公報に記載された方法で行ってもよい。 After development, it is preferable to perform additional exposure processing and heat processing (post-baking) after drying. Additional exposure processing and post-baking are post-development curing treatments for complete curing. The heating temperature in post-baking is, for example, preferably 100 to 240.degree. C., more preferably 200 to 240.degree. Post-baking can be performed continuously or batchwise using a heating means such as a hot plate, a convection oven (hot air circulating dryer), or a high-frequency heater so that the developed film satisfies the above conditions. . When the additional exposure process is performed, the light used for exposure preferably has a wavelength of 400 nm or less. Further, the additional exposure process may be performed by the method described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2017-0122130.
(ドライエッチング法でパターン形成する場合)
 ドライエッチング法でのパターン形成は、上記組成物を支持体上に塗布して形成した組成物層を硬化して硬化物層を形成し、次いで、この硬化物層上にパターニングされたフォトレジスト層を形成し、次いで、パターニングされたフォトレジスト層をマスクとして硬化物層に対してエッチングガスを用いてドライエッチングするなどの方法で行うことができる。フォトレジスト層の形成においては、プリベーク処理を施すことが好ましい。ドライエッチング法でのパターン形成については、特開2013-064993号公報の段落番号0010~0067の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
(When patterning by dry etching method)
Pattern formation by a dry etching method includes curing the composition layer formed by coating the composition on a support to form a cured product layer, and then forming a photoresist layer patterned on the cured product layer. is formed, and then dry etching is performed on the cured product layer using an etching gas using the patterned photoresist layer as a mask. In forming the photoresist layer, pre-baking is preferably performed. Regarding pattern formation by a dry etching method, descriptions in paragraphs 0010 to 0067 of JP-A-2013-064993 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated herein.
<光学フィルタ>
 本発明の光学フィルタは、上述した本発明の膜を有する。光学フィルタの種類としては、赤外線カットフィルタおよび赤外線透過フィルタなどが挙げられる。
<Optical filter>
The optical filter of the present invention has the film of the present invention as described above. Types of optical filters include infrared cut filters and infrared transmission filters.
 本発明の光学フィルタは、上述した本発明の膜の他に、更に、銅を含有する層、誘電体多層膜、紫外線吸収層などを有していてもよい。紫外線吸収層としては、例えば、国際公開第2015/099060号の段落番号0040~0070、0119~0145に記載された吸収層が挙げられる。誘電体多層膜としては、特開2014-041318号公報の段落番号0255~0259に記載された誘電体多層膜が挙げられる。銅を含有する層としては、銅を含有するガラスで構成されたガラス基板(銅含有ガラス基板)や、銅錯体を含む層(銅錯体含有層)を用いることもできる。銅含有ガラス基板としては、銅を含有する燐酸塩ガラス、銅を含有する弗燐酸塩ガラスなどが挙げられる。銅含有ガラスの市販品としては、NF-50(AGCテクノグラス(株)製)、BG-60、BG-61(以上、ショット社製)、CD5000(HOYA(株)製)等が挙げられる。 The optical filter of the present invention may further have a layer containing copper, a dielectric multilayer film, an ultraviolet absorbing layer, etc., in addition to the film of the present invention described above. Examples of the ultraviolet absorbing layer include the absorbing layers described in paragraphs 0040 to 0070 and 0119 to 0145 of International Publication No. 2015/099060. Dielectric multilayer films include dielectric multilayer films described in paragraphs 0255 to 0259 of JP-A-2014-041318. As the layer containing copper, a glass substrate made of glass containing copper (copper-containing glass substrate) or a layer containing a copper complex (copper complex-containing layer) can be used. Copper-containing glass substrates include copper-containing phosphate glass, copper-containing fluorophosphate glass, and the like. Commercially available copper-containing glasses include NF-50 (manufactured by AGC Techno Glass Co., Ltd.), BG-60, BG-61 (manufactured by Schott), CD5000 (manufactured by HOYA Corporation), and the like.
<固体撮像素子>
 本発明の固体撮像素子は、上述した本発明の膜を含む。固体撮像素子の構成としては、本発明の膜を有する構成であり、固体撮像素子として機能する構成であれば特に限定はない。例えば、以下のような構成が挙げられる。
<Solid-state image sensor>
The solid-state imaging device of the present invention includes the film of the present invention described above. The configuration of the solid-state imaging device is not particularly limited as long as it has the film of the present invention and functions as a solid-state imaging device. For example, the following configuration can be mentioned.
 支持体上に、固体撮像素子の受光エリアを構成する複数のフォトダイオードおよびポリシリコン等からなる転送電極を有し、フォトダイオードおよび転送電極上にフォトダイオードの受光部のみ開口したタングステン等からなる遮光膜を有し、遮光膜上に遮光膜全面およびフォトダイオード受光部を覆うように形成された窒化シリコン等からなるデバイス保護膜を有し、デバイス保護膜上に、本発明の膜を有する構成である。更に、デバイス保護膜上であって、本発明の膜の下(支持体に近い側)に集光手段(例えば、マイクロレンズ等。以下同じ)を有する構成や、本発明の膜上に集光手段を有する構成等であってもよい。また、カラーフィルタは、隔壁により例えば格子状に仕切られた空間に、各画素を形成する膜が埋め込まれた構造を有していてもよい。この場合の隔壁は各画素よりも低屈折率であることが好ましい。このような構造を有する撮像装置の例としては、特開2012-227478号公報、特開2014-179577号公報に記載された装置が挙げられる。 A plurality of photodiodes constituting the light receiving area of the solid-state imaging device and transfer electrodes made of polysilicon or the like are provided on the support, and light shielding made of tungsten or the like with only the light receiving portions of the photodiodes being opened on the photodiodes and the transfer electrodes. A device protective film made of silicon nitride or the like is formed on the light shielding film so as to cover the entire surface of the light shielding film and the photodiode light receiving portion, and the film of the present invention is provided on the device protective film. be. Furthermore, on the device protective film, a structure having a light-condensing means (for example, a microlens, etc.; the same applies hereinafter) under the film of the present invention (on the side close to the support), or a light-condensing device on the film of the present invention A configuration or the like having a means may be used. Moreover, the color filter may have a structure in which a film forming each pixel is embedded in a space partitioned by partition walls, for example, in a grid pattern. The partition in this case preferably has a lower refractive index than each pixel. Examples of imaging devices having such a structure include devices described in JP-A-2012-227478 and JP-A-2014-179577.
<画像表示装置>
 本発明の画像表示装置は、本発明の膜を含む。画像表示装置としては、液晶表示装置や有機エレクトロルミネッセンス(有機EL)表示装置などが挙げられる。画像表示装置の定義や詳細については、例えば「電子ディスプレイデバイス(佐々木昭夫著、(株)工業調査会、1990年発行)」、「ディスプレイデバイス(伊吹順章著、産業図書(株)平成元年発行)」などに記載されている。また、液晶表示装置については、例えば「次世代液晶ディスプレイ技術(内田龍男編集、(株)工業調査会、1994年発行)」に記載されている。本発明が適用できる液晶表示装置に特に制限はなく、例えば、上記の「次世代液晶ディスプレイ技術」に記載されている色々な方式の液晶表示装置に適用できる。画像表示装置は、白色有機EL素子を有するものであってもよい。白色有機EL素子としては、タンデム構造であることが好ましい。有機EL素子のタンデム構造については、特開2003-045676号公報、三上明義監修、「有機EL技術開発の最前線-高輝度・高精度・長寿命化・ノウハウ集-」、技術情報協会、326~328ページ、2008年などに記載されている。有機EL素子が発光する白色光のスペクトルは、青色領域(430~485nm)、緑色領域(530~580nm)及び黄色領域(580~620nm)に強い極大発光ピークを有するものが好ましい。これらの発光ピークに加え更に赤色領域(650~700nm)に極大発光ピークを有するものがより好ましい。
<Image display device>
The image display device of the invention comprises the film of the invention. Examples of image display devices include liquid crystal display devices and organic electroluminescence (organic EL) display devices. For the definition and details of the image display device, see, for example, "Electronic Display Device (written by Akio Sasaki, Industrial Research Institute, 1990)", "Display Device (written by Junsho Ibuki, published by Sangyo Tosho Co., Ltd., 1989). issued)”, etc. Liquid crystal display devices are described, for example, in "Next Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology (edited by Tatsuo Uchida, published by Kogyo Choukai Co., Ltd., 1994)". There is no particular limitation on the liquid crystal display device to which the present invention can be applied. The image display device may have a white organic EL element. A white organic EL device preferably has a tandem structure. Regarding the tandem structure of organic EL elements, see Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2003-045676, supervised by Akiyoshi Mikami, "Forefront of Organic EL Technology Development - High Brightness, High Precision, Long Life, Collection of Know-how -", Technical Information Association, 326-328, 2008, etc. The spectrum of white light emitted by the organic EL element preferably has strong maximum emission peaks in the blue region (430-485 nm), green region (530-580 nm) and yellow region (580-620 nm). In addition to these emission peaks, those having a maximum emission peak in the red region (650 to 700 nm) are more preferred.
<赤外線センサ>
 本発明の赤外線センサは、上述した本発明の膜を含む。赤外線センサの構成としては、赤外線センサとして機能する構成であれば特に限定はない。以下、本発明の赤外線センサの一実施形態について、図面を用いて説明する。
<Infrared sensor>
The infrared sensor of the present invention comprises the membrane of the present invention as described above. The configuration of the infrared sensor is not particularly limited as long as it functions as an infrared sensor. An embodiment of the infrared sensor of the present invention will be described below with reference to the drawings.
 図1において、符号110は、固体撮像素子である。固体撮像素子110の撮像領域上には、赤外線カットフィルタ111と、赤外線透過フィルタ114とが配置されている。また、赤外線カットフィルタ111上には、カラーフィルタ112が配置されている。カラーフィルタ112および赤外線透過フィルタ114の入射光hν側には、マイクロレンズ115が配置されている。マイクロレンズ115を覆うように平坦化層116が形成されている。 In FIG. 1, reference numeral 110 is a solid-state imaging device. An infrared cut filter 111 and an infrared transmission filter 114 are arranged on the imaging area of the solid-state imaging device 110 . A color filter 112 is arranged on the infrared cut filter 111 . A microlens 115 is arranged on the incident light hν side of the color filter 112 and the infrared transmission filter 114 . A planarization layer 116 is formed to cover the microlens 115 .
 赤外線カットフィルタ111は本発明の組成物を用いて形成することができる。カラーフィルタ112は、可視領域における特定波長の光を透過及び吸収する画素が形成されたカラーフィルタであって、特に限定はなく、従来公知の画素形成用のカラーフィルタを用いることができる。例えば、赤色(R)、緑色(G)、青色(B)の画素が形成されたカラーフィルタなどが用いられる。例えば、特開2014-043556号公報の段落番号0214~0263の記載を参酌することができ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。赤外線透過フィルタ114は、使用する赤外LEDの発光波長に応じてその特性が選択される。赤外線透過フィルタ114は本発明の組成物を用いて形成することができる。 The infrared cut filter 111 can be formed using the composition of the present invention. The color filter 112 is a color filter formed with pixels that transmit and absorb light of a specific wavelength in the visible region, and is not particularly limited, and conventionally known color filters for forming pixels can be used. For example, a color filter having red (R), green (G), and blue (B) pixels is used. For example, paragraph numbers 0214 to 0263 of JP-A-2014-043556 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated herein. The characteristics of the infrared transmission filter 114 are selected according to the emission wavelength of the infrared LED used. Infrared transmission filter 114 can be formed using the composition of the present invention.
 図1に示す赤外線センサにおいて、平坦化層116上には、赤外線カットフィルタ111とは別の赤外線カットフィルタ(他の赤外線カットフィルタ)が更に配置されていてもよい。他の赤外線カットフィルタとしては、銅を含有する層および/または誘電体多層膜を有するものなどが挙げられる。これらの詳細については、上述したものが挙げられる。また、他の赤外線カットフィルタとしては、デュアルバンドパスフィルタを用いてもよい。 In the infrared sensor shown in FIG. 1 , an infrared cut filter (another infrared cut filter) different from the infrared cut filter 111 may be further arranged on the planarization layer 116 . Other infrared cut filters include those having copper-containing layers and/or dielectric multilayers. These details are given above. A dual bandpass filter may be used as another infrared cut filter.
<カメラモジュール>
 本発明のカメラモジュールは、固体撮像素子と、上述した本発明の膜を含む。カメラモジュールは、レンズ、及び、固体撮像素子から得られる撮像を処理する回路を更に有することが好ましい。カメラモジュールに用いられる固体撮像素子としては、上記本開示に係る固体撮像素子であってもよいし、公知の固体撮像素子であってもよい。また、カメラモジュールに用いられるレンズ、及び、上記固体撮像素子から得られる撮像を処理する回路としては、公知のものを用いることができる。カメラモジュールの例としては、特開2016-006476号公報、及び、特開2014-197190号公報に記載のカメラモジュールを参酌でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
<Camera module>
A camera module of the present invention includes a solid-state imaging device and the film of the present invention described above. Preferably, the camera module further includes a lens and circuitry for processing the image obtained from the solid-state image sensor. The solid-state imaging device used in the camera module may be the solid-state imaging device according to the present disclosure or a known solid-state imaging device. Further, as the lens used in the camera module and the circuit for processing the image obtained from the solid-state imaging device, known ones can be used. As an example of the camera module, the camera modules described in JP-A-2016-006476 and JP-A-2014-197190 can be considered, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
 以下に実施例を挙げて本発明を更に具体的に説明する。以下の実施例に示す材料、使用量、割合、処理内容、処理手順等は、本発明の趣旨を逸脱しない限り、適宜、変更することができる。 The present invention will be described more specifically below with reference to examples. The materials, usage amounts, ratios, processing details, processing procedures, etc. shown in the following examples can be changed as appropriate without departing from the gist of the present invention.
<合成例>
(色素(SQ-1)の合成)
<Synthesis example>
(Synthesis of dye (SQ-1))
 特開2015-176046号公報に記載の方法を参考にして化合物(SQ-M1)を合成した。
 窒素雰囲気下、500mLのナスフラスコに、化合物(SQ-M1)の1.3g(6.8mmol)、トリエチルアミンの1.1mL(8.2mmol)、ジクロロメタンの200mLを加え、氷冷下にて、2,2,3,3,4,4,5,5,6,6-デカフルオロヘプタンジオリル-ジクロライドの1.17g(3.1mmol)のジクロロメタン溶液の50mLをゆっくりと滴下した。この反応液を室温にて1時間撹拌した後、水を加え、酢酸エチルを用いて分液を行った。得られた有機層を硫酸マグネシウムにて乾燥し、ロータリーエバポレーターを用いて減圧濃縮した。得られた残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィーにて精製し、化合物(SQ-1-A)を1.27g得た。
 窒素雰囲気下、1Lのナスフラスコに、化合物(SQ-1-A)の1.00g(1.46mmol)、トルエンの300mL、1-ブタノールの200mL、スクアリン酸の0.14g(1.19mmol)を加え、加熱還流下3時間撹拌した。この反応液を減圧濃縮し、得られた残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィーにて精製し、目的の化合物(色素(SQ-1))を0.17g得た。
 MS(Mass spectrometry):m/z=763.2[M+H]
A compound (SQ-M1) was synthesized with reference to the method described in JP-A-2015-176046.
Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 1.3 g (6.8 mmol) of the compound (SQ-M1), 1.1 mL (8.2 mmol) of triethylamine, and 200 mL of dichloromethane were added to a 500 mL eggplant flask, and under ice cooling, 2 , 2,3,3,4,4,5,5,6,6-decafluoroheptanediyl-dichloride in 50 mL of a dichloromethane solution of 1.17 g (3.1 mmol) was slowly added dropwise. After the reaction solution was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour, water was added and liquid separation was performed using ethyl acetate. The resulting organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure using a rotary evaporator. The resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain 1.27 g of compound (SQ-1-A).
Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 1.00 g (1.46 mmol) of compound (SQ-1-A), 300 mL of toluene, 200 mL of 1-butanol, and 0.14 g (1.19 mmol) of squaric acid were placed in a 1 L eggplant flask. The mixture was added and stirred under reflux with heating for 3 hours. The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the obtained residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain 0.17 g of the desired compound (dye (SQ-1)).
MS (Mass spectrometry): m/z = 763.2 [M+H] +
(色素(SQ-4)の合成)
(Synthesis of dye (SQ-4))
 窒素雰囲気下、500mLのナスフラスコに、化合物(SQ-M1)の1.3g(6.8mmol)、トリエチルアミンの1.1mL(8.2mmol)、ジクロロメタンの200mLを加え、氷冷下、1,1,2,2,3,3,4,4-オクタフルオロブタン-1,4-ジスルホニルジフルオライドの1.14g(3.1mmol)のジクロロメタン溶液の50mLをゆっくりと滴下した。この反応液を室温にて1時間撹拌した後、水を加え、酢酸エチルを用いて分液を行った。得られた有機層を硫酸マグネシウムにて乾燥し、ロータリーエバポレーターを用いて減圧濃縮した。得られた残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィーにて精製し、化合物(SQ-4-A)を1.53g得た。
 窒素雰囲気下、1Lのナスフラスコに、化合物(SQ-4-A)の1.03g(1.46mmol)、トルエンの300mL、1-ブタノールの200mL、スクアリン酸の0.14g(1.19mmol)を加え、加熱還流下3時間撹拌した。この反応液を減圧濃縮し、得られた残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィーにて精製し、目的の化合物(色素(SQ-4))を0.17g得た。
 MS(Mass spectrometry):m/z=785.2[M+H]
Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 1.3 g (6.8 mmol) of the compound (SQ-M1), 1.1 mL (8.2 mmol) of triethylamine, and 200 mL of dichloromethane were added to a 500 mL eggplant flask, and under ice cooling, 1,1 , 2,2,3,3,4,4-octafluorobutane-1,4-disulfonyldifluoride in 50 mL of a dichloromethane solution of 1.14 g (3.1 mmol) was slowly added dropwise. After the reaction solution was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour, water was added and liquid separation was performed using ethyl acetate. The resulting organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure using a rotary evaporator. The resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain 1.53 g of compound (SQ-4-A).
Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 1.03 g (1.46 mmol) of compound (SQ-4-A), 300 mL of toluene, 200 mL of 1-butanol, and 0.14 g (1.19 mmol) of squaric acid were placed in a 1 L eggplant flask. The mixture was added and stirred under reflux with heating for 3 hours. The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the obtained residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain 0.17 g of the desired compound (dye (SQ-4)).
MS (Mass spectrometry): m/z = 785.2 [M+H] +
<可視透明性の評価>
 下記表に記載の色素を、下記表に記載の溶媒に溶解させて色素溶液を調製した。得られた色素溶液の波長400~1200nmの光に対する吸光度を分光光度計((株)日立ハイテクサイエンス製、UH-4150)を用いて測定した。波長400nm~1200nmの範囲において、吸光度が最も大きい値を示す波長(λmax)を測定し、λmaxでの吸光度の値を1とした際の、波長440~475nmの平均吸光度の値を算出して、下記基準で可視透明性を評価した。上記平均吸光度の値が小さいほど、可視透明性が高いと言える。
 A:波長440~475nmの平均吸光度が0.0035未満
 B:波長440~475nmの平均吸光度が0.0035以上0.005未満
 C:波長440~475nmの平均吸光度が0.005以上0.007未満
 D:波長440~475nmの平均吸光度が0.007以上
<Evaluation of visible transparency>
A dye solution was prepared by dissolving the dye described in the table below in the solvent described in the table below. The absorbance of the obtained dye solution for light with a wavelength of 400 to 1200 nm was measured using a spectrophotometer (UH-4150, manufactured by Hitachi High-Tech Science Co., Ltd.). In the wavelength range of 400 nm to 1200 nm, the wavelength (λmax) at which the absorbance is the largest is measured, and when the absorbance value at λmax is set to 1, the average absorbance value at a wavelength of 440 to 475 nm is calculated, The visible transparency was evaluated according to the following criteria. It can be said that the smaller the average absorbance value, the higher the visible transparency.
A: The average absorbance at a wavelength of 440 to 475 nm is less than 0.0035 B: The average absorbance at a wavelength of 440 to 475 nm is 0.0035 or more and less than 0.005 C: The average absorbance at a wavelength of 440 to 475 nm is 0.005 or more and less than 0.007 D: The average absorbance at a wavelength of 440 to 475 nm is 0.007 or more
 色素SQ-1~SQ-19は、色素SQ-B-1および色素SQ-B-2よりも可視透明性に優れていた。色素SQ-1~SQ-19は、下記構造の化合物(式(1)で表される色素)である。色素SQ-B-1および色素SQ-B-2は、下記構造の化合物(比較色素)である。
Dyes SQ-1 through SQ-19 had better visible transparency than Dye SQ-B-1 and Dye SQ-B-2. Dyes SQ-1 to SQ-19 are compounds (dyes represented by formula (1)) having the following structures. Dye SQ-B-1 and Dye SQ-B-2 are compounds (comparative dyes) having the following structures.
<組成物の製造>
 各素材を、以下に示す処方1、処方2、処方3または処方4の割合で混合し、孔径0.45μmのナイロン製フィルタ(日本ポール(株)製)でろ過して各組成物を製造した。
<Production of composition>
Each material was mixed in the ratio of prescription 1, prescription 2, prescription 3, or prescription 4 shown below, and filtered through a nylon filter (manufactured by Nippon Pall Co., Ltd.) with a pore size of 0.45 μm to produce each composition. .
<処方1>
 下記表に記載の色素  ・・・表に記載の質量部
 下記表に記載の樹脂  ・・・70.0質量部
 下記表に記載の光重合開始剤  ・・・5.0質量部
 下記表に記載の重合性化合物  ・・・20.0質量部
 下記表に記載の界面活性剤  ・・・0.01質量部
 下記表に記載の酸化防止剤  ・・・3.3質量部
 下記表に記載の重合禁止剤  ・・・0.001質量部
 下記表に記載の溶剤  ・・・200.0質量部
<Prescription 1>
Dyes listed in the table below: Parts by mass listed in the table Resins listed in the table below: 70.0 parts by mass Photoinitiators listed in the table below: 5.0 parts by mass Listed in the table below Polymerizable compound ... 20.0 parts by mass Surfactant listed in the table below ... 0.01 part by mass Antioxidant listed in the table below ... 3.3 parts by mass Polymerization listed in the table below Inhibitor: 0.001 parts by mass Solvents listed in the table below: 200.0 parts by mass
<処方2>
 下記表に記載の色素  ・・・表に記載の質量部
 下記表に記載のエポキシ化合物  ・・・95.0質量部
 下記表に記載の硬化剤(表中に記載がある場合)  ・・・1.5質量部
 下記表に記載の界面活性剤  ・・・0.01質量部
 下記表に記載の酸化防止剤  ・・・3.3質量部
 下記表に記載の溶剤  ・・・200.0質量部
<Prescription 2>
Dyes listed in the table below: Parts by mass listed in the table Epoxy compounds listed in the table below: 95.0 parts by mass Curing agents listed in the table below (if indicated in the table): 1 .5 parts by mass Surfactant listed in the table below...0.01 part by mass Antioxidant listed in the table below...3.3 parts by mass Solvent listed in the table below...200.0 parts by mass
<処方3>
 下記表に記載の色素  ・・・表に記載の質量部
 下記表に記載のエポキシ化合物  ・・・90.0質量部
 下記表に記載の紫外線吸収剤  ・・・5.0質量部
 下記表に記載の界面活性剤  ・・・0.01質量部
 下記表に記載の酸化防止剤  ・・・3.3質量部
 下記表に記載の溶剤  ・・・200.0質量部
<Prescription 3>
Dyes listed in the table below: Parts by mass listed in the table Epoxy compounds listed in the table below: 90.0 parts by mass UV absorbers listed in the table below: 5.0 parts by mass Listed in the table below Surfactant ... 0.01 parts by mass Antioxidant listed in the table below ... 3.3 parts by mass Solvent listed in the table below ... 200.0 parts by mass
<処方4>
 下記表に記載の色素  ・・・表に記載の質量部
下記表に記載の樹脂  ・・・95.0質量部
下記表に記載の酸化防止剤  ・・・3.3質量部
下記表に記載の溶剤  ・・・200.0質量部
<Prescription 4>
Pigments listed in the table below: parts by mass listed in the table Resin listed in the table below: 95.0 parts by mass Antioxidant listed in the table below: 3.3 parts by mass Listed in the table below Solvent: 200.0 parts by mass
 上記表に記載の素材のうち、色素SQ-1~SQ-19、色素SQ-B-1および色素SQ-B-2以外の素材の詳細は以下の通りである。 Among the materials listed in the above table, the details of the materials other than dyes SQ-1 to SQ-19, dyes SQ-B-1 and dyes SQ-B-2 are as follows.
(色素)
 Z-1~Z-16:下記構造の化合物(ジクロロメタン中での極大吸収波長(λmax)の値を合わせて記す)
(pigment)
Z-1 to Z-16: Compounds with the following structures (shown together with the maximum absorption wavelength (λmax) in dichloromethane)
(樹脂)
 E-1:メタクリル酸ベンジル、メタクリル酸、メタクリル酸2-ヒドロキシエチルの共重合樹脂(重量平均分子量14000、酸価77mgKOH/g、アルカリ可溶性樹脂)
 E-2:下記構造の樹脂(重量平均分子量137000、数平均分子量32000、ガラス転移温度165℃)
 E-3:下記構造の樹脂(繰り返し単位の数値は質量比である、重量平均分子量15100、数平均分子量7000)
 E-4:下記構造の樹脂(繰り返し単位の数値は質量比である、重量平均分子量9700、数平均分子量5700)
 E-5:下記構造の樹脂(繰り返し単位の数値は質量比である、重量平均分子量9500、数平均分子量5800)
 E-6:下記構造の樹脂(重量平均分子量188000、数平均分子量75000、ガラス転移温度285℃)
 E-7:下記構造の樹脂(ガラス転移温度310℃、対数粘度0.87)
(resin)
E-1: Copolymer resin of benzyl methacrylate, methacrylic acid and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate (weight average molecular weight 14000, acid value 77 mgKOH/g, alkali-soluble resin)
E-2: Resin having the following structure (weight average molecular weight: 137,000, number average molecular weight: 32,000, glass transition temperature: 165°C)
E-3: Resin having the following structure (values of repeating units are mass ratios, weight average molecular weight: 15,100, number average molecular weight: 7,000)
E-4: Resin having the following structure (the numerical value of the repeating unit is the mass ratio, weight average molecular weight 9700, number average molecular weight 5700)
E-5: Resin having the following structure (the numerical value of the repeating unit is the mass ratio, weight average molecular weight 9500, number average molecular weight 5800)
E-6: Resin having the following structure (weight average molecular weight: 188,000, number average molecular weight: 75,000, glass transition temperature: 285°C)
E-7: Resin having the following structure (glass transition temperature 310°C, logarithmic viscosity 0.87)
(重合性化合物)
 M-1:KAYARAD DPHA(日本化薬(株)製、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサアクリレートとジペンタエリスリトールペンタアクリレートの混合物)
 M-2:KAYARAD RP-1040(日本化薬(株)製、エチレンオキサイド変性ペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレート)
 M-3:アロニックスM-510(東亞合成(株)製、多塩基酸変性アクリルオリゴマー)
(Polymerizable compound)
M-1: KAYARAD DPHA (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., a mixture of dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate and dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate)
M-2: KAYARAD RP-1040 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., ethylene oxide-modified pentaerythritol tetraacrylate)
M-3: Aronix M-510 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd., polybasic acid-modified acrylic oligomer)
(光重合開始剤)
 C-1:Irgacure OXE01(BASF社製、オキシム化合物)
 C-2:下記構造の化合物
 C-3:Omnirad 907(IGM Resins B.V.社製、α-アミノケトン化合物)
 C-4:下記構造の化合物
(Photoinitiator)
C-1: Irgacure OXE01 (manufactured by BASF, oxime compound)
C-2: A compound having the following structure
C-3: Omnirad 907 (manufactured by IGM Resins B.V., α-aminoketone compound)
C-4: a compound having the following structure
(エポキシ化合物)
 F-1:下記構造の樹脂(繰り返し単位の数値は質量比である、重量平均分子量20000、数平均分子量8300、エポキシ当量284g/eq、酸価130mgKOH/g、ガラス転移温度136℃)
 F-2:下記構造の樹脂(繰り返し単位の数値は質量比である、重量平均分子量26100、数平均分子量8600、エポキシ当量355g/eq、酸価163mgKOH/g、ガラス転移温度133℃)
 F-3:下記構造の樹脂(繰り返し単位の数値は質量比である、重量平均分子量21100、数平均分子量8500、エポキシ当量355g/eq、酸価130mgKOH/g、ガラス転移温度157℃)
 F-4:下記構造の樹脂(繰り返し単位の数値は質量比である、重量平均分子量18300、数平均分子量9100、エポキシ当量284g/eq、酸価98mgKOH/g、ガラス転移温度134℃)
 F-5:下記構造の樹脂(繰り返し単位の数値は質量比である、重量平均分子量22900、数平均分子量8800、エポキシ当量316g/eq、酸価130mgKOH/g、ガラス転移温度124℃)
(epoxy compound)
F-1: Resin having the following structure (values of repeating units are mass ratios, weight average molecular weight: 20000, number average molecular weight: 8300, epoxy equivalent: 284 g/eq, acid value: 130 mgKOH/g, glass transition temperature: 136°C)
F-2: Resin having the following structure (the numerical values of repeating units are mass ratios, weight average molecular weight: 26,100, number average molecular weight: 8,600, epoxy equivalent: 355 g/eq, acid value: 163 mgKOH/g, glass transition temperature: 133°C)
F-3: Resin having the following structure (the numerical values of repeating units are mass ratios, weight average molecular weight: 21,100, number average molecular weight: 8,500, epoxy equivalent: 355 g/eq, acid value: 130 mgKOH/g, glass transition temperature: 157°C)
F-4: Resin having the following structure (the numerical values of repeating units are mass ratios, weight average molecular weight: 18300, number average molecular weight: 9100, epoxy equivalent: 284 g/eq, acid value: 98 mgKOH/g, glass transition temperature: 134°C)
F-5: Resin having the following structure (the numerical values of repeating units are mass ratios, weight average molecular weight 22900, number average molecular weight 8800, epoxy equivalent 316 g/eq, acid value 130 mgKOH/g, glass transition temperature 124°C)
(硬化剤)
 G-1:トリメリット酸
 G-2:カレンズMT PEI(昭和電工(株)製)
 G-3:ペンタエリスリトールテトラキス(3-メルカプトプロピオネート)
(curing agent)
G-1: Trimellitic acid G-2: Karenz MT PEI (manufactured by Showa Denko Co., Ltd.)
G-3: pentaerythritol tetrakis (3-mercaptopropionate)
(界面活性剤)
 H-1:FTX-218D(ネオス社製、フッ素系界面活性剤)
 H-2: 下記構造の化合物(重量平均分子量14000、繰り返し単位の割合を示す%の数値はモル%である)
 H-3:KF-6001(信越化学工業(株)製、シリコーン系界面活性剤)
 H-4:メガファックF-554(DIC(株)製、フッ素系界面活性剤)
(Surfactant)
H-1: FTX-218D (manufactured by Neos, fluorine-based surfactant)
H-2: A compound having the following structure (weight average molecular weight: 14,000, % indicating the ratio of repeating units is mol%)
H-3: KF-6001 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., silicone surfactant)
H-4: Megafac F-554 (manufactured by DIC Corporation, fluorine-based surfactant)
(酸化防止剤)
 AO-1:JP-650(トリス(2,4-ジ-tert-ブチルフェニル)ホスファイト、城北化学工業(株)製)
 AO-2:アデカスタブAO-60(ペンタエリスリトールテトラキス[3-(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネート、(株)ADEKA製)
 AO-3:下記構造の化合物
 AO-4:アデカスタブPEP-36(3,9-ビス(2,6-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-メチルフェノキシ)-2,4,8,10-テトラオキサ-3,9-ジホスファスピロ[5.5]ウンデカン、(株)ADEKA製)
 AO-5:アデカスタブHP-10(2,2’-メチレンビス(4,6-ジ-tert-ブチルフェニル)2-エチルヘキシルホスファイト、(株)ADEKA製)
(Antioxidant)
AO-1: JP-650 (tris (2,4-di-tert-butylphenyl) phosphite, manufactured by Johoku Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)
AO-2: Adekastab AO-60 (pentaerythritol tetrakis[3-(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate, manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd.)
AO-3: a compound having the following structure
AO-4: Adekastab PEP-36 (3,9-bis(2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-methylphenoxy)-2,4,8,10-tetraoxa-3,9-diphosphaspiro [5.5 ] Undecane, manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd.)
AO-5: ADEKA STAB HP-10 (2,2′-methylenebis(4,6-di-tert-butylphenyl)2-ethylhexylphosphite, manufactured by ADEKA Corporation)
(重合禁止剤)
 I-1:p-メトキシフェノール
(polymerization inhibitor)
I-1: p-methoxyphenol
(紫外線吸収剤)
 U-1:Uvinul3050(BASF製、下記構造の化合物)
 U-2:Tinuvin477(BASF製、ヒドロキシフェニルトリアジン系紫外線吸収剤)
 U-3:Tinuvin326(BASF製、下記構造の化合物)
(Ultraviolet absorber)
U-1: Uvinul 3050 (manufactured by BASF, compound with the following structure)
U-2: Tinuvin477 (manufactured by BASF, hydroxyphenyltriazine-based UV absorber)
U-3: Tinuvin326 (manufactured by BASF, compound with the following structure)
(溶剤)
 S-1:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)
 S-2:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(PGME)
 S-3:シクロペンタノン
 S-4:シクロヘキサノン
 S-5:ジクロロメタン
 S-6:ジメチルアセトアミド
 S-7:3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル
(solvent)
S-1: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA)
S-2: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME)
S-3: cyclopentanone S-4: cyclohexanone S-5: dichloromethane S-6: dimethylacetamide S-7: methyl 3-methoxypropionate
<膜の製造>
(製造例1) 実施例1~40、比較例1、2の組成物を用いた膜の製造方法
 各組成物をガラス基板上にスピンコート法で塗布し、その後ホットプレートを用いて100℃で2分間加熱して組成物層を得た。得られた組成物層を、i線ステッパーを用い、500mJ/cmの露光量にて露光した。次いで、露光後の組成物層に対してホットプレートを用いて200℃で8分間加熱して硬化処理を行い、厚さ9.4μmの膜を得た。
<Production of film>
(Production Example 1) Method for producing films using the compositions of Examples 1 to 40 and Comparative Examples 1 and 2 Each composition was applied onto a glass substrate by spin coating, and then coated at 100°C using a hot plate. A composition layer was obtained by heating for 2 minutes. The obtained composition layer was exposed with an exposure dose of 500 mJ/cm 2 using an i-line stepper. Then, the exposed composition layer was cured by heating at 200° C. for 8 minutes using a hot plate to obtain a film with a thickness of 9.4 μm.
(製造例2) 実施例101~140、201~240、比較例101、102の組成物を用いた膜の製造方法
 上記で調製した各組成物を、ガラス基板上にスピンコート法で塗布し、その後ホットプレートを用いて100℃で2分間加熱(プリベーク)し、次いで、200℃で8分間加熱して硬化処理を行い、厚さ9.4μmの膜を得た。
(Production Example 2) Method for producing films using the compositions of Examples 101 to 140, 201 to 240 and Comparative Examples 101 and 102 Each of the compositions prepared above was applied onto a glass substrate by spin coating, Then, using a hot plate, the film was heated at 100° C. for 2 minutes (pre-baking), and then cured by heating at 200° C. for 8 minutes to obtain a film with a thickness of 9.4 μm.
(製造例3) 実施例301~340、比較例301、302の組成物を用いた膜の製造方法
 上記で調製した各組成物を、ガラス基板上にキャストし、20℃8時間乾燥した後、ガラス基板から剥離した。剥離した塗膜をさらに減圧下100℃で8時間乾燥して、厚さ0.1mm、縦60mm、横60mmの膜を得た。
(Production Example 3) Film production method using the compositions of Examples 301 to 340 and Comparative Examples 301 and 302 Each of the compositions prepared above was cast on a glass substrate and dried at 20°C for 8 hours. It was peeled off from the glass substrate. The peeled coating film was further dried at 100° C. under reduced pressure for 8 hours to obtain a film having a thickness of 0.1 mm, a length of 60 mm and a width of 60 mm.
<耐光性の評価>
 得られた膜の透過率を測定した。次に、この膜をスーパーキセノンランプ(10万ルクス)搭載の退色試験機にセットし、紫外線カットフィルタを使用しない条件下にて、10万ルクスの光を50時間照射して耐光性試験を行った。次に、耐光性試験後の膜の透過率を測定した。耐光性試験前後の膜について、波長400~1200nmの範囲における各波長での透過率の変化量(ΔT)を求め、測定波長域全体でのΔTの最も大きい値に基づき、以下の基準で耐光性を評価した。ΔTの値が小さいほうが耐光性が良好である。なお、膜の透過率は、分光光度計((株)日立ハイテクサイエンス製、UH-4150)を用いて測定した。
 透過率の変化量(ΔT)=|(耐光性試験後の膜の透過率-耐光性試験前の膜の透過率)|
 A:ΔTが3%未満
 B:ΔTが3%以上5%未満
 C:ΔTが5%以上
<Evaluation of light resistance>
The transmittance of the resulting membrane was measured. Next, this film was set in a discoloration tester equipped with a super xenon lamp (100,000 lux), and a light resistance test was performed by irradiating it with light of 100,000 lux for 50 hours without using a UV cut filter. Ta. Next, the transmittance of the film after the lightfastness test was measured. For the film before and after the light resistance test, the amount of change in transmittance (ΔT) at each wavelength in the wavelength range of 400 to 1200 nm is obtained. evaluated. The smaller the value of ΔT, the better the light resistance. The transmittance of the film was measured using a spectrophotometer (UH-4150, manufactured by Hitachi High-Tech Science Co., Ltd.).
Amount of change in transmittance (ΔT)=|(Transmittance of film after light resistance test−Transmittance of film before light resistance test)|
A: ΔT is less than 3% B: ΔT is 3% or more and less than 5% C: ΔT is 5% or more
<耐湿性の評価>
 得られた膜の透過率を測定した。次に、この膜を、85℃湿度95%の恒温器に入れて6ヵ月間保管して耐湿試験を行った。次に、耐湿試験後の膜の透過率を測定した。耐湿試験前後の膜について、波長400~1200nmの範囲における各波長での透過率の変化量(ΔT)を求め、測定波長域全体でのΔTの最も大きい値に基づき、以下の基準で耐湿性を評価した。ΔTの値が小さいほうが耐湿性が良好である。なお、膜の透過率は、分光光度計((株)日立ハイテクサイエンス製、UH-4150)を用いて測定した。
 透過率の変化量(ΔT)=|(耐湿試験後の膜の透過率-耐湿試験前の膜の透過率)|
 A:ΔTが4%未満
 B:ΔTが4%以上10%未満
 C:ΔTが10%以上
<Evaluation of moisture resistance>
The transmittance of the resulting membrane was measured. Next, this film was placed in a constant temperature chamber at 85° C. and humidity of 95% and stored for 6 months to conduct a moisture resistance test. Next, the transmittance of the film after the moisture resistance test was measured. For the film before and after the moisture resistance test, the amount of change in transmittance (ΔT) at each wavelength in the wavelength range of 400 to 1200 nm is obtained. evaluated. The smaller the value of ΔT, the better the moisture resistance. The transmittance of the film was measured using a spectrophotometer (UH-4150, manufactured by Hitachi High-Tech Science Co., Ltd.).
Amount of change in transmittance (ΔT) =|(Transmittance of film after moisture resistance test−Transmittance of film before moisture resistance test)|
A: ΔT is less than 4% B: ΔT is 4% or more and less than 10% C: ΔT is 10% or more
<保存安定性の評価>
 各組成物を45℃の恒温器で3日間保管した後、上記製造例1~3に従い膜を製造した。得られた膜について、走査型電子顕微鏡を用いて観察(測定倍率=10000倍)し、10μm×15μmの範囲に存在する異物の数を測定して、以下の基準で保存安定性を評価した。
 A:10μm×15μmの範囲に異物が存在しない
 B:10μm×15μmの範囲に存在する異物が0個を超え100個以下
 C:10μm×15μmの範囲に存在する異物が100個を超える
<Evaluation of storage stability>
Each composition was stored in a thermostat at 45° C. for 3 days, and then films were produced according to Production Examples 1 to 3 above. The resulting film was observed using a scanning electron microscope (measurement magnification = 10,000 times), the number of foreign substances existing in the range of 10 µm × 15 µm was measured, and storage stability was evaluated according to the following criteria.
A: No foreign matter exists in the range of 10 μm × 15 μm B: More than 0 and 100 or less foreign matter exists in the range of 10 μm × 15 μm C: More than 100 foreign matter exists in the range of 10 μm × 15 μm
 上記表に示すように、実施例の組成物は、保存安定性が良好であり、実施例の組成物を用いて得られた膜は耐光性および耐湿性に優れていた。 As shown in the table above, the compositions of Examples had good storage stability, and the films obtained using the compositions of Examples had excellent light resistance and moisture resistance.
 国際公開第2020/189458号の段落0298に記載の顔料分散液2-1の51.23質量部と、実施例1~40、101~140、201~240または301~340の組成物の22.67質量部とを混合して赤外線透過フィルタ用の組成物を調製した。この組成物を用いて上記と同様の方法で耐光性および耐湿性を評価したところ、いずれの膜についても耐光性はAで、耐湿性はAであった。また、これらの組成物を用いて得られた膜は、可視光を遮光し、特定の波長以上の赤外線を選択的に透過させることができ、赤外線透過フィルタとして好ましい分光特性を有するものであった。 51.23 parts by weight of the pigment dispersion 2-1 described in paragraph 0298 of WO 2020/189458 and 22. of the compositions of Examples 1 to 40, 101 to 140, 201 to 240 or 301 to 340. 67 parts by mass were mixed to prepare a composition for an infrared transmission filter. Using this composition, the light resistance and humidity resistance were evaluated in the same manner as above, and all films were evaluated as A in light resistance and A in humidity resistance. In addition, the films obtained using these compositions can block visible light and selectively transmit infrared rays of a specific wavelength or longer, and have spectral characteristics suitable for infrared transmission filters. .
 実施例中の色素(Z-1)~(Z-16)は、以下の色素に置き換えても同様の効果が得られた。
Similar effects were obtained even when the dyes (Z-1) to (Z-16) in the examples were replaced with the following dyes.
110:固体撮像素子、111:赤外線カットフィルタ、112:カラーフィルタ、114:赤外線透過フィルタ、115:マイクロレンズ、116:平坦化層 110: solid-state imaging device, 111: infrared cut filter, 112: color filter, 114: infrared transmission filter, 115: microlens, 116: flattening layer

Claims (16)

  1.  式(1)で表される色素と、硬化性化合物と、溶剤と、を含む組成物;
     式(1)中、YおよびYは、それぞれ独立して-C(=O)-、-SO-または-C(=S)NH-を表し、
     RaおよびRaは、それぞれ独立して電子求引性基を表し、
     RbおよびRbは、それぞれ独立して水素原子または置換基を表し、
     Xは、単結合または2価の連結基を表し、
     R、R、RおよびRは、それぞれ独立して水素原子、アルキル基またはアリール基を表し、
     RおよびR10はそれぞれ独立して、水素原子、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、ハロゲン原子またはヒドロキシ基を表し、
     LおよびLは、それぞれ独立して、-CRL1=CRL2-または-Z-NRL3-を表し、
     RL1およびRL2はそれぞれ独立して水素原子、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、ハロゲン原子またはヒドロキシ基を表し、
     RL3は水素原子、アルキル基またはアリール基を表し、
     Zは、-C(=O)-、-SO-または-C(=S)NH-を表し、
     RとRは互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、
     RとRは互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、
     RとLは互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、
     RとR10は互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、
     RとRは互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、
     RとLは互いに連結して環を形成していてもよい。
    A composition comprising a dye represented by formula (1), a curable compound, and a solvent;
    In formula (1), Y 1 and Y 2 each independently represent -C(=O)-, -SO 2 - or -C(=S)NH-,
    Ra 1 and Ra 2 each independently represent an electron-withdrawing group,
    Rb 1 and Rb 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent,
    X 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group,
    R 2 , R 3 , R 8 and R 9 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group;
    R 1 and R 10 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, a halogen atom or a hydroxy group;
    L 1 and L 2 each independently represent -CR L1 =CR L2 - or -Z 1 -NR L3 -;
    R L1 and R L2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, a halogen atom or a hydroxy group;
    R L3 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group;
    Z 1 represents -C(=O)-, -SO 2 - or -C(=S)NH-,
    R 1 and R 2 may be linked together to form a ring,
    R 2 and R 3 may be linked together to form a ring,
    R 3 and L 1 may be linked together to form a ring,
    R 9 and R 10 may be linked together to form a ring,
    R 8 and R 9 may be linked together to form a ring,
    R 8 and L 2 may be linked together to form a ring.
  2.  前記RbおよびRbは、それぞれ独立して電子求引性基である、請求項1に記載の組成物。 2. The composition of claim 1, wherein said Rb 1 and Rb 2 are each independently an electron withdrawing group.
  3.  前記Ra、Ra、RbおよびRbは、それぞれ独立してハロゲン原子である、請求項1に記載の組成物。 2. The composition of claim 1, wherein said Ra1 , Ra2 , Rb1 and Rb2 are each independently a halogen atom.
  4.  前記YおよびYがいずれも-C(=O)-である、請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載の組成物。 The composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein both Y 1 and Y 2 are -C(=O)-.
  5.  前記YおよびYがいずれも-SO-である、請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載の組成物。 The composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein both Y 1 and Y 2 are -SO 2 -.
  6.  前記Xは、アルキレン基、ハロゲン化アルキレン基、-O-、-CO-、-S-、-SO-、-NH-、-NR-、-C(=S)-またはこれらの基を2以上組み合わせた基である、請求項1~5のいずれか1項に記載の組成物。 X 1 is an alkylene group, a halogenated alkylene group, -O-, -CO-, -S-, -SO 2 -, -NH-, -NR-, -C(=S)- or these groups A composition according to any one of claims 1 to 5, which is a combination of two or more groups.
  7.  前記式(1)で表される色素が、式(1-1)で表される色素である、請求項1~6のいずれか1項に記載の組成物;
     式(1-1)中、YおよびYは、それぞれ独立して-C(=O)-、-SO-または-C(=S)NH-を表し、
     RaおよびRaは、それぞれ独立して電子求引性基を表し、
     RbおよびRbは、それぞれ独立して水素原子または置換基を表し、
     Xは、単結合または2価の連結基を表し、
     R、R、RおよびRは、それぞれ独立して水素原子、アルキル基またはアリール基を表し、
     R、R、R、R、RおよびR10はそれぞれ独立して、水素原子、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、ハロゲン原子またはヒドロキシ基を表し、
     RとRは互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、
     RとRは互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、
     RとRは互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、
     RとRは互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、
     RとRは互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、
     RとR10は互いに連結して環を形成していてもよい。
    The composition according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the dye represented by formula (1) is a dye represented by formula (1-1);
    In formula (1-1), Y 1 and Y 2 each independently represent -C(=O)-, -SO 2 - or -C(=S)NH-,
    Ra 1 and Ra 2 each independently represent an electron-withdrawing group,
    Rb 1 and Rb 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent,
    X 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group,
    R 2 , R 3 , R 8 and R 9 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group;
    R 1 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 and R 10 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, a halogen atom or a hydroxy group;
    R 1 and R 2 may be linked together to form a ring,
    R 2 and R 3 may be linked together to form a ring,
    R 3 and R 4 may be linked together to form a ring,
    R 7 and R 8 may be linked together to form a ring,
    R 8 and R 9 may be linked together to form a ring,
    R 9 and R 10 may be linked together to form a ring.
  8.  前記式(1-1)で表される色素が式(2)で表される色素である、請求項7に記載の組成物;
     式(2)中、YおよびYは、それぞれ独立して-C(=O)-、-SO-または-C(=S)NH-を表し、
     RaおよびRaは、それぞれ独立して電子求引性基を表し、
     RbおよびRbは、それぞれ独立して水素原子または置換基を表し、
     Xは単結合または2価の連結基を表し、
     R、R、RおよびR10は、それぞれ独立して水素原子、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、ハロゲン原子またはヒドロキシ基を表し、
     R11およびR16は、それぞれ独立してアルキル基またはアリール基を表し、
     R12、R13、R14、R15、R17、R18、R19およびR20は、それぞれ独立して水素原子、アルキル基、アルコキシ基またはアリール基を表し、
     R13とR14は互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、
     R18とR19は互いに連結して環を形成していてもよい。
    The composition according to claim 7, wherein the dye represented by formula (1-1) is a dye represented by formula (2);
    In formula (2), Y 1 and Y 2 each independently represent -C(=O)-, -SO 2 - or -C(=S)NH-;
    Ra 1 and Ra 2 each independently represent an electron-withdrawing group,
    Rb 1 and Rb 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent,
    X 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group,
    R 1 , R 5 , R 6 and R 10 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, a halogen atom or a hydroxy group;
    R 11 and R 16 each independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group;
    R 12 , R 13 , R 14 , R 15 , R 17 , R 18 , R 19 and R 20 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group or an aryl group;
    R 13 and R 14 may be linked together to form a ring,
    R 18 and R 19 may be linked together to form a ring.
  9.  請求項1~8のいずれか1項に記載の組成物を用いて得られる膜。 A film obtained using the composition according to any one of claims 1 to 8.
  10.  請求項9に記載の膜を含む光学フィルタ。 An optical filter comprising the film according to claim 9.
  11.  請求項9に記載の膜を含む固体撮像素子。 A solid-state imaging device comprising the film according to claim 9.
  12.  請求項9に記載の膜を含む画像表示装置。 An image display device comprising the film according to claim 9.
  13.  請求項9に記載の膜を含む赤外線センサ。 An infrared sensor comprising the film according to claim 9.
  14.  請求項9に記載の膜を含むカメラモジュール。 A camera module including the film according to claim 9.
  15.  式(1-1)で表される化合物;
     式(1-1)中、YおよびYは、それぞれ独立して-C(=O)-、-SO-または-C(=S)NH-を表し、
     RaおよびRaは、それぞれ独立して電子求引性基を表し、
     RbおよびRbは、それぞれ独立して水素原子または置換基を表し、
     Xは、単結合または2価の連結基を表し、
     R、R、RおよびRは、それぞれ独立して水素原子、アルキル基またはアリール基を表し、
     R、R、R、R、RおよびR10はそれぞれ独立して、水素原子、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、ハロゲン原子またはヒドロキシ基を表し、
     RとRは互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、
     RとRは互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、
     RとRは互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、
     RとRは互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、
     RとRは互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、
     RとR10は互いに連結して環を形成していてもよい。
    a compound represented by formula (1-1);
    In formula (1-1), Y 1 and Y 2 each independently represent -C(=O)-, -SO 2 - or -C(=S)NH-,
    Ra 1 and Ra 2 each independently represent an electron-withdrawing group,
    Rb 1 and Rb 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent,
    X 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group,
    R 2 , R 3 , R 8 and R 9 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group;
    R 1 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 and R 10 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, a halogen atom or a hydroxy group;
    R 1 and R 2 may be linked together to form a ring,
    R 2 and R 3 may be linked together to form a ring,
    R 3 and R 4 may be linked together to form a ring,
    R 7 and R 8 may be linked together to form a ring,
    R 8 and R 9 may be linked together to form a ring,
    R 9 and R 10 may be linked together to form a ring.
  16.  前記式(1-1)で表される化合物が式(2)で表される化合物である、請求項15に記載の化合物;
     式(2)中、YおよびYは、それぞれ独立して-C(=O)-、-SO-または-C(=S)NH-を表し、
     RaおよびRaは、それぞれ独立して電子求引性基を表し、
     RbおよびRbは、それぞれ独立して水素原子または置換基を表し、
     Xは単結合または2価の連結基を表し、
     R、R、RおよびR10は、それぞれ独立して水素原子、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、ハロゲン原子またはヒドロキシ基を表し、
     R11およびR16は、それぞれ独立してアルキル基またはアリール基を表し、
     R12、R13、R14、R15、R17、R18、R19およびR20は、それぞれ独立して水素原子、アルキル基、アルコキシ基またはアリール基を表し、
     R13とR14は互いに連結して環を形成していてもよく、
     R18とR19は互いに連結して環を形成していてもよい。
    The compound according to claim 15, wherein the compound represented by formula (1-1) is a compound represented by formula (2);
    In formula (2), Y 1 and Y 2 each independently represent -C(=O)-, -SO 2 - or -C(=S)NH-;
    Ra 1 and Ra 2 each independently represent an electron-withdrawing group,
    Rb 1 and Rb 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent,
    X 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group,
    R 1 , R 5 , R 6 and R 10 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, a halogen atom or a hydroxy group;
    R 11 and R 16 each independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group;
    R 12 , R 13 , R 14 , R 15 , R 17 , R 18 , R 19 and R 20 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group or an aryl group;
    R 13 and R 14 may be linked together to form a ring,
    R 18 and R 19 may be linked together to form a ring.
PCT/JP2023/002599 2022-02-28 2023-01-27 Composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, infrared sensor, camera module, and compound WO2023162574A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2022028772 2022-02-28
JP2022-028772 2022-02-28

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023162574A1 true WO2023162574A1 (en) 2023-08-31

Family

ID=87765511

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2023/002599 WO2023162574A1 (en) 2022-02-28 2023-01-27 Composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, infrared sensor, camera module, and compound

Country Status (2)

Country Link
TW (1) TW202336019A (en)
WO (1) WO2023162574A1 (en)

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2022185494A (en) * 2021-06-02 2022-12-14 Agc株式会社 Polymerizable liquid crystal composition and polarizer
JP2022185493A (en) * 2021-06-02 2022-12-14 Agc株式会社 Dichroic dye composition, liquid crystal element, retardation plate, and polarizer

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2022185494A (en) * 2021-06-02 2022-12-14 Agc株式会社 Polymerizable liquid crystal composition and polarizer
JP2022185493A (en) * 2021-06-02 2022-12-14 Agc株式会社 Dichroic dye composition, liquid crystal element, retardation plate, and polarizer

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW202336019A (en) 2023-09-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP2024009929A (en) Colored photosensitive composition, film, color filter, solid-state imaging device and image display device
WO2022065215A1 (en) Composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging sensor, image display device, infrared sensor, camera module, compound, and infrared absorber
JPWO2020059484A1 (en) Compositions, membranes, optical filters, solid-state image sensors, infrared sensors, methods for manufacturing optical filters, camera modules, compounds, and dispersion compositions.
JP2024025792A (en) Infrared absorbing compositions, films, optical filters, solid-state imaging devices, image display devices, and infrared sensors
JP2024040152A (en) Coloring composition, film, color filter and solid-state imaging device
WO2019049626A1 (en) Composition, method for producing same, film, optical filter, layered product, solid state imaging device, image display device and infrared radiation sensor
JP2024012409A (en) Colored photosensitive composition, cured product, color filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and asymmetric diketopyrrolopyrrole compound
WO2022064896A1 (en) Composition, film, optical filer, solid-state imaging element, image display device, infrared sensor, camera module, compound and infrared absorbent
WO2020022248A1 (en) Curable composition, film, color filter, method for producing color filter, solid state imaging device and image display device
WO2020013089A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
WO2022168742A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and compound
WO2022168741A1 (en) Colored composition, film, optical filter, solid imaging element, image display device, and compound
JP7112592B2 (en) Resin composition, film, near-infrared cut filter, near-infrared transmission filter, solid-state imaging device, image display device, and infrared sensor
WO2023162574A1 (en) Composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, infrared sensor, camera module, and compound
WO2023286582A1 (en) Composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, infrared sensor, camera module, and compound
WO2022191044A1 (en) Composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, infrared sensor, camera module, compound, and infrared absorbing agent
WO2023042605A1 (en) Composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and infrared sensor
WO2020004114A1 (en) Photosensitive composition, film, color filter, solid-state imaging element and image display device
WO2023182018A1 (en) Composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, infrared sensor, camera module, and compound
WO2023176609A1 (en) Composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, infrared sensor, camera module, and compound
WO2024024508A1 (en) Composition, film, optical filter, solid state imaging device, image display device, infrared radiation sensor, and method for producing camera module
WO2023162791A1 (en) Infrared absorbing composition, infrared absorber, film, optical filter and solid-state imaging element
WO2023145699A1 (en) Infrared absorbing composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, infrared sensor, and camera module
WO2023145700A1 (en) Infrared absorbing composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, infrared sensor, and camera module
WO2023176470A1 (en) Composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, infrared sensor, and camera module

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23759580

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1